≡ Main Menu

Marijuana Withdrawal Symptoms: What You May Experience

If you have used marijuana extensively for a long period of time, you are going to experience some withdrawal symptoms. For some individuals the withdrawals are more severe than for others. It depends on body chemistry, degree of abuse, and other factors like whether you were using the drug to cover up some other problem. For people that use it to make themselves more comfortable in social situations, they may experience extreme discomfort and anxiety coming off the drug. Similarly individuals that used it for other reasons like appetite boost or to help with insomnia generally will experience some sort of a crash while their physiology changes to adapt to life without the drug.

Factors that influence marijuana withdrawal include:

1. Time Span

Did you smoke marijuana for a week? A few months? A year? 5 years? 10 years?

2. Frequency

How often did you smoke marijuana? Was it daily? Twice a day? Thrice a day? All day everyday?

If you smoked marijuana heavily for the past decade and used it at a high frequency (i.e. 3x per day), chances are that your withdrawal symptoms are going to be more severe than someone who has only used this substance for a few months a couple times per week. In fact the person who only used the drug a couple times a week may not experience any withdrawal whatsoever, while the individual that was addicted for 10 years may not be able to cope without the drug.

Marijuana Withdrawal Symptoms:

  • Anxiety – You may feel more anxious in social situations and develop some sort of generalized anxiety. This is the exact opposite of how relaxed you felt while using the drug – your brain is trying to compensate for the chemicals it received while you used marijuana.
  • Appetite changes – If marijuana helped boost your appetite, you may not feel hungry at all while coming off of the drug. In some cases, people actually feel hungrier coming off marijuana – it totally depends on the case.
  • Cramps – Some people notice stomach cramps and digestion problems. Others may feel achy.
  • Cravings (for marijuana) – At some point in time, most people will experience a craving to use marijuana again. This is because you stimulated your brains pleasure center and kept feeding it chemicals to make you feel good. It wants its fix, and knows marijuana makes you feel good, so you will likely crave the drug.
  • Depersonalization – You may feel like you are not the same person or are going crazy. This is usually a result of intense anxiety. You may have never felt this way before; your brain chemistry has been thrown out of whack.
  • Depression – Many people experience some sort of depressive symptoms when coming off of the drug. You may feel sad and as though you have lost all zest for life.
  • Dizziness – Some individuals report feeling dizzy. Try not to lose your cool if this is happening, just accept it as a symptom.
  • Headaches – Another common withdrawal symptom is that of headaches.
  • Insomnia – Not being able to sleep at night is a problem, but one that you need to tackle head on. Try learning some relaxation techniques or getting more exercise during the day to help tire yourself out at night.
  • Irritability – You may experience anger or frustration with the world when coming off of the drug. No one wants to get mad at little things, but this will eventually pass with enough time.
  • Mood swings – Some people experience extreme changes in mood when trying to quit this drug. You may feel alright one minute and then raging mad or depressed the next.
  • Nausea – Feeling nauseated, especially before, during, or after eating is common.
  • Sleep disturbances – You may experience crazy vivid dreams or have disrupted sleep where you wake up in the middle of the night.
  • Sweating – Some people end up sweating more than they normally would during withdrawal.

Note: It is known that marijuana stays in your system along with cannabinoid metabolites for between 4 to 21 days after your final ingestion.  Some speculate that once the THC and cannabinoids are fully excreted, discontinuation symptoms become more prominent.

When will the marijuana withdrawal symptoms subside?

Depending on the length of time and frequency that you used marijuana, time period for withdrawal varies from person to person. Most people will notice that they are completely symptom free after 90 days. It also depends if you tapered off slowly or just quit one day randomly in “cold turkey” fashion. I think cold turkey is the best way to quit, but probably the toughest for your body and brain to re-adjust to normalcy.

Don’t freak out if you don’t return to normal after 3 months of withdrawal. Keep pushing forward and accept all of the symptoms that you experience without freaking out. Engaging in healthy activities like socializing, exercising, eating healthy foods, and staying busy will help you make it through this difficult time.

Fortunately marijuana withdrawal is easier than many other drugs – so consider yourself lucky. If you aren’t able to withdraw on your own or deal with symptoms, you should consider consulting a professional. If symptoms are still too extreme to manage, you may want to look into a rehab facility. Most people can quit with the help of family and a good social network.

Related Posts:

{ 842 comments… add one }
  • Rosa March 17, 2018, 7:43 am

    Currently on day 15 of RSO withdrawal. When I quit cold turkey I had been using a gram+ of 86% Indica RSO per day for several months (and a year of very heavy use of it as well as smoking and vape use prior), I was no longer feeling “high” at all, just anxious and icky. I also used a vape pen with a 90% Indica THC level.

    Wow. These withdrawals are on par with everything I’ve read here. Feel like I’m losing my mind with the anxiety and depression. MASSIVE suicidal thoughts. Panic attacks so bad that all I can do is lay down in the fetal position and rock back and forth, sometimes all day. I am 39 y/o female, 5ft 7 and was 130 lbs, am now down to 117 and dropping.

    I have finally been able to eat a tiny amount the last few days but continue to sweat, shake and have diarrhea even though I’m not really eating. On the upside, I have no desire to relapse because my brain is telling me that would send me over the edge once and for all. I’m genuinely worried that I have triggered a psychotic break in myself and am suffering from something I can’t come back from.

    I don’t have any insights, but wanted to share my experience thus far, as it is hard to find ANY info on RSO/Hash Oil addiction and withdrawals. The thought of having to live this hell for another month or two is truly overwhelming, but I don’t feel any urge to pick ANYTHING up. Ever again. I can’t believe this is a side effect of THC, and as the legality spreads, so needs the education on it.

    IMO, the withdrawal side effects are extremely mentally dangerous in some people and the word needs to get out that these side effects are very real and could happen to anyone. Also, so much anger. I want to punch babies over the smallest things. All in all, I am MISERABLE.

  • Brian March 15, 2018, 8:25 pm

    I have been smoking weed for over a year 3-5 times a day. I just quit cold turkey and I am losing weight. Have severe anxiety, headaches, some dizziness and feel like I have something or I am gonna die. I hope this is gonna subside soon. Not sure If I should get help or ride it out. I quit because it started to give me anxiety.

  • Lost3891 March 11, 2018, 9:51 am

    Hi everyone, in desperate need of some advice! My partner quit smoking weed about 3 weeks ago after smoking it everyday for about 7 months (for pain).
    After a few days, the insomnia kicked in and everything in our relationship was fine and even before that we were fine.

    About a week into the insomnia he tells me he doesn’t want to be with me anymore… he is just not the same person since he has, I guess been going through withdrawals but this one has absolutely devastated me.

    My question is, can this happen when you are withdrawing, feeling like you don’t love your partner anymore? I have heard of a couple situations like this but would like anymore advice/opinions… please.

  • LOZ March 12, 2017, 9:09 pm

    4 weeks off the weed and I’ve never felt so good in all my life! It’s the best decision I ever made. I’m not against weed I think it can agree and disagree with different people. For me personally I was using it for over 10 years to relax and also cope with things that happened in my life. I noticed In the last two years that I had built up such a tolerance that it was no longer affecting me the same.

    I’d need it everyday and my mind would be constantly fixed on when I’m getting my next smoke. From morning to night I had no motivation no get up and go, I just felt like a zombie. Also years of heavy smoking everyday had it’s affect on my brain… the usual memory loss, social anxiety, I depended on it. I woke up one morning, after months of me nagging myself, and decided that I wanted to be in the driver seat of my life and not in the passenger.

    If I say I’m quitting weed that’s exactly what’s going to happen. I had the usual withdrawal symptoms vivid dreams and feelings that rushed over me where I’d want a spliff. But I became one with that feeling. It was ok because I was in control not my thoughts, not my feelings. 4 weeks down the line I can happily say I’m so over it… the money I used to spend on a ‘draw’ will now go towards a new pair of shoes etc. It’s worth it guys.

  • Armando Vasquez March 9, 2017, 1:05 pm

    Day 1: I f-cked up big time. I couldn’t believe that I was at about 23 days cold turkey with out the drug! I’m so pissed at myself. I thought I had developed some type of Bi-Polar disorder! I’m so happy I actually looked up “weed withdrawal symptoms” on the internet. It all makes sense now. Can’t wait to kick all drugs to the curve and finally concentrate on my life and enjoy everything that it has to offer with family, friends, and future wife. Good luck everyone, and know that this is just the beginning!

  • TexasAustin March 1, 2017, 7:28 am

    Hello forum my name is Austin and I am an addict. I started smoking Pot to ease the pain and disappointment of becoming severely injured while perusing my dream to become a Pan-Am freestyle wrestling champion. I was 18 when I first dislocated my right shoulder and it continued to happen till I was 20. I have dislocated my shoulder 40 plus times and have found myself in a world of chronic pain. In order to manage I began to smoke pot daily. Starting with just a puff of my one hitter every couple of hours it seemed to be the natural medication I was looking for.

    During this time I lost my father to brain cancer, my mother began dating again and found an abusive boyfriend. As my family life deteriorated I began to smoke more intensely. Always looking for a new rush or high to take me out of my surrounding problems. My friends began to smoke and we prided ourselves on it. Smoking out of a homemade vaporizer till I was f-cked up enough to ride my bike for hours, I would also go for runs utterly blitzed. I wanted to live that Nick Diaz life. (Vegan MMA fighter who does triathlons and smokes weed).

    Fast forward five years and I became inactive lost the workout bug. Working 60 hours a week as a line cook, my weed smoking increased. I would smoke while everyone else had their cigarette break and I began to dab concentrates at night. The concentrates began to take over because the Euphoria was just to good to give up. It gave me a lot of problems and eventually led to me having too much anxiety to show up to work each day. I was on the top of my career with a higher paying job but I left it due to the anxiety. Depression set in but it didn’t stop my dabbing habit.

    Living off savings and pretty much smoking every dollar I have left, the effects of the drug began to wear off completely. I finally got shoulder surgery during my time off, also I would smoke instead of taking the oxys prescribed. Having way too much time at home and also having illegal dispensaries a block from home (that operate in a legal grey area) bumped my dabbing to a new high. Smoking a half gram a wax a day was the norm along with a gram or two of flower. Anxiety got worse. I would only go outside to go pick up the newest shatter or C02 concentrate.

    I checked into the ER one day completely convinced I was going to die because I thought I was having a heart attack. I found that the pain was due to a cracked rib from excessive coughing on poorly purged BHO shatter. It was my anxiety fucking me up and it was being intensified by the amount of THC I was consuming. DUH, I felt so stupid. After many attempts at quitting I just gave up and tried to embrace my habit. Began to make YouTube and Instagram videos stunting big hits of over .5g of wax at a time: chuglife710 is the channel. (Not proud of these and don’t like plugging it but I thought it could help people to see I’m not lying about my past and that it is possible to stop).

    I was deep in my addiction to cannabis. Leaving up the videos so people here can see what I was doing. My last video I put up was a day before quitting. This was the beginning of the end. Horrible reoccurring thoughts of my greatest fears f-cked me up enough to STOP. I couldn’t enjoy anything and was driving my girlfriend far away from me. I felt insane. I’ve lost ten to fifteen pounds in the first two weeks because I had no appetite and the smell of food made me want to gag.

    Full blown insomniac for the first week along with heightened anxiety, suicidal thoughts, night sweats and an uncontrollable rage. I also cried in the first week making me feel like some weak four year old girl. I became infatuated with my lack of health and was constantly asking my GF if this was normal. Paranoia started to set in about a week in and is still giving me some troubles. I am on day 17 and things are slowly starting to look up. I am able to go outside and do my errands, and I am starting to look for a new job in a new province.

    I am trying to move away from all my smoking triggers i.e. friends and family (my mom and brother both smoke). As for my Mom she finally got rid of her shit boyfriend, but the last time I saw her I was on my 4th day of withdrawal we got in a huge argument and she made me feel as if the withdrawal was just something in my own head. I am very thankful for this forum because I didn’t really believe that pot would make me feel like this without it. What a hell of a time. I will never smoke again and I am looking into a 12 step program.

    Meditation, long runs, shadow boxing and reading are really helping. I also highly recommend cold showers in the morning as they have been helping drastically with my anxiety and depression. Also EFT(Emotional Freedom Therapy) is helping me tune in to my bodies problems and where my angst lies. (YouTube search tapping with Brad Yates theses videos helped me more than anything). I am seeing small glimpses of happiness I never thought was possible without weed.

    I hope my experience can help others who want to quit or who are quitting. I will update once I hit my one month free March 12. Peace y’all one love. If anyone is quitting smoking shatter or budder, please tell me all about it cause I wanna know about your story because it helps me know others are in it with me.

    • TexasAustin March 21, 2017, 10:03 pm

      Day 39 my dogs – it is doable y’all. Moved cities and I’m finding a new job. Just signed a lease for a nice house on the hillside. Sometimes I get depressed, sometimes anxious, but overall soooo worth it. Who else is still weed free? Hit me up tell me your woes. Maybe I can help you stay away from it.

  • Era February 28, 2017, 3:46 am

    I went out with a guy for 6 months who smoked daily for many years. Not a lot – at least when I was with him but we went on holiday to the Bahamas where he didn’t smoke for at least 9 days and then turned into an angry, insulting mean person. No reasoning with him, he was just plain nasty.

    We came home early. I didn’t think weed could do this but it is the only explanation I can see after reading this site. I have never seem nor spoken to him since. I never thought weed could be so damaging.

  • Bobby D February 4, 2017, 3:06 am

    To everyone experiencing these intense withdrawal symptoms, TAKE YOUR BUTTS TO THE GYM! I’ve smoked on and off for the last 15 years… 2-4 times a day, everyday, for the last 5 years. I quit for a week and gave in the following weekend due to my inability to sleep. After giving in, I resolved to get a gym membership so I could wear myself out and hopefully experience a little euphoria.

    Well, I’m glad to say it has helped tremendously. I wake up at 5:30/6 AM and run a couple miles and swim a few laps in the pool. It puts me in a great mood and by 6 PM, I’m dead tired. My quality of sleep isn’t as good as I want it to be, but it’s much better than it was without exercise and it gets a little better every couple days.

    I urge you guys to find a good gym. I chose the nicest gym in my town, it’s a little expensive but only slightly more per month than I was spending on pot in a single week. If you can throw money and time away to kill yourself, you should be able to invest a little of that money into your health.

    Also, I realize reading other people’s experiences can be a great motivator, but don’t overdo it. At a certain point, it will only keep you focused on your former addiction. Instead, Look for things that will distract you from it. Good luck guys.

    • starminion February 16, 2017, 6:50 pm

      (General advice): Cutting down first, if you can, will help ENORMOUSLY, going cold from a full on all day heavy habit is making it hard on yourself. Exercise is a good way to promote serotonin synthesis and is well proven. Stick with it everyone, and if you fail this time, cut back your habit and taper off if you can. Withdrawal will then seem a lot easier by comparison. Stay strong, replace weed with meditation if you used weed for spiritual reasons or just missed the insights weed gave you. Love you all.

  • Becky February 1, 2017, 10:08 am

    I am 29 and have been a chronic bong smoker for 15 years with very little days that I have not smoked in that time, and let me tell you, I have out smoked a lot of people over those years. I have been weed free for 9 days now and I feel absolutely crap! I have serious anxiety issues (more then usual being diagnosed with generalized anxiety disorder some time ago), panic attacks pretty much on a daily basis and especially when I am going to bed, aches and pains all over, constant headaches, trouble getting to sleep and then staying asleep, sore and tired eyes and just generally tired all the time so very low concentration (really not helping my work at the moment).

    I have only just admitted to myself in the past month that I have a dependency because I always told myself and everyone else that’s it’s just weed I’m not a junkie but addiction is addiction. I think I am in for a long and painful journey but I need to do this for my mental and physical health. I don’t want to go back to the way I was but at the same time it’s so hard to push through the withdrawals. The only thing that keeps me going is looking into my dependent free future and the fact I know I will feel better in the end. Stay strong people!

  • jamaal January 20, 2017, 9:23 pm

    Very good information. I’ve been smoking for 3 years straight every day and the sh-t is eating my pockets! I’m on day number 5 and I’m definitely experiencing withdrawal symptoms. Mostly experiencing stomach cramps, incredible irritability, and I can fall asleep at night but I wake up like every two hours.

    On the bright side my appetite has came back! I find that weird though, because when I was smoking weed and I would run out I couldn’t eat sh-t until I was high. Now that I haven’t smoked in days I’m hungry as f-ck. I hope it gets better cause I’m definitely craving for a blunt. Every second of the day it’s on my mind. This sh-t needs to hurry and pass over.

    • Dave M January 21, 2017, 6:02 am

      Bro, I’m 3 weeks in and believe me it gets easier. I made a list of the reasons why I wanted to stop and read that list first thing every day and any time I felt like I wanted a J. If you really want to give up nothing will stop you. I smoked every day for 4 years and it ate away at me and everything I stood for as a good human being. Believe you can do it – and you’ll do it. Good luck and god bless.

  • Dr T January 8, 2017, 12:03 am

    Reading this thread has been very insightful. I’m 33. I started smoking weed in 2006 (10yrs+) while in university and has been smoking everyday for the past 8 years. In the last 5 yrs I have been smoking more than 5 ‘big jumbos’ a day from morning till the next morning. I am now a uni. teacher (PhD holder) and I feel that my addiction is no longer sustainable since being a stoner is not a good example for my students.

    Furthermore the danger of getting caught by colleagues or the authorities can be quite disastrous for my career and status in society. Got married over a year ago and really trying for a baby with the Mrs. so I decided to quit cold turkey. It’s been 14 days and the weird dream last night was horrid! Mild insomnia is a problem but since I do a lot of reading and writing, it’s not so bad.

    But the truth is I want to stop for good ‘cos I don’t want to be a stoner anymore. I wish I never smoked in the first instance! This thread has really ‘educated’ me on marihuana addiction information on the net is very misleading; weed withdrawal is a serious issue that needs to be tackled head on especially which the so called ‘new strains’ which old timers have acknowledged to be highly potent than strains available back in the 60s and 70s.

    Dangerous Chemicals like formaldehyde are now common additives to weed in the search for ‘high grade’ with the best buzz. All in all, I just want to be free from my addiction. I never thought I would have this perception; I was always a weed advocate but not anymore. YOUNG STONERS BEWARE!

  • David January 4, 2017, 11:29 pm

    So I’m on day 4 after 4 years of smoking, about 2 years of really heavy use. I’m suffering from severe anxiety, low mood, nausea, insomnia and headaches. Not to mention the boredom. Feel like I can’t do/enjoy anything without dope.

    I’ve lost 2 jobs, friends and have managed to get myself in a lot of debt because of weed. It’s taken over. Reading these comments has gave me hope however seeing there are people still experiencing these symptoms after 2-3 months is truly horrifying. I will do it. We can all do it. God bless and good luck.

  • John December 22, 2016, 3:41 pm

    This is wonderful information. I’m 21 and smoked to have better control over my seizure symptoms, I’d have about 3-5 sessions daily for about a year or two. I’ve been off it for about… 4 days now. The first three were absolute hell; it wasn’t unlike having the flu; shakes, no appetite, nausea, weakness (likely from not eating more than a couple of handfuls of triscuits in two days; I could barely stomach water), no concentration, pounding migraine-tier headaches, jaw and tooth pain, and wild fatigue.

    On the fourth day these symptoms begun to fade; the only one that I definitely notice is the shakiness, mental cloudiness, and mild headaches but I know that those will fade in time. The only good thing about the withdrawal are the vivid and interesting dreams you get. Aside from that, it really does suck.

    For anyone going through pain symptoms, for me just some ibuprofen with crackers did wonders in suppressing the pain. For sleep, if you absolutely can’t pass out, dramamine/gravol/diphenhydramine for the first night or two can help assure that you do get at least SOME sleep. Be cautious of those ones though; they do have addiction potential.

    Two before bed, for one or two nights ONLY. Basically, treat withdrawal like you would treat a mild flu!

  • Santiago Vigil December 15, 2016, 4:59 am

    I Just wanted to thank this site for all the good information, I feel better, like normal, knowing I’m not the only one feeling this and that it is because of the weed. I thank everybody for your comments, some of them are very helpful too. I won’t leave the weed yet, I like it, maybe I need it. I have three days without it and my nausea is killing me.

  • Jan Man December 10, 2016, 6:52 pm

    I found the info on here very insightful. I’m currently about 1 month clean after going completely cold turkey on a 15 year dawn to dusk heavy use habit. The feelings I’m experiencing are pretty profound on so many levels. Firstly Im a keen sports man and with in a week my reaction time and skill went through the roof, not to mention lung capacity. Awesome.

    On the downside Im struggling socially and with my temperament. I feel lonely due to questioning wether my friends are true or were the relationships based on a common love for weed. Im trying to rebuild my social life to stay away from it. The worst part is my anger, I’m not an angry person but even a month clean I’m struggling to keep calm, mostly with pointless issues. People irritate me so easily I struggle to not start arguments over minor issues.

    I’m trying to deal with this in my own head and am hoping it will eventually subside. Reading about others similar problems has put me at ease hoping the chemistry in my brain will settle. Iv found myself eating much better food, and more of it. Exercising more regularly too helps a lot. I think a lot of the problems I’ve been masking with weed are popping up but having a clean mind is allowing me to deal with them more rationally.

    I’m looking forward in life with a lot more positivity any way which feels good. I’ve always been a advocate for legalization and preached that is doesn’t have any negative effects. I’ve been kidding myself. Every thing in moderation stays true but I cant moderate so had to stop. Every time I crave I reward myself a little for getting this far which helps.

    Also I’ve been keeping track of the money I’m saving which is a huge boost. Tally the cost of weed, tobacco, junk food and anything else associated with it and in a year it’s thousands. Think a new car, new bike, holidays. Just think of any thing positive to keep from slipping back in.

  • rich November 22, 2016, 5:37 pm

    49 years old. Been smoking 1/2 an ounce of weed a week for 1 + years. Before that it was 1/4 ounce a week for the past 2 years. I quit smoking cigarettes over 9 months ago, that was a BITCH. but got through that. I am visiting my folks for thanksgiving for a week, a change of scenery, but I am feeling the withdrawals. Crying, confusion, the need to cut the edge. (doesn’t help that the US elected an ******* as President).

    I will be back home in 3 days. Ive been exercising for the 1st time since I was 12. Walking/fast walking 30 to 60 minutes a day. And I am seeing an old therapist from years ago. When I get anxious (which is most of the time), I go out for a walk. Reading the comments on this website really make me feel that I am not alone. I quit for 9 years a while back, so I know it can be done. Remember tomorrow can always be a new day.

    • rich November 29, 2016, 9:12 pm

      Update: I made it home. Removed all my paraphernalia before I took one last bong hit. I still have my appetite, but still anxious and angry at the drop of a hat. I am still walking/fast walking twice a day. Lots of baths and showers to quiet the mind. Found something called the tapping method that has been helping with the anxiety. Today is 4 days clean, or 11 days with one b-hit. It’s hard, but I’m trying. More than I can say about 2 months ago.

      • TexasAustin March 1, 2017, 7:41 am

        Rich you still clean? Tapping is my sh-t, it helps loads with my anxiety and depression. I feel like a weirdo doing it and I don’t have the balls to do it in public but other than that it helped me to get where I am now day 17! Look up tapping with Brad Yates – he’s my savior haha. Peace out brother – stay clean.

  • nonya November 17, 2016, 4:06 am

    Abstinence of cannabis after heavy use for a long time can make you VERY angry. I guess because it holds down those kind of feelings for so long you tend go back & revisit things that would have or should have made you angry while you were using. It can make things pretty unpleasant that’s for sure. It can also give you a pretty much over all feeling of sh-t with anxiety on top of it.

  • Scott November 16, 2016, 12:13 am

    47 stoned first time at 8. Stopped in mid 20’s and picked up again three years ago. It has been a bittersweet relationship. The plant is a teacher, I just stayed waaaaay to long. It served me worse and worse every smoke. I am done. Cold turkey, just like alcohol, 1.5 years ago. It hurts bad, lol.

    Can’t sleep, stiff, tired, nauseated, hungry but can’t eat. Crazy dreams! Sweats and five bathings today. Big bud in drawer and you couldn’t pay me 1000 bucks to smoke it! I’m done, it hurts, it was worth it, just stayed too long. You all are free! Do what works for you! Peace out!

  • Laila November 9, 2016, 4:04 pm

    I quit smoking pot two days ago cold turkey because I started realizing I was doing it way too much. Right now I have a slight headache that is constant, nausea, terrible dizzy spells especially if I bend down to pick something up. It’s so bad I get close to blacking out. major anxiety and depression – all I feel like doing is crying, irritability, loss of appetite – I feel like throwing up anytime I see food or smell it. I’m lethargic during the day, but have insomnia, and major weight loss.

  • JimmyDimes October 29, 2016, 6:41 pm

    Was a frequent daily user for years. In the past 30 years, I’ve had a couple breaks, but then back on. But, no less than 3 times a day and all day on the weekends. Since being back on for the past 12 years straight, have had about 5 breaks all under a week.

    Quit cold turkey on Oct. 16 and have had the following symptoms. Stomach cramps and aches (but could have been some bad Chinese food I got two days after quitting). Sweats. Nausea, irritable (but that is something I noticed on shorter breaks) and weight loss. I wasn’t big before and now I am pretty skinny… but not in a bad way.

    The stomach aches are going away, I sleep more than before (but am having weird dreams) and am getting back to normal I hope. Withdrawals are real…but especially if you are a long time abuser as I was. I do plan on being a weekend warrior again… but not until I take a few weeks off.

    I’m an upper level accountant… so didn’t affect me this way, but being off has helped with social and thinking skills.

  • George October 29, 2016, 1:55 am

    I am in my second week of withdrawal. I have been a heavy smoker for 35 years. I have never heard of marijuana withdrawal. I thought something was physically wrong. Headache, night sweats, extreme nausea and complete loss of appetite. I have a young cool doctor and I came clean to him. I smoked 5 to 12 joints a day. He mentioned this to me and at first I found it hard to believe but the symptoms were indisputable.

    Today he gave a nausea medication and it has made a big difference now that’s it’s under control I can eat and am losing the dizziness of the past few weeks. Everyone’s comments have been an extreme comfort to me. Hoping my depression will lift to and I can walk through life with spear head and not in a gray cloud of smoke. I wish you all the best of luck and while I am a person who says never say never I am certainly going to try. On the bright side I have lost 45 lbs now just another 100 to go.

  • Jane October 20, 2016, 8:40 pm

    Chose to give up cold turkey – I had a chest infection and didn’t want to make it worse. It’s been 16 days now and I’m feeling so crap. I’m not depressed or anything like that. Just feeling so run down and ill been smoking since I was 15, I’m 20 now.

    I’m feeling nauseous, I’ve got the most intense pressure headaches to the point it’s reduced me to tears. Did anyone else get them like that? Will it be over soon I’m so proud I’ve gone so long without smoking but the pain it’s causing is making me want to smoke again. Someone give me advice please.

  • Robert Sam October 18, 2016, 2:33 am

    Wow!! I’m not alone, I thought I was the only one going through a rough time trying to detox and get clean. I am 24, been smoking for 3 1/2 months all day. I am on day 5, COLD TURKEY The reason I want to quit is because the drug started controlling me and I would smoke at any opportunity I had. It got to a point where it almost ruined my relationship with my love life.

    The reasons were because my mood swings would get the best of me. I wasn’t being who I really am. My symptoms have been depression, severe anxiety, worries, frustration, bad-mood, good-moods, mad at the would. Just please let me tell you take it day by day. It gets better. Any comments appreciated…

  • Cyrus October 9, 2016, 10:10 am

    Hey 2 BIG QUESTIONS REALLY NEED THEM ANSWERED SOMEBODY OCTOBER 9th 2016 :(. I have smoked since 15 am 23 now and have stopped cold turkey for 5 weeks now. My withdrawals are always the first 4-5 days of intense depression and evil thoughts and all sorts of sh-t, I’m also ADHD and this would be the 3rd time trying to quit the longest has been nearly 4 months, I still have never recall being completely normal as if I never smoked weed before.

    CAN SOMEONE PLEASE TELL ME IF THIS EVER COMES RIGHT AGAIN??? AND HOW LONG COULD IT POSSIBLY TAKE? I have never felt like I was in complete reality in life again I don’t really know how else to explain it. I feel like I’m 90% back to myself but missing that last 10% and its strange cos I remember exactly what life was like in my perception until the day I smoked it. It’s never come back to me.

    Also one other thing if anyone is READING this I gave my girlfriend a bucket bong 2 months ago and its completely ripped her personality away she used to be intense, hyper, really crazy cool kind of chick now she’s the complete opposite of what I remember her as. It’s really sad I really wish I never gave her one and she’s worried she’ll never come right again. Will she come back to exactly how she was in time?????

    She only smoked less than 10 times. I really worry about her, I miss the old her so much. I don’t know if this is the depersonalization people call it or what? PLEASE PLEASE SOMEONE ANSWER THESE QUESTIONS IF YOU KNOW THE ANSWERS, WOULD APPRECIATE THIS SO MUCH. JUST NEED SOME CLOSURE :(.

    • Scott November 16, 2016, 12:36 am

      Bro. as far as pot you will be okay. Other issues I can’t speak of. Your love will be fine, but what Has happened is that pot showed you some things you understand, and some you don’t. You will never be the same! Integrate the good from it, into your life, jettison the rest. You don’t do “mind altering” drugs to stay the same, you do them to see though another reality! Just remember this experience. I know this sounds weird, but accept the reality for what it is, don’t feel guilty or scared and move on…hope that helps!

  • Luke October 6, 2016, 7:17 pm

    I’ve been smoking the herb for 10 years 5 of those every day. I got to a point where I noticed I was smoking just because I felt I had to and deep down I knew it was running my life. I have horrible anxiety and paranoia as if people are following me when I’m stoned now and honestly it is terrifying!

    So I stopped cold turkey and have been having insane mood swings getting extremely tired almost like I’m burnt out. I feel nauseous dizzy and just not myself. Gotta get through it though! Good luck everyone, we got this!

  • Life Seeker October 5, 2016, 8:54 pm

    I smoked hash for 8 years (age 15-23), then crack cocaine for 2 years (22-24). During my crack addiction, my hash habit turned to a gram every few days of potent skunk habit. When I quit crack cold turkey my skunk habit increased to a gram a day, which seemed to make coming off crack very easy (Shows the high potency of skunk!). From the age of 24-32 my skunk habit increased to 2-3 grams a day, smoking from waking in the morning at 7am to going to sleep at midnight-2am.

    I never put a lot in each spliff but it was enough to get stoned. After quitting cold turkey 17 days ago, I can honestly say the withdrawals are the worst experience of my life. Even worse than the disgusting high I received from smoking half ounce of crystal meth in 5 hours (during my crack days).

    1. First came the insomnia, I was awake for 6 days straight, extreme sweating, which is calming down a bit now.

    2. EXTREME anxiety, tremors-or more like convulsions, in my arms, upper-body and legs.

    3. Loss of appetite, which lasted about 5-7 days.

    4. Diarrhea which started out as pure brown liquid with no lumps, gradually getting lumpier, stopped on day 15, poo is slowly becoming more solid (excuse the disgusting description).

    5. Emotional ups and downs which are getting slightly better, but the angry outbursts at naturally annoying things which were so much easier to ignore when stoned, are becoming a real problem especially as I’m living with my mum who suffers from manic-depressive bi-polar disorder, we trigger each other off daily. I find myself happy one minute and crying my eyes out the next.

    6. Restlessness for the first couple of weeks.

    7. Feeling physically and mentally drained/tired which is still a daily occurrence.

    8. Headaches, leading to blocked sinus and expelling thick yellow mucus (with small, thicker, darker-yellow spots).

    9. Nausea before and/or during and/or after eating (but luckily no vomiting).

    10. Bloating after eating followed by extreme farting and burping (looks like I’ll be single for a while longer haha).

    11. Abdominal discomfort and sometimes pain after eating.

    12. Cravings for a spliff which I can easily ignore due to never wanting to go through all this again and just want to get it all over with.

    13. Visual disturbances (no hallucinations), like short term loss of focus, blurred vision. Feels like I’m stoned without the ‘nice’ feeling of being stoned.

    14. Vivid dreams, from which I wake and can return to the same dream minutes to an hour later, to carry on the dream. This is probably the only good withdrawal symptom I’d be happy to never lose. Throughout the 17 years of my cannabis addiction I hardly ever dreamed and could never recall them if I did.

    The main thing pushing me forward and stopping me from relapsing is knowing my head is getting a lot clearer and my ambition for life and my realization that I have so much potential to make something good of my life is more overpowering than the urge to smoke a spliff. The human mind is so much more powerful than any psychoactive, pleasure inducing drug. There is so much more exhilarating pleasure to be gained from life with a clean body and mind.

    The only thing I miss about smoking weed is that it relieved the pain of my degenerative disc disease. Which is now slowly returning. Hence why I think the UK should wake the f**k up and legalize the use and regulation of THC for medicinal prescription purposes only. As difficult as quitting cannabis may seem, just remember, you, me, WE can all do this. Keep your head up, believe in yourself. The rewards we will reap from our perseverance will prevail and make it all worthwhile. End of essay :)

  • Pretty September 29, 2016, 7:22 pm

    Day #2 and I feel crappy. I believe I only slept about 15 minutes last night and woke up from the scariest vivid dream ever, my sheets soaked with sweat to the touch. I’ve been smoking on and off for almost 9 months, with the last 3 months being the most I smoked, smoking everyday more than 5 times. I am sitting down writing this and I am sweating like crazy, feeling cold then hot.

    I only ate a banana since today, my appetite for food is gone, and when I used to get high I ate a lot. I am emotional and quick tempered. I just can’t wait to get to the end of these symptoms, I miss sleeping so much… But like all of you said, it gets better right? Well I believe. Hopefully by next year I won’t be as attached to Mary Jane as I was before. Good luck to all trying to quit and find it hard, for those with less symptoms, I envy you guys. Peace!

  • Long Time Smoker September 17, 2016, 10:10 pm

    Hey Guys, I have been a very heavy weed smoker for the last 15 years, 4-5 smokes per day. I have given up several times but have always ended up going back (except this time I hope) and just wanted to share my experience and what has helped me.

    Sleep – I think this is the biggest one for most of us. No denying weed is a big help in getting to sleep each night! This time around I have been using ‘Sleep Drops’ which are all natural and have been a big help in getting me to sleep at night. Highly recommend!

    Vivid Dreams/Night Sweats – Not really too much you can do about the dreams, but have found that lowing the temperature in your room to what it usually would be will help reduce the night sweats. I.e. Putting a fan on in your room, using lighter sheets, lighter duvet….

    Nausea/Vomiting – After about 10-15 days to may experience nausea and vomiting. This seems to only happen to the very heavy users and what I am currently experiencing. It’s not nice, but does tend to only last for 24-48 hours… Not much you can do but hang in there… for me this is defiantly the worst part of giving up!!! But does also tend to mean that your body is starting to adjust to life without the green.

    Best of luck to everyone trying to kick the habit!

  • JB September 12, 2016, 6:21 pm

    Thank you for posting this article! I was a long term user up until about April 15 this year. I tapered off, but I was smoking cigarettes at that time. My symptoms were slight cravings for pot, for about a week. After 3 weeks, I suddenly out of nowhere got a craving for about a day. Then nothing, no more symptoms. I had smoked for about 24 years.

    Then, I decided to quit smoking cigarettes. After about a week, some stressful events happened and I couldn’t cope on my own. So instead of reaching for a cigarette, I went for pot. For about a month, I only took 1 to 2 hits per day. Then I had to get an HIV test which sent my use up to about 6 – 8 hits per day for two weeks. Finally after I got a negative result from that test, I decided to start cutting back.

    I had gotten up to 20 hits a day again. Makes me so upset. I just want to be drug free, but I also have anxiety which no “medical drug” or therapy could ever resolve as well as pot did. But as an addict, I know I should never touch the stuff again. So I’m trying to quickly taper down again. First day, I went down to 12 hits. Second day, down to 6 hits.

    That day, I started having severe anxiety. Worrying about my parents dying and what would I do in this world without them. It was like my brain was trying to FORCE me to take a hit just to calm down. I also didn’t feel very hungry that day of only 6 hits. I’m still tapering down now. From past experience, I have learned that it takes my body about a week to adapt to whatever chemical changes are happening.

    The thing that gets me is now I’m sure that I’m disease free, all my health problems have cleared up from the last year and I’m ready to dance in the streets, but anytime I get “excited” or intensely emotional, it makes me crave a hit. So for the next few weeks, I have to keep myself “calm” and avoid any overly emotional issues.

    Thankfully, I managed to stay “quit” from cigarettes for the last 11 weeks now. Did I mention it’s an election year and the election is less than two months away? I like to envision a life where I am free from drugs. No smoking, drinking, toking or taking. I’ve overcome SO many addictions, you wouldn’t believe it.

    I was drinking 8 cans of Mountain Dew per day, smoking pot, cigarettes and taking pain pills and somehow not dropping dead. That all has come to an end now. The last year has seen MASSIVE changes in my consumption. I lost 50 pounds after I quit sodas, but I dropped the weight too quickly and ended up with gallstones. They seem to have self-resolved.

    The last thing I do now that is bad is pot. I wish I could smoke it but I also want to be FREE from these chemical dependencies. I just want to be able to be normal!

  • Lucy September 3, 2016, 1:17 pm

    I’m on my 2nd day without it, but it’s been a long and hard road to get to this point. I used to be addicted to harder drugs and miraculously managed to get clean about 10 years ago. About 2-3 years ago, I started smoking weed all the while telling myself I could manage it. Gradually, I smoked more and more, and it started to take over my life – I would rush home just to get baked and prioritized it over everything else.

    I should have realized that it would ultimately come to this point because I have a history of addiction, but I had beat it before and thought that it would not be the same this time around because it was only weed. Obviously, I was wrong – once you’re an addict, you’re always an addict. I have tried to stop many times before, but I was weak, and there was always something that stopped me from quitting – partner, friends, parties. Let’s face it, we have all found some reason to keep doing it.

    I tried to think back to what made me stop using drugs before, and the simple explanation was that I could see my life as a drug addict laid out before me, and it definitely wasn’t pretty. That was not the life I dreamed of when I was young and neither is this one. I would love to be one of those people that have self-control and actually understand the concept of moderation at all times, but I’m not. Of course, I’m having withdrawals, but I’m just trying to keep my eyes on the prize – a happy life which I can be proud of.

  • Josie September 2, 2016, 4:21 pm

    I have been a chronic smoker for 20 years. I quit a week ago. Prior to that, I had only ever gone without when I traveled out of the country. If I ever experienced withdrawal then, it was likely masked by the travel exhaustion, extra heat (southern destinations) and different food that what I was used to. I am definitely experiencing withdrawal this time however. Not only am I currently going through menopause, which already wreaks havoc with my body with sweating, etc. but right now I am sweating more than ever, and the dizziness is killing me.

    The first two days I was in bed with vertigo. Now I’m having diarrhea, head and body aches to add to the sweats, chills, and appetite changes. Irritable, yes! But it’s been a week, and I know that there is light at the end of the tunnel. I am extremely proud of myself for finally putting an end to this dependency. I am strong and I can do it. So can you.

  • Hokiiii September 1, 2016, 2:00 pm

    Hi all, I’m 38 yrs old and I smoked weed everyday for 25yrs. I Started a career in management back in April and last month they did a random drug testing at work. I wasn’t picked but I made the decision there and then to quit. That was 28 days ago today. Cold turkey. I can relate to you all.

    -1st week – no symptoms
    -2nd week – cravings and body cramps.
    -3rd & 4th week. Anxiety, paranoia, feeling empty, worried feelings, lack of concentration & restlessness.

    Wow… that’s why I came to this page as I’m sat here now wondering if I have permanent psychological damage. I do miss it but I know it’s for the best not to smoke again. I also did a self test urine kit and I’m still positive after 28 days. Stay strong everybody. You are not alone.

  • Becky August 31, 2016, 11:32 am

    I have smoked for 35 years. The reason why I quit is because the stuff I was getting is not the same as it was 20 years ago. The new weed is so much stronger, even though I tried to use just a little bit. I smoked about 4 times a day. I all of a sudden started getting heart palpitations, racing heart beat.

    Which caused me to have panic attacks and thinking something was wrong.So I quit cold turkey. It,s been 3 months and I feel different. I have vivid dreams and shakes at night. My doctor gave me Valium, which I take once in a while, but I miss smoking. I had a very active life and functional life when I smoked.

    I have been checked out by my doctor and I am healthy but if our state ever passes medical marijuana law I will try to smoke again. I am just scared of what is in this strong pot. All I can say is I sure feel different. 👍

  • Kallie August 27, 2016, 12:26 am

    I’m so glad I found this site! 15 years of daily use, 2-6 bongs/blunts/bowls a day. This is day 2 after quitting cold turkey. Mood swings are in full effect. I can feel happy, depressed, angry, hopeless, elated, and enraged all in a span of a five minute conversation. I’m glad someone mention the head “pressure.”

    I don’t have a headache (yet) but I do feel the “pressure” and it’s an odd sensation. I’m assuming the blank stares and trouble concentrating are due to the insomnia/fatigue? I don’t have an appetite. I feel the most depressed when I come home from work. That was my favorite time of day light up. It was the reason I rushed home from work every night.

    I decide to quit after my birthday this past July. My boyfriend and I are talking about buying a house, marriage, and kids. I don’t want it to be a struggle to quit smoking when we’re ready to have kids. I decided it’s better to quit now, before we start trying. I was shocked when I added up how much I was spending. The money I spent in 1 year alone was enough to make a big down payment on a nice house.

    I was so disgusted at how much money I’ve literally burnt in the last 15 years. The finally straw that broke the camel’s back for me was pre-employment drug testing. When I was in my 20s, you could use synthetic urine to pass a pre-employment drug test. Now, the test can tell the difference between the really stuff and the fake stuff.

    You have to use “donor” urine. At 36, it has become pretty embarrassing to ask to a friend for a “donation.” I knew this wasn’t going to be easy but I had no idea it would be this difficult. Stay strong everyone! Keep posting!!

  • Oioioi aussie August 25, 2016, 6:24 am

    I am currently 41 years old and have been smoking since I was 15, a lot heavier in the past 5 years due to an emotionally draining breakup from the father of my kids. I am currently 21 days pot free and have had many similar experiences to a lot of others on here. The headaches, or feeling like I had a head full of cement, were quite extreme in the first 10 days, however they have subsided now.

    Not back to great sleep, but think this is a lot due to the very vivid dreams I have been having. However am feeling a lot better now than the first 2 weeks…a lot happier and more connected with my beautiful kids. This blog has been an absolute life saver, knowing that I was not and am not alone on this journey. Stay strong and stay determined as it does get easier.

    I wish all of you every success on this trying journey and hope that you all come through to a better happier you at the end of the trial. Magnesium flakes in a nice warm bath have helped a lot with the sleeping and are helping to relax and detox my body. I won’t say it is easy by any means, but I will say it is worth it 😊. Good luck to all.

  • Harry A August 21, 2016, 10:46 am

    Whoever says it isn’t addictive is a liar. I’ve gone a week now. TV is crap, playing PlayStation is boring without it. I can’t sleep and have f-cked up dreams and wake up sweating when I do. I’ve smoked since I was thirteen, I’m thirty next week, about 1-2 grams a day.

    A little hope to anyone who is giving up is that I have gone through this before. I gave up on my 27th birthday with all the same symptoms. I think it was about 3 weeks before I started to feel any better and a couple of months before I felt normalized. I went nine months.

    In that time I had it once. I had 1 massive bong and went super paranoid for about half hour and didn’t want to do it again. What got me back on it was having a couple of tokes off my mate one day then half a joint the next, slowly building up my tolerance. That was the worst thing I ever did.

    Good luck to everyone!

  • Dylan August 14, 2016, 10:09 pm

    Wow, I am so relieved to have even found this website and read these comments. I have been honestly thinking I was dying. I’m 25 and have been smoking heavily for over a year now. I quit cold turkey 22 days ago and it has been so rough I thought I was losing my mind. The first week wasn’t to bad, had cravings here and there but nothing severe.

    It wasn’t until around the 10th day that I had real physical issues. Tingling in one side of my body, lightheaded, feeling faint, out of touch with reality. I wasn’t sure what was happening to me, I went to the hospital and they diagnosed me with Migraines which I had never experienced before. It wasn’t until day 14 I realized maybe I was withdrawing, since then I’ve had severe enough anxiety attacks, mainly at night time, still having some physical symptoms like feeling some weakness on one side of my body, but not actually being weak.

    This leads me to think I’m having a stroke and then the vicious cycle begins of me feeling like I’m going to die. I’ve had blood work, MRI, CT scan all of it and been clear on it all. I’ve never experienced anxiety before and now it’s like amplified 10 fold. This article and the comments have really helped me know that I’m not alone.

    Anyone that says marijuana withdrawal isn’t really is fooling themselves or is very lucky to not experience it. It’s a daily grind to get through but with mental fortitude I know we can all get through this!

  • Saurav August 5, 2016, 2:43 am

    Thank you for this. Although I’ve read many pages on this, I haven’t read one as extensive yet to-the-point as this one. I smoked weed consistently for about 2 and a half-3 years, having quit cold-turkey about a month ago. So as you must know I’m going through most of the things you’ve mentioned as the THC has just managed to get itself out of my body. What are some natural supplements I could use to help me through it? (I know chamomile tea is one, I’ve been using it).

  • Kiwi August 2, 2016, 6:08 am

    7/30/2016 was my last smoke. I’m 35 and been smoking daily since 17. I’ve smoked more of my life than I have been clean. I’ve decided to stop smoking regularly because I’m struggling to connect with people at work, my friends or my partner like I used to. Biggest issue so far, a feeling of gloom/sadness. Biggest upside, waking up in the morning I feel amazing! Maybe I’ll have the occasional toke when I can control it. But for now, it’s gym, cooking and a few wines as guilty pleasures.

    • Harry A August 21, 2016, 10:52 am

      I’ve given up before. Don’t have the occasional toke it, you will just build up a tolerance to it. If you feel the need to smoke have one massive bong and you will probably find you don’t like it as much as you thought you did. Good luck.

  • BuzzHunter July 29, 2016, 8:05 pm

    Wow! Thought I was the only one that had serious WD issues. Makes me feel better knowing there are many others. As a heavy smoker for more than 30 years, the withdrawal was brutal. Nausea, sweats, anxiety, anger issues, went thru it all but having quit a few times over the years for various reasons it doesn’t get any easier but generally the worst of it should pass in a week or 2, the mental symptoms will take a bit longer and it helps to keep busy doing other things like working out, hiking etc.

    Eat soups, fruit and drink juices to help detox and sweat that sh#t out until the nausea goes away. There’s no better feeling than when the appetite comes back and your happy side returns. I’ve also noticed that when you’ve quit for a long time and then smoke some it will f-ck you up! And not in a good way…made me dizzy, gave me headache, screwed up my appetite and really convinced me that it was time to give it up for good.

    So maybe that was a good thing…not to mention I don’t have the smoker’s cough and I seem to have extra money now that I don’t blow $300 a month on weed! Soldier on fellow pot heads! It does get better:)

    • Harry A August 21, 2016, 11:05 am

      Good comment. I’m a week in now and have given up before also. God it’s difficult. When I gave up having spare money was great. Not having to spend £400 (don’t know what that is in dollars, probably about $550) a month which was a third of my wage made me feel rich. I had a few grand in the bank then I blew it all on coke but that’s a whole different story. I haven’t given up again for the money though that’s just a bonus.

  • Bernie July 17, 2016, 4:58 pm

    76th day I have been a cold Turkey so far, but by the withdraw is the most difficult thing to get through, I been smoking it since I was 18 now I am 44 and been the best decision I have made. The headache have kick in with sweats too but not far to go when it be 90 days n should be clear from the withdraw symptoms.

    Yes there’s days when I want that joint but keeping busy is been great for me. I started when I was on the street homeless n been raped, then sexual abused on top of all this losing my child to adoption. I have been through so much to having most of the symptoms from anxiety to having personality disorder and most days forgetting everything but I know that it’s going be better for me to stay as a quitter.

    So got to get pass this stage as 14 more day I should not have any issues of reaching out for that drug anymore. 😀😀

  • Tonia July 16, 2016, 12:23 am

    I was just placed on probation for 12 months over one joint. I have been smoking weed since I was in high school I am now 39 years old this is gotta be the worst feeling in the world. I’ve been addicted to meth and was able to quit cold turkey with no problem because I wanted it bad enough. I have bipolar disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, impulse control disorder, and depression.

    This has got to be the hardest thing that I have ever had to go through as a teenager I was always forced to take medication for my problems once I started smoking weed I found that it helped me better than anything else and now I’m forced to quit smoking because I got caught with it in my possession in my car. I’m really trying hard not to let this affect me but everyone around me is suffering because I am becoming a total b****.

    I just want to stay reclusive in my room and nobody understands what I’m going through, especially my boyfriend. It feels like he doesn’t even care. I do need help I do realize I am addicted and I hate this feeling. I hope that this does not ruined my relationship but it is what it is. I gotta quit because my freedom is more important than smoking weed.

  • Swag July 7, 2016, 9:56 pm

    In am 52 years old and quit cold turkey 4 days ago. I guess I was a heavy user smoking mostly concentrate over the last years many times a day. Never thought that quitting weed would create such withdraw symptoms. I’m definitely feeling jittery. Sweating spells are really bad and I’ve given up on having a good night sleep.

    When will these symptom subside? The reason for my decision to quit was I believe it was affecting my health especially my lungs which has always been susceptible to infections easily. I really enjoy smoking but need to do this. Withdraws are tough but I will get through this. I’m strong. Thank you all for your comments.

    • Harry A August 21, 2016, 11:15 am

      Last time I gave up I think it was about two months before I started to sleep properly again. Don’t give up though you will get there. I’m a week in now and my friend is on is way round, probably with some good sh-t. Luckily he’s agreed to smoke outside and probably wouldn’t give me any if I begged him because I have been going on about giving up for so long and he sells it. Anyways good luck.

  • Karen Allott July 5, 2016, 11:00 pm

    Smoking is definitely a lifestyle. Changing any lifestyle is difficult. Anyone ever give up sugar? Coffee? Cigarettes? Meat? Internet? Sex? Guess what withdrawal symptoms are gonna happen. Let’s stop demonizing the withdrawals and pot because it’s more to do with your change in lifestyle. Lifestyle change withdrawals can happen when you lose your best friend or a lover that you needed in your life, does that mean we shouldn’t become close to someone again? Just some perspective.

  • Kj01 July 5, 2016, 2:06 am

    I’m 40 years old and have smoked for nearly 25 years. Over the first 10 years it was recreational (weekends, after work etc) but the last 15 years I’ve smoked very heavily, probably more than 3 grams a day of high grade, all day everyday. I’m now on day 5 of cold turkey and wow, my back hurts so much I’ve not slept in 48 hours and have lost nearly 3 lbs in weight through not eating and sweeting.

    I’ve also never known myself to be so emotional and so angry at the same time. I’ve removed myself from nearly all of my friends (they all still smoke everyday) and feel very alone going through this, but reading about all you guys not only strengthened my reasons for quitting it’s made me more determined than ever to quit for good. I hope that I can remain strong and come out the other end a clean non weed smoker who has his life back.

    God bless you all and stay strong.

  • Isaiah June 30, 2016, 11:12 pm

    Not gonna lie I’m a bit surprised at how tough these withdrawals seem to be for some of you guys. I used to smoke all the time at least 2 or 3 grams a day for like 8 years with a break here and there and it usually only took me a week maybe 2 at max to be completely better. The worst I would experience would be just not eating or sleeping for like a week and then I would be just fine… Just goes to show how incredibly different everyone is, I guess. :/

  • Debz June 27, 2016, 12:44 am

    A mate of mine insisted that regular use of marijuana brings us “closer to God”! What a laugh! After protracted use, I found my faith going up in smoke! With abstinence & new-found clarity, I’ve realized cannabis became my god – every move I made had to be preceded by a toke…

    To add insult to injury, I STILL have faith issues. All the crap my goofball buddies “discovered” while we were high has only served to alienate me from my Savior and disillusion me abjectly.

    I no longer advocate regular use of weed: an expensive lesson has been learnt. It is too readily available here in Africa to moderate its use. If you don’t have a “stop switch”, don’t start…

  • Kumaran June 15, 2016, 12:46 pm

    I am 30 years old and have been smoking since I was 15. 4 days ago I gave up ‘Cold Turkey’ and like many of you, I have been experiencing terrible withdrawals. I have never been of a nervous disposition, and considered myself strong mentally, so naturally when my body went into a constant state of panic, so too did my ability to apply reason to the situation.

    On the second day of giving up, I was sweating profusely, hot/cold flashes, tingling sensations in my fingers and toes and irregular heartbeats. I was so alarmed at the state I was in, that I instantly thought I was dying or having a heart attack. After being rushed to emergency room, I had 2 EKG tests performed and my lungs listened to. The doctor reassured me that my heart and lungs were fine, and that I was just in a state of anxiety.

    After coming home and resting a while, I began to experience more ‘panic’ convincing myself that something was wrong. My GF (girlfriend/guardian force) helped to talk me down and we went to sleep, calm. The next morning, I awoke after she had left for work, and immediately started to become anxious, thinking that I would be alone in my mind until she was back(just finished my degree, so time off). I realised quickly that the ‘fear’ of a panic attack itself, was in turn, causing my body to exhibit physical symptoms such as shaking and nausea.

    Sitting down, I started to do some breathing techniques and think about what was happening. I forgot that I had actually given up weed, nicotine and caffeine at the same time! I decided to look up MJ withdrawals and happened upon this place. I almost cried with happiness, knowing that people across the world were helping one another with the terrors I was experiencing.

    After reading of the experiences of fellow sufferers here, I now know that this is just a phase, and the tightness in my chest and panic will subside, and with it I can be born into society again, fully functioning. It will take a while for my body to accustom itself to life without smoking, and for this I know that I will suffer… but only for a while.

    It is only now that I realise, I have kept myself in stasis for 15 years. I have never reached my full potential as a human-being, because I had the honour and misfortune of meeting that lovely green lady on that moonlit night. Despite the state I am in, I do not regret anything. I only think to the future and to give back the security that my beloved gave to me. I still become anxious and feel tired, but I know it has to get better.

    Please, stay strong everyone. No matter where you are, you can overcome this. If you are alone, reach out to others and you will find they will reach back.

  • Eric June 7, 2016, 12:05 pm

    I quit smoking 29 days ago after having a bad panic attack after smoking, rapid heart beat, shaking, nausea, thought I was dying. About the time I was going to call 911 everything started to subside. That was a sign for me to stop! I smoked 3 or 4 hits every night pretty much for 30 years. Thought I would have trouble sleeping loss of appetite, headaches.

    Had no idea of other withdrawal symptoms moody, lack of concentration,depression, sadness. Left work yesterday, came home and cried for an hour. Knew something was really wrong with me and was scared. finally a light came on and realized this might have something to do with quitting weed. Don’t know why I did not put 2 and 2 together sooner.

    Went to computer and googled marijuana withdrawal. Came to this website and realized I had all the symptoms. Although this is no fun and I hate being miserable, I now know what is wrong and as bad as it seems it is only TEMPORARY. Might take 2 more months from what I have been reading to fell normal again… But I will. I read all of the posts on here. Thanks to all of you for sharing your stories. Hang tough. Better days are coming.

  • Lilly June 2, 2016, 7:48 am

    It has been 3 weeks since I quit smoking. I think it has been the longest deliberate attempt in 10 years. The cravings remain, it is quite delicious, and fixes a wide variety of problems. Stress induces cravings, dealing with unworthy people, really brings the cravings. It is a beautiful, pleasure giving plant.

    But also, stupefies and numbs. A long time ago, when I had only been smoking for a couple years, I remember writing about taking a hiatus into an altered state. I remember the new years turning from 2006-2007 and I remember thinking then that I wanted to quit. It is a very warm refuge, like your favorite blankets. Now that it has been 3 weeks, I’m determined to make it at least 3 months.

    It was constant constant, and pleasurable, or the fact that reality was so unbearable, or unremarkable, or not worth living. Many failures have happened, I had very high aspirations that were faltering even before I started smoking, because I was/am a true hedonist. Just enjoy, just enjoy. I feel happier now after quitting for 3 weeks, reality is not so oppressive, maybe it was the constant cycle of using to feel better, and then being hopeless at being stuck in the same place.

    There are things I have continued to work on in the last 10 years, that are worth having. But the motivated and sharp person that I was in high school, that wanted to take over the world has not been able to be realized. I have to keep working towards what I want – a good job that utilizes my skills, and a partner who is worth having. Everyday, I have to work towards these goals a little bit, in steps.

    If I work everyday for 3 hours towards these goals (minus the weekend) that’s 15 hours a week and 60 hours a month and 180 hours in 3 months. Eventually, these efforts will add up. Procrastination has been a problem that I am still dealing with and I always had this, even before smoking, but smoking definitely exacerbated it very much.

    These days, it is hard to push past the mental block to do what I need to do, but I make myself sit in a coffeeshop for four hours even if I get work done for 30 minutes. There are constant distractions, and reasons not to, probably fears. But little accomplishments do bring joy, and when the task is finally done—it seems it was not so difficult after all.

    I hope that I can live a normal, full life that I know Im capable of. I am also not a puritan and hope that I can smoke again one day, as it is really the best drug, I am not a puritan, and do think complete sobriety all the time is overrated – but I hope that it will be manageable in the future, and I will consider it what it is- which is a treat to be had in moderation, not everyday and not constantly

    Please let me know your thoughts if you have been a heavy smoker- but were able to smoke again in moderation, not as a dependence or habit.

    • Debz June 27, 2016, 12:51 am

      I’ve been at it for over 40 years and have had to console myself with the fact that I can never use again. :( The lasting damage requires immense effort on my part to reconstruct my life & beliefs. Moderate or controlled use? Pah! I know myself too well…

  • John Doe II May 19, 2016, 5:57 am

    I’ve been trying to quit for a while now. I reached the point where the past few times I smoked, I felt disgusted with myself. I feel like I’ve let my whole family down, yet most of them don’t even know that I smoke. 5 days so far, and aside from being irritable, having the most insane mood changes, and problems sleeping I think I’ve had a breakthrough.

    I recommend to anyone reading this, whether you are 400 lbs or fit as a fiddle, EXERCISE. 4 days in, I couldn’t handle how absolutely wild my mind was, so for the first time in a while, I threw on the running shoes and just went as far as I could run. You will cough, have trouble breathing at times, but KEEP GOING, whether you’re running or playing the sport you enjoy.

    I can honestly say when I got home a handful of miles later, I was a changed person. This is the only thing that worked for me. I was awake 2/3 days and have read almost every comment on this page.

  • Jesse L May 15, 2016, 4:43 pm

    Hi, I’m a 26 year old male 5’6 169lbs. Just stopped smoking hash oil a week ago. Cold turkey. I developed heart palpitations like crazy one day, thinking I was having a heart attack. Saw my doctor and said it was withdrawals and high anxiety from being used to the MMJ. Gave me a beta blocker and antidepressants.

    I’m on day two today and the beta’s make me dizzy and lightheaded but it subsides my panic attack feeling. Before I had these meds and while I’m on them I took up belly breathing, it helps but doesn’t help sleep. I’m going to take my 30days of meds and follow up here. Hope the best for everyone here.

  • JustinTyme May 7, 2016, 1:40 am

    I stopped a 40 year marijuana habit a few months ago and went through about 5 days of mild anxiety and depression. Then I started again on the 10th day when I felt back to normal. Now, I am on day 1 again! I am stopping because I am not enjoying smoking anymore.

    Not looking forward to the depression and anxiety which are symptoms. The sleeping doesn’t bother me because I don’t sleep well anyway. Acupuncture is a great help in your detox, and meditation. Pot was interfering with my Transcendental Meditation and I need my daily TM.

  • sh April 29, 2016, 3:05 am

    I was a heavy smoker for the past 6-7 years, it got to be all day every day. I quit 3 months ago and initially I was doing pretty good, I was even surprised that I didn’t miss it more – but now I’m having so much anxiety, panic, and even dread. Nothing is fun, I’m not fun. I have dreams that are of a negative theme almost every morning lately.

    I can’t even seem to drum up good feelings about myself for having quit and gotten this far. I also had stopped taking anti-depressants 10 months ago and stopped drinking alcohol last year as well. Hope this stage and these feelings will pass – I’m working on meditation and I do run in the morning, but I have some stressful things going on in my life and I can’t believe how hard this is. It’s almost discouraging.

    • John Doe II May 19, 2016, 6:00 am

      Don’t give up. Ever. I have felt the same way, trust me one day you will understand what’s important and why you’re not happy.

  • Alex April 23, 2016, 2:25 am

    I’m about to turn 40, I’ve been smoking for a good 25 years. I have 9 days clean and I’ve never felt such despair and loneliness before in my life. Over the years pot managed to push away all my relationships and now that I’ve stopped smoking I’m left with no one in my life. The depression is killing me. I cry most of the time, feel suicidal, and I don’t have any faith that anything good will happen for in the future.

    My job and living situation is horrible & I’ve managed to push my family away over the years… so support from loved ones is nonexistent. I do go to MA now which has been good but the time spent out of the meetings is unbearable. I’m a good person and I feel like I’m being punished. It’s been years since I’ve had a girlfriend and that alone is tearing me apart as I feel rejected and unwanted… unloved.

    I haven’t turned back to weed yet and I don’t plan to but I also don’t know how long I can keep this up before seeking out a way to snuff the emotional pain. I quit for so many reasons, particularly the fact that the weed sapped my motivation however now that I’m clean I get nothing done. I find myself bored and unable to engage in activities that I would really get into when I was high.

    Every minute is a struggle, scratch that…. every second is a struggle. Doing this alone is so hard, so hurtful. I pray and plead to god to help see me through this but I lack the faith that he will put good things in my life. My level of confidence is at an all time low, which makes me feel weak and worthless. I already know I’ll be spending my 40th birthday alone and that thought makes me want to kill myself.

    I thought life was tough on the weed, but off it I’m barely functioning. I’m at a loss as to what else I can do to ease the pain and I pray it goes away soon but from what I’ve researched it sounds like I’m in for the long haul. For younger folks on here who are getting clean, do it, do it now and stick with it because if you let it go on for as long as I have the above is what you will have to ultimately face when quitting 20, 30 years down the line.

    This drug marijuana is not worth it, it’s not worth your sanity, your life. It will rob you of everything good that was meant for you and leave you alone with nothing.

    • Denise April 24, 2016, 2:19 am

      I’m rooting for you, Alex! I’m 38 and a long-time daily smoker. I quit for a full year in 2014 the first two to three months were so tough. I was depressed, lethargic all day and couldn’t sleep at night, and had less motivation than ever while smoking. It gets better, so much better… your thoughts will be clear, your moods stable, your memory in-tact, and you’ll feel good again!

      Sorry to hear about losing the people closest to you. I pushed mine away, especially during withdrawal. I’ve lost friends over pot, and made many stupid decisions because of it. Please know that all the awful feelings are temporary, they may feel worse than you could have imagined but you’ll find the strength to push through. Soon they’ll be an memory.

      I chose to go back after year (that had always been my plan), but my smoking again became heavy and daily, and here I am quitting again… I’m on day 4, jittery and anxious but I’ve done it before and can do it again. Best of luck to us both and I’ll keep you in my thoughts.

    • Maria November 24, 2016, 7:29 pm

      Hi Alex- old post now, but it touched me. I know kicking the weed can be hard, but Baby – not that hard! I think you were masking your low feelings with the drug, and now you’re experiencing them in technicolor! If you feel suicidal and desperate take that seriously.

      You need to see your doctor, and discuss your depression. Please don’t just put it down to withdrawal and sit it out, it is not right to be feeling so low, it’s dangerous. Really hoping you’re in a slightly better place now – but deep seated depression is something we have to learn to manage long-term sometimes.

  • Denis April 22, 2016, 12:38 am

    Thanks friends for your comments. I started smoking weed on my third year in University. Since then my life changed completely. It reached a time I could no longer concentrate on my studies. I studied Medical Biochemistry and this intoxication could let me less concentrate! I got E’s on row, retakes and E’s again and this was the end of my career road.

    I used to work as a freelance article and academic writer before but for now I can’t. What I can do at the moment is smoking in the morning till evening (cannabis and tobacco) am in a total mess now. I broke up with my girlfriend whom I got a son with while still in school and since then I find difficulties in establishing a new relationship.

    All I know is that marijuana is the cause of all the mess in my life, but I tried quitting from it in vain! It’s my prayer that my life will become normal again! Today is my first day of the cold turkey. Please help me in this hard process. Thanks.

  • Mark April 16, 2016, 7:32 am

    Im 29, and first tried weed when I was 17. I went through phases of smoking frequently and then abstaining over the years, but over the last two to three years I have slowly started to smoke more and more, to the point recently where it was every day. The amount I was going through was getting larger and larger and it got to the stage where it was starting to feel like I was developing a problem.

    I started to feel like I was changing as a person, and relying on weed to enhance day-to-day things and make me feel ‘normal’. I started to experience bouts of anxiety and poor short term memory. It made me feel comfortable with being unproductive and unmotivated. I’ve decided to quit for the reasons above. I am fed up with living with a mental fug (pun intended) and want a change, so have gone cold turkey and have so far gone a week without it.

    I didn’t expect withdrawal symptoms, especially seeing as I’ve stopped in the past without issues, but I put that down to smoking infrequent small amounts before. It’s tough, and I have had issues with sleep and mild depression. Somedays I just feel like crying for no reason. Mainly I just feel bored and a bit worthless.

    I hope it gets better, I do feel a bit clearer mentally and it’s helpful reading all your comments and knowing that others have gone through the same experience. Good luck to everyone who’s abstaining/quitting, it really is for the best.

  • Matt April 15, 2016, 7:17 pm

    When you smoke cannabis it causes down regulation of the neurotransmitters on the cannabinoid receptors in your brain. A defense mechanism to prevent you from doing harm. Ever notice how you plateau when you smoke loads and can’t get any higher?

    With a regular user these receptors return to normal pretty quickly. With heavy users your body gets used to the extra cannabinoids, meaning less receptors. When a heavier user stops it takes time for your body to adjust. With out a properly functioning endocannabinoid system you will experience the opposite effects of smoking… Withdrawal symptoms.

    Understanding what’s going on in my body is helping me though. Maybe someone will read this and it’ll help them. Also consider supplementing with magnesium and b-vitamins. It will help your sleep and mood. Excessive sweating will cause depletion.

    • TE June 6, 2016, 3:01 am

      Yes, helpful. :)

    • Feeling your pain October 26, 2016, 8:29 pm

      Good stuff Matt thanks. And yes knowing the physiology behind the symptoms helps by making it less of a personal shortcoming and more a physical reaction common to all.

  • Niko April 10, 2016, 12:30 pm

    Hi, I’m 37yrs old, loved MJ since I was 13. When I was 27 I went to work on a cruise ship and had to stop. Did so with no problems and hardly felt any withdrawal symptoms except for perhaps minor cravings and restless sleep and more dreams . Had been smoking everyday avg 1gr per day last few years. Worked on the ships for 1 year.

    Last 10 years have smoked everyday average of 1 gr per day. 14 days ago I had my last puff but this time I have had some stronger withdrawal symptoms. By the way I do not smoke tobacco and I eat well and exercise regularly. This time I have been having crazy dreams and a mildish headache during the day. Sleep has been ok kinda depends on how bad the dreaming is, lucid dreams are not much fun.

    Sweat through 2-3 t-shirts a night. No anxiety, no depression, no anger, no stomach problems. Perhaps a bit subdued and bored…but I am on holiday in a different country. Will stay sober when I get back to my home country because I want to see what life is like without a monkey on my back. The monkey kept me from looking for a girlfriend because Maryjane was my girlfriend.

    I feel the healthier and balanced a person is physically and mentally the easier it is to stop smoking MJ. Also not taking any other drugs like tobacco and alcohol, meds, whatever goes without saying. Eat well and exercise! I still feel ganja has it’s place but when it becomes an addiction and rules your life it is not good. Good luck everybody.

  • Helen April 8, 2016, 10:14 pm

    Hello to you all and good luck! I would like to know how I can best support my husband who is giving up weed after a LONG period of time. I gave up myself 6 years ago with no after effect – I was one of the lucky ones! So I struggle to empathize sometimes, which I know is wrong, and would really love some practical suggestions on what I can do to help. Any ideas?

  • Hicksee April 7, 2016, 9:27 pm

    Hi, I’ve been a chronic smoker for 12 years now with a couple of breaks (only for 2 or three months tops though.) Until today, I was not truly aware just how common these occurrences of insomnia, vivid dreams and headaches were. I can really identify with this. I work shifts, a random combination of early starts, late finishes and occasionally nights so not being able to sleep when you need to, for me, interferes with performance at work.

    (I am very dubious of sleeping remedies, I find you feel pretty foggy the next day.) Sometimes I find my dreams to be so terrifying I am actually fearful of going back to sleep, or the experience will be so profound it will have an impact on my thoughts throughout the following day. I have a clear conscience; I’m a very honest person and am usually described as something of a free spirit.

    Yet the dreams make me feel like I’ve forgotten something extremely important or that I’m horrendously guilty in some way. I just wonder does anybody out there have similar experiences? (Like you’re closing the door on Jah and that is a fatal mistake (that’s probably too out there for most), but) I’d feel a lot stronger and more inclined to quit if even one person said yes.

    And the headaches – I always put that down to dehydration and caffeine, feel like a hypochondriac even fussing about such a matter but they can be pretty unpleasant. However once you’ve broken through to the other side, after about 4 weeks neural functioning is back up to speed. Then you have to contend with normal life.

    Which is somehow faster than stoner pace but still utterly painful. Its quite a thing to grapple with- and it will no doubt plague my life for years to come. Hmm still sitting on the fence here. Weed keeps me grounded to some extent – but by default it also stops me from challenging myself. It’s a tricky one- my friends dismiss claims it is even a drug, but how we are as a result of it I am not of that opinion.

  • Eric March 31, 2016, 2:03 am

    I’m join you all in this battle and the easiest way is to do together spiritually and if so I’m here to create a friend who would like to go through a personal journey with me. I was a strong user for 4 years (3-5) times a day and usually mixed with cigarettes and alcohol, not always but most nights due to stress at work. I’m feeling depressed, I have a son on the way and it’s hard to say that I can’t enjoy the full motion of this experience due to these symptoms.

    Four days ago I mixed it with cocaine and I had the worst experience of my life and due to my quitting decision these symptoms almost seem unbearable, I’m not addicted having trouble not smoking cigarettes nor drinking alcohol nor am I addicted to cocaine it’s was an attempt to never be made again. I’m having mood swings, loss of appetite, I feel like I don’t know who I am and if the scary part is if this experience can actually be cured forever, but through the grace of God and how great he is and my faith that has grown stronger through this and I’m grateful for that, for sure.

    I try to sleep but this odd feeling of no zest for life makes sleeping miserable and hard to deal with and I can usually only get 5 hours total. My anxiety level is off the roof and it hurts and one of the worst feelings I’ve ever experienced but just by reading everyone’s symptoms after 10 to 20 years of use seems to still be similar but I’m sure is magnified by 1000%. I’m quitting because my situation is different from all of yours, it was my idiotic move of mixing a downer strand of marijuana with one of the most extreme energy providers cocaine and left an imprint of distress and escalated when I tried to smoke once more just to see what would happen after I was over the cocaine and it was out of my system.

    I’m posting cause I’m not a cocaine user, an alcoholic, addicted to cigarettes…it’s because I never wanted to quit and if I would have never mixed I wouldn’t have seen this site and I wouldn’t be posting today. You all, God is bigger than any feeling, emotion or addiction or drug or fix for any matter of what fixes you from the natural stress of real life but God has to be the only one who can keep us straight and he is merciful and will listen and take our times and turn them into turning point of our lives while quitting and create a divine relationship with him.

    I sit here and will pray every single one of you one this blog. Let’s beat this together you all and be the better individuals we can be! God bless every single of you and I wish us the best! Feel free to reply if you want to converse if you would like. Thank you if have finished this whole post and read my story as I diligently read yours. Once again God bless you all!

  • Francesca March 29, 2016, 3:35 pm

    I have smoked daily for about 11-12 years – I had recently cutback and was probably smoking 2 grams a week (in small spliffs). I am now one week in (didn’t smoke fags, just one skinners) – the biggest pisser is INSOMNIA – Some nights I manage a few hours but most nights, it’s less. People have commented that I look much healthier which is weird considering I am not sleeping.

    I just got bored with it – it had lost its allure. I want to be totally sober. I spent my youth doing ecstasy/LSD/coke, I don’t touch alcohol (and will never start) – best thing I found to combat the feelings of withdrawal (sweats, anxiety, fuzziness) is eating healthy and exercise. Feel so much better for having done this. Just want to sleep…

  • NY Life March 27, 2016, 2:41 pm

    I have been smoking for 9 years, everyday, typically 2-3 bowls a day currently which is a significant change from when I had used to sell it, consumption was usually 3-5 grams a day at that point. I’m over 30 days clean and the withdrawal is only as bad as you make it. Surround yourself by positive people, stay busy, occupy your body and mind because the more you are stuck thinking about the shit you are going too make the cravings worse and worse until you fall back into the habit.

    It took about 7-10 days to really get back on track but with new hobbies and staying active this whole process has been relatively simple and painless. It’s the sleeping part that kills me the most but I am currently able to get a full nights sleep and the crazy vivid dreams are starting to subside. Just give it time people, stay active, do new things, make new positive friends, and keep your mind occupied until the urges subside. Best of luck people.

  • Brett March 17, 2016, 5:37 am

    Feeling a little relieved after reading some of these comments because at least I might be able to explain what’s happening to me as withdrawal. I’ve been smoking weed for about 12 years now and really enjoyed it. So much so that I was an advocate for it to the extent that I recommended it to my mom who suffers from anxiety so she could come off of the pills she was taking.

    Now, I had stopped before, actually for a couple years with no issue whatsoever, but after starting back up again and smoking daily for the last 6 years or so I decided to quit. Honestly, I was reluctant because it wasn’t really causing me any issues. But, I had become quite lethargic, my girlfriend refused to kiss me anymore from the smell of my breath and honestly, I just wasn’t getting the same highs. So, one day, about a month ago, I ran out and said, screw it!

    I’m gonna go on another ‘break’. As some have noted, when you do this and come back to it, as I’ve done in the past, the highs are sooooo much better. Well, I’m not so sure I will come back to it now. Other than vivid dreaming, I didn’t really suffer from any of the symptoms until last week, BAM, it hit me in the night. Not long after I had laid down and fallen asleep, I was awoken to a elevated heartbeat, tingly sensation going through my head and body and immediate fever-like symptoms (getting instantly hot and sweating, and then going right into chills).

    Then, I started getting the tremors! I thought I was having a seizure, and honestly, I may have, I don’t really know. What I do know, is that my arms, legs and even fingers started shaking. It felt like a combination of restless leg syndrome (if anybody knows what I’m talking about; that annoying/constant surge of energy going through your limbs) and shivering so intensely as from being really cold.

    Then, it got even weirder; I was laying down through this, and suddenly felt like I needed to have a bowel movement. I was able to walk to the bathroom on my own where I was able to go a little and it immediately relieved the shaking and my body started to calm down. I know, weird, right? Well, I think this is also tied into the fact that my family has issues with the Vagus nerve stimulation.

    Since that night it has not happened, or at least not near to that degree. Each day after I progressively got better, but have setbacks once in a while, like tonight. I have a pounding headache and started getting the feverish symptoms. But, for most of the day, I felt fine, almost completely normal. There are days when I feel so out of it, like reality isn’t real and my heart is beating off track.

    This is such a horrible, annoying feeling and I do hope that it will go away because one of the reasons I smoked in the first place is that I had low patience/tolerance and was quick to anger and this whole process is making me feel really frustrated. I did follow up with my chiropractor, who, of all people, suggested that I might just be going through marijuana withdrawals and explained it to me in a way that made a lot of sense.

    Then, after reading all of this, it helps comfort me a little knowing that, to varying degrees, we are all dealing with it. For whatever it’s worth, I did go to the doctor yesterday and was referred to a neurologist and an allergist, but she also concurred that withdrawals might indeed be what this is. I hope that’s all it is and I hope my story helps others.

  • Nicole March 11, 2016, 6:50 am

    I lost my mother on her birthday and I decided at the wrong time in my life to try and stop smoking. I’ve been smoking since I was 19 and here I am 34 and having the hardest time trying to stop just to get a career not a job. I think I really messed up when I had to travel to Denver Colorado for my mom’s funeral and bought that good good. If it wasn’t for weed no one would like me lol. I’m a better person when I’m high. I smoke so much I’m having every withdrawal symptom there is. This is one of the hardest things I’ve ever had to do next to losing my mother… So sad.

  • Neill March 3, 2016, 5:14 pm

    I loved weed, smoked everyday and associated with nothing but it. At the same time I hid away from who I truly was and my family and true friends hiding my drug use. It all came to a head when me and my girlfriend split up because I was giving up and she wouldn’t and lied to me, was angry towards me and stuck by her little cousin who also puffed. It made me see what a weed smoker in bad cases can become.

    I don’t have a problem with people that use it in moderation, but anyone with an addictive mind like me can become addicted. While it’s been hard as hell to quite with many side effects I’m actually happier, achieving more in life and back on a good track for my future. It’s not easy but this drug will destroy you socially and mentally. Trust me I know I’ve seen both sides and it’s better without it.

  • Tyra Martin March 2, 2016, 1:24 am

    On day 6 of quitting and have been suffering from most withdrawals symptoms. Major loss of appetite, hot and cold sweats at night getting up every hour, short fuse over the most basic things, anxiety and lightheadedness. Rang a rehab centre and was told going cold turkey is very dangerous and that I should wean myself off. Basically was told to go have a smoke and see my doctor.

    Well I didn’t have that smoke but went to the docs. Was prescribed valium for 3 days to help with my symptoms. Only minimal relief so have now booked my psychologist. Hoping to get to the root of my problem. Been smoking for 25 plus years so guessing it’s a long road ahead. Thank you all for sharing your stories you have all given me a push that I needed.

  • lauren February 29, 2016, 12:21 am

    I quit yesterday and have been smoking every day for 30 years. I know it’s crazy. No withdrawal symptoms yet. Just more sleepy today than usual. I’m afraid of what’s to come.

  • Anon February 27, 2016, 5:53 pm

    Hey guys, 24, heavy smoker for the past 11-12 years, smoked every day non stop, from the moment I would wake I’d smoke about a gram and a half before I’d hit the hay at night. Longest I ever went without would be close to 4 days in that time. So I’ve been really dependent on Mary for half the years I’ve been alive. However 7 days ago I ran out of pot and my dealer stopped selling. I was given a job opportunity that requires me to stop.

    It’s 6:20am at the moment, Day 7, rough night again, third night this week where I’ve probably managed to get all of 2 hours sleep max. Like most of you I’m dealing with the three main symptoms. Nausea being the biggest, feel like I’ve taken more painkillers in the last week than I have in the last two years to help cope. Loss of appetite is there but I force food down whether it be just a sandwich or some cereal, some things go down easier than others, with more solid meals I find myself chewing most of my food then drinking water with it to get it down.

    The lack of sleep isn’t so bad but for fatigue, I’ve had two good nights rest in the past 7 days but in saying that I have had two of the most vivid dreams in those days. I’ve been getting the pangs of wanting to get high about 3-4 times a day, luckily though my willpower and determination to quit right now is at an all time high. It’s been a struggle to fight the anxiety away, but feeling depressed, angry or emotional hasn’t really affected me which I feel is a byproduct of my knowing this is the best thing for me.

    Be strong everyone who reads this message because there is nothing more powerful than a person who sets their mind to something and is willing to achieve it no matter the sacrifice.

    • Anon March 21, 2016, 5:03 am

      Update, I’m a month off the grass now, life is progressively getting better, I still haven’t really gotten too frustrated or angry with anyone. At least not as much as when I was craving a session when I still smoked. The pangs of wanting to get high are still hovering in my mind but definitely not as much as they were, they’re more like once or twice a week now and they subside when I do something, I’ve been taking walks when they strike but for the late night ones which I deal with by talking to my online friends.

      Everyone has been really supportive that knows my situation. My job is going excellent, my memory is increased for short term remembrance. I don’t get any sort of tremors or shakes now and the headaches/nausea have subsided, I’m not taking painkillers for them anymore. I can eat again with no issue or need of water to wash it down. My anxiety levels have dropped tremendously, which I think is a byproduct of my thinking that I was a better me when I was getting high.

      The amount of dreams that I’ve been having has been absolutely crazy, just last night alone I probably had six with momentary awakenings between. It’s been tough but I’ve stuck with it, I know I can kick this monster that has sucked a lot of the progression from my life. I’ll return after month 2 and fill you guys in how I feel then. Onward and upwards as they say, keep strong my fellows. It is and it will definitely get easier.

  • Saskia February 21, 2016, 6:01 pm

    Wow, it’s incredible I found this web site and to see all your comments. I have been a heavy user of weed for around 5 years (all day every day style), it opened my mind to a lot of interesting things but also took a hold of me and I have now stopped for 1 month due to it ruling my life.

    I gave up for a couple of months last year as I was traveling in countries where it was too dangerous to smoke, I found it a lot more easy to be without than I do right now. The last few weeks have been hell, I had terrible insomnia and sweats + night terrors and am badly depressed, cravings are getting more and more severe too… this whole time I was still under the delusion that weed was not addictive and there were no difficult withdrawal symptoms.

    I believed all my problems recently were due to my inability to cope with ‘reality’ and the fact life is cruel and unfair. I was ready to smoke MJ as soon as I could get my hands on some again, what a relief to find this web site and hear from so many people that can relate. I hope I can stay strong enough to not smoke again and make it through the withdrawal stage.

    It really sucks that I’m still recovering after a whole month… anyone know how long it may take to be completely free or can assure me the symptoms will defiantly end some day?

    • Bastiano February 23, 2016, 10:23 am

      Saskia. It can vary from 3 months to 2 years. The brain takes a lot of time to completely recover from heavy daily use for years. longer than we think scientist discover now] But you WILL recover. Be proud that you did it. Only time take care of it now. Most people are 100 percent after a year however so that’s a relief I think. All the best, Bas

  • Chris February 16, 2016, 8:13 am

    23 year old, 2 year daily user here, would typically pump out 10+ cones a day. Currently on day 6 after quitting cold turkey and I’ve been on an emotional roller coaster, frame of mind bouncing from one extreme to another, also getting all kinds of sensations in my stomach like constantly feeling empty yet not at all hungry, diarrhea, cramps and all that fun stuff.

    Thankfully haven’t been getting migraines or any bad headaches… a few minor headaches here and there but mostly a feeling of pressure around the temples which gets a bit annoying. To combat the withdrawals I’ve been dedicating at minimum an hour a day where I just destroy myself with exercise to the point where I’m wheezing and completely soaked in sweat.

    You really have to force it out of yourself but It definitely helps and gives a sense of achievement in spite of all the anxiety and suicidal thoughts that are currently lingering. Shit sucks but hang in there humans, its still early days for me but it will get better, I’ll try to remember to update here. Peace & love everyone.

  • Aughra February 14, 2016, 8:15 pm

    I don’t smoke to get high. I smoke to calm down the world for me. My habit has been going on since 2001, where I went from a bowl or two a day to at one point in 2009 I was at 5 blunts a day. Now I’m on my 2nd day quitting cold Turkey for a test by the 31st of March. I feel so depressed and lost. It has been masking my depression of being married to my wife whom is unmedicated bipolar. Once I pass the test, I am starting my habit again. I’ve got to get back to my normal self.

  • Gerry February 10, 2016, 3:20 am

    I smoked every day for 20 years. I work from home, and it’s easy to hide. But my wife is aware, as are my friends. It helps me pass the time, where a home job, even a successful one, doesn’t take 8-12 hours a day. I smoked about 3 “one hitters” a day. And this is the first time I have quit, cold turkey. It’s been 6 months now, and I can tell you that much of what I read about withdrawal is exaggerated.

    I don’t mean to suggest that nothing changes, but the vast majority is positive. Yes, for a few days I had vivid dreams, but I sleep better, and wake rested. And I feel the anger at times, that I had to quell. But as for the severe symptoms that are listed on many websites, including Marijuana Anonymous, much of it is overblown. Even to the point of calling them scare tactics.

    To say that you will live with the withdrawal for years, or the rest of your life, as I have read, is just false. 10 days after I quit, the only changes in my life were positive. Less sitting around, less TV time to waste. I lost weight, because I didn’t have the munchies anymore – although I usually smoked at mealtime in the old days, so I wasn’t eating lots of extra food during the day.

    So don’t be scared into thinking you are going to be severely depressed, unless you already were, or suffer big physically withdrawal. Marijuana, no matter who tries to tell you, is NOT a physically addictive drug. You may need it, or think you do psychologically, but there is no chemical brain addiction. That is for opiates. Or alcohol.

    Pot is a lifestyle that needs to be changed, not a psychotic-inducing hospital stay. And frankly, cold turkey is the only way to quit for sure. I’ve tried many times to limit use, and inevitably, I find a reason to go back to normal usage. But that is because the lifestyle is still there, not because I’ll kill myself if I don’t do it. Have no fear.

    In just a few consecutive days, you will see enough reason to quit altogether. There are obstacles. If you have others who are going to lead you back to it, they have to go. And if you don’t make positive changes, and change up your routine, you may just go back because it’s your regular routine, but you can do it. I did it for 20 years, and it still didn’t have a physical hold on me.

    Yes, you will have minor aspects like dreams and such, but nothing that won’t far outweigh getting your life back. Good Luck, if I can do it, so can you. The hard truth was actually throwing everything away (paraphernalia & weed), but I waited months to do it, to make sure I was serious. The real life issue is after you quit, and realize how much time you wasted, and wish you had back.

    I had no problem finding distractions, and ways to fill my time after it was done. And so will you. I did this completely by myself, and so can you. Exercise, eat better, read more, call friends you haven’t seen in years – they will be glad to hear from you, watch upbeat, funny shows to improve your mood, smile more and go to bed earlier, and wake up refreshed.

    Check out local weekend activities near you, immerse yourself in your family and kids, get a dog, keep a journal, and you will start to feel great and have so much more energy. :)

    • Bastiano February 14, 2016, 12:13 pm

      The withdrawals that people experience after quitting smoking weed, are often the same and the recovery of your brain is mostly 3 to 6 months. However, I know quite a few people who felt completely normal, but only after 1 or even 2 years. So I guess it’s a personal thing… All the best.

  • Chad coronado January 31, 2016, 1:42 pm

    Hello I recently stopped smoking weed after 3 years of at least 5 blunts a day. I feel horrible physically. I now have a physical anxiety that is killing me. I hope I will be ok. It’s been 7 days and I seem to be getting worse.

    • Gerry February 10, 2016, 3:22 am

      Don’t worry Chad. You were a heavy user, my friend. It will seem crappy for a week or two, but you will be feeling soooooo much better in a month. And much better a month after that. Hang in there. Going back isn’t even an option. Find distractions, exercise and eat better, and go to sleep earlier if possible. These things, and lots of water will bring you back. Good luck!!

  • PA January 31, 2016, 1:17 am

    Hello All! First thanks for being brave and share all this information that is being very useful for me and makes me feel I’m not alone. I was almost a daily user from the last 1.5 years and intese for the last three months before quitting, by intense I mean 3 to 5 bongs daily mixing marijuana with strong hashish. I keep on my way from stop smoking and just want to share my experience.

    I quit smoking weed cold turkey 7 weeks ago and this is how I felt:

    Week 1: Hard flu, not sleeping well (around 3 hours a day), green phlegms with brown spots and not appetite at all. After investigating those phlegms are signs that my lungs are cleaning of all the tar by being smoking.

    Week 2: This is where things start to become weird. I wasn’t conscious about the withdrawal syndrome, so on monday I drank a cup of coffe and later I was feeling strange, a lot on anxiety and last for 2 hours. I was able to sleep a little bit better, I asume it was because I return to my exercise routine.

    Week 3: Started with a hard headache and then I had an axiety attack, my heart was in a rush and felt hard chest pain, I felt like I was going to die, it was my worst experience ever. I ended on the ER and that day I told the doctor I quit smoking weed 2 weeks ago, she explained me it was a withdrawal syndrome from quit smoking and gave me some pils for anxiety and sleeping, I do not took the pils and prefered cleaning myself the natural way, just my decision, I’ve read if you are able to move clean is better, but some people need the meds if the symptoms are heavier, up to you. That day I had some blood tests and an electrocardiogram, everything was ok. Problems to sleep returned, my hearbeat was strong some moments, maybe for hours, then return to normal, feeling socially unconfortable, happy some moments and then depressed just in seconds, not appetite at all, weakness on my legs, hands sweating. This was my worst week.

    Week 4: Not any important highlights. Appetite came to normal some moments, sleeping for 4 to 6 hours but sometimes I had vivid dreams, sometimes I felt that strong heartbeats for 1 or 2 hours, feeling my heart on a rush sometimes during nights, feelings ups and downs, some days I woke up during night because my arms felt numb, start feeling worried about that and start investigating during insomnia nights about it, but it is the same, withdrawal syndrome.

    Weeks 5, 6 and 7: Almost the same as week 4 but syntoms occur with less frequency. I’m starting to feel better, but as I said, syntoms still going.

    What I did to make things easier:

    1. I keep busy all the time and distract my mind with job and having good times with friends, remember that body goes where mind goes, if you start having negative thoughts you’ll start feeling that way, avoid that thoughts. It is hard, but try it!
    2. I eat clean, eat lot of greens, lot of beans, lot of fruits and clean carbs.
    3. I do exercise daily, the days I passed from exercise I had problems to sleep and symptoms are stronger.

    I’m starting to feel better each day, still having some bad days, but good days occur more often. Keep up my friends! We can do it!!

  • Cold Turkey January 26, 2016, 12:25 am

    I’m on my 5th week of going cold turkey after few years of occasional smoking, but I smoked almost every day (up to 6 big ones shared in two people) for almost a year. I had a psychotic attack after 1 week of quitting. Stopped for a month and started back. I didn’t actually related it to withdrawal cause I had no cravings or particular changes besides getting completely mental. Started again and then stopped.

    Worst 3 weeks of my life. Got slowly better and started again until I realized what was happening. Now, on my 5th week I drift in and out from paranoid-schizophrenic like experiences. I am seriously worried as sometimes I just snap from normal to suicidal but I’ve learned to cope with that although it feels real. I just hope this is just the time where THC is out of my system and my body is getting finally used to it.

    I like to think that fearing that I might suffer from a psychological disorder is just part of those paranoid thoughts. Sure I have my issues due to experiences, insecurity, family and shit, and seeing those thoughts manifested as delusions of persecution or other “well planned” stuff is giving me lot of clues for introspection, but to see all this shit coming out in such power scared the hell out of me too many times.

    I’ve never cried so much in my whole life and I’m going for my 30s. Don’t smoke if you’re sensitive, dreamy, insecure, anxious, by nature or, if you do it, just know that even if you will learn a lot about yourself and how to overcome your dark side, it’s gonna be really painful.

  • Carrie January 23, 2016, 12:08 am

    Long time smoker, started 20 years ago but heavily for the last 8. I have tried to quit cold turkey a few times but always end up caving. I suffer from anxiety and depression as it is, so the withdrawals have always been very hard. Currently on day 3 of no smoking. I’m antsy and bored. I NEED to stop because my life is at a stand-still. I don’t see my life moving forward until I stop. This is damn hard. Everyone keep up the good work. WE can do it!!

    • Gerry February 10, 2016, 3:27 am

      You CAN do it Carrie. I smoked 20 years, and quitting cold turkey is the best, and only way. In a couple months you won’t believe how much better you feel. Exercise, drink water, get out more, even if just to walk. Go to bed earlier, and find someone to hang with who doesn’t live the life. You just in need of repair my dear, you aren’t broken. Remember that! Love sister!!

    • Tyra Martin March 2, 2016, 1:44 am

      Check my entry on 2/3/16. It is a long slow process, you can do it or I’m happy to be a pen buddy to help out. Been smoking for over 25 and have to quit for my family and health, but I love it and it has never been an issue in my life. So the giving up is even harder. Speak to your doctor or rehab in your area. They can help with the withdrawals, anxiety. I suffer from depression and a myriad of health issues and used dope effectively to function everyday. Now I want to be able to cope drug free naturally. BABY STEPS and lots of hurdles. Good luck on your journey.

  • Rob January 22, 2016, 2:49 pm

    Well I’m on day 22 of no weed and no smoking at all, after 9 years of weed and 14 years of smoking and yeh it’s not easy but knowing in the long run I get my life back is what’s keeping me going. First week was rubbish sleep and night sweats, second week seemed good but this week has been nightmares every night of people out to get me (mainly old enemies) and cramps are starting up.

    But going to stay focused and busy, I want the old me back the bloke with hobbies and interests. I know the symptoms aren’t nice but no pain no gain! Been using meditation and breathing techniques to control myself the best I can… Highly recommend it. Good luck everyone it will be worth it!

  • Bastiano January 21, 2016, 9:07 pm

    Hello everyone, I smoked weed for 12 years every evening. I have stopped for almost 4 months now. Had most of the common withdrawals which are are pretty much gone now. The vivid dreams are still present, but they don’t bother me much. The thing that I worry about is my eyesight haze. I’m not seeing sharp (even with my reading glasses) and it feels like sand in your eyes. Are there more people here have this after stopping? All the best. Greetings, Bastiano

    • Rob January 22, 2016, 2:51 pm

      This gives me strength to see someone who’s come out the other side. Hope your eyesight improves bud.

  • Kev. T January 20, 2016, 9:55 pm

    After 30 years I think it is time to quit for good. I really enjoy it but I got to the stage of smoking constantly, day & night. I now have children so it’s time for them to have the real me, not the stoner dad they’re used to. I am going through lack of appetite, stomach cramps, mood swings, the lot basically, but the worst is the vivid dreams & waking up 2 or 3 times a night absolutely soaking with sweat.

    I could quite easily go out & score, but I shall stay strong for my family. I would not wish this on anyone so please if you are a smoker, quit sooner rather than later and it will be easier. It’s been nearly 3 weeks now & it’s getting slightly better, stay strong, stay clean, stay healthy.

  • Gina January 13, 2016, 3:52 pm

    Thank you so much to everyone who has posted here & to Gloom – I can’t tell you how much you have helped me. I’m on day 9 of being free. My first j was when I was 15. I was smoking regularly by 19. I’m now 55. In the last 10 years I’ve tried to give up twice (before this time).

    The first time I managed to last 5 months, the second I managed 3 months – mainly to be able to look after my Dad. I started again when he died. I’ve always worked so the amount I could smoke was limited to after work & weekends, but I took voluntary redundancy & then there was nothing to stop me – smoked constantly, day & night – spending £320 per month. it took 3 before breakfast just to face the day.

    If I wasn’t smoking I was thinking about it – I realized it was controlling my life – when I was stoned I’d think about giving up but when I wasn’t all I could think about was getting stoned again. Somehow I managed not to smoke 9 days ago – the first day was ok but from day 2 I’ve felt dreadful – like most people here I had days of sweating, feeling hot & cold, depression, crying, not able to sleep (not getting the vivid dreams yet) but the worst has been nausea.

    I’ve made myself eat as I feel really sick if I don’t. I’m not feeling quite so ill today, so hopefully that’s coming to an end. Twice before I’ve failed & gone back to it – this time I’m going to stick at it. Thank you to everyone who has posted, you give me hope. It’s good to know I’m not alone. Be free.

    • Gina January 18, 2016, 10:48 am

      Day 14 – feeling much better, nausea has gone & don’t feel so tired. The vivid dreams have started. Depression/sadness coming & going, but overall I feel much happier. I hope everyone who’s posted above is still doing well.

  • snoop January 10, 2016, 9:33 am

    I’ve smoked weed for 20 years, quit a few times, no more than 6 months. Up until 3 days ago I was smoking bud and dabs all day everyday for 3 years. Like I said I recently quit a few days ago after cleaning every remaining spec of resin out of my pipe. I know it can be done from past experience, that’s what’s giving me a little strength right now. The problem is rewiring your brain and it takes time.

    For me the withdraws are gone in about 3-4 weeks. I’m only 3 days in and I feel awful, no sleep, cant eat when hungry, irritable as ever with a snap trigger temper, which makes landing and holding a job very difficult. All things come to head when you quit all the issues you suppressed while smoking come back to haunt you. It does go away, you have to fight and fight.

  • Amir Elwakkad January 10, 2016, 1:12 am

    I am high right now, and I’ve decided to quit. I have been smoking daily for 2 years, sometimes I would smoke more than 10 joints in a single day. I always get strong panic attacks, it’s so f*cking bad. It’s time to stop. I find all the comments encouraging. A lot of positive energy here.

  • Chook January 7, 2016, 2:27 am

    My Partner was diagnosed with Cannabis Hyperemesis Syndrome a week ago and has been continuously vomiting for 9 days now… He was improving a little after 3 days of no weed, but then had cones and woke up worse the next morning. He has been smoking for 15 years so this is going to be a hard habit to break. Any advice of how he can calm his anger and mood swings whilst detoxing? It’s hell for me and my kids.

    • Amir Elwakkad January 10, 2016, 1:37 am

      Exercising, meditation can help.

  • Jimmy Dean January 6, 2016, 11:35 pm

    Been a smoker (mostly) on and (sometimes) off for about 12 years. My biggest withdrawal symptom when I’ve stopped each time over the past year has been the absolute worst restless leg syndrome when I’m sleeping. It wakes me up and it feels like I have hundreds of ants crawling underneath my skin and I just want to scream. I’m on psych meds so maybe it’s probably an interaction from withdrawal, but Christ, it’s such a killer.

    I’m trying to stop for a while for the new year and see if my memory gets better, plus it’s stupid to be doing anything that gives you withdrawal symptoms when you don’t get it. Thankfully I get prescribed alprazolam for panic attacks so I’ve taken bits over the past two nights. It’s taken the edge off, but last night it was so bad I just wanted to hit my bowl to get that edge off.

    When I got up today I realized that sounds like every junkie or tweaker in every movie I’ve ever seen, so I’m making a resolution to cut it out of my life for the foreseeable future.

  • Dontarius January 5, 2016, 3:08 am

    Hi everyone, I’m 15 years old and I’ve been smoking since I was 14. Not day to day or even month to month. Even if I didn’t get high, I still did it to be cool or fit in with the crowd. I got very high about 3 weeks ago and haven’t touched a blunt since then. Now that I’ve stopped, I’ve had a major anxiety attack, and I’ve also been feeling withdrawal symptoms. Please keep me in your prayers. We’re all going to make it through this.

    • Velvet January 5, 2016, 11:40 pm

      I’ve been smoking since I was about 15, I am now a 53 year old grandma, remember thinking that I was never going to be some 50 year old fried pot head. What a loser that would be… Well here I am, quit about a year ago, lasted maybe a month, gave in because of the anxiety, but was long enough to notice some positive changes in me. I remember were how much more I got done in a day and how much clearer my thinking was.

      But then I started feeling as if I was being denied something. What a load of crap. This drug will tell you whatever it needs to to make you smoke some more. I’m just sick of not accomplishing things I want to do. Ashamed that I’ve been numbing myself to life for 35 years. What a waste. So many things I want to do but I got high and just thought about it, never took action.

      Realizing, I don’t know myself without this mind numbing drug. Hugs to everyone fighting this fight. Thank you for sharing, lets me know that I’m not alone. Not addictive MY ASS. Tired of needing to smoke to feel normal. I wasn’t feeling normal, I was feeling drugged, fried, slow, unproductive. Hugs to all of you going through this. Always remember WHY you wanted to quit in the first place, don’t let this “herb” control you anymore. Good luck to everyone.

  • kilted yaksmen January 4, 2016, 8:36 am

    I smoked pretty much everyday all day for fourteen years. I started with buds, which I smoked for about nine years (wake and bake all the way till late at night) and then I eventually switched over to only smoking hash. Smoking hash was better because I didn’t have to smoke as much to get as high as from smoking bud and it was overall better on my lungs. I did hash for about 2 years then made the switch again to vaporizing wax.

    Vaping wax was the best method because it did not affect my lungs at all and the high was intense, just like how I liked it. I just cold turkey quit after vaping wax all day everyday for almost three years. The first few days it was hard, I was still in the habit of wanting to vape, but after 3 – 4 days I got past that. I haven’t had really any physical withdrawal symptoms, which I am completely baffled by this. I smoked to help me eat, to help me go to sleep, and to deal with general anxiety.

    The only real problem is that since I stopped smoking it became impossible for me to get to sleep at night, but this was the way I was before I started smoking, so in effect, things went “back to normal” for me. After a couple sleepless nights, I got a hold of some liquid melatonin and I’ve been sleeping much better ever since. I still wake up not feeling hungry (loss of appetite) but nowadays I just try to force myself to eat. Loss of appetite was a problem I had before I started smoking as well.

    It’s been 2 weeks and 4 days since I’ve gotten high. The actual biggest problem I’ve had was that I’ve been sweating non-stop since I’ve stopped smoking, well that and the loss of appetite. Not being able to sleep or eat was how I was naturally, and one of the reasons I got a medical card. But in terms of physical withdrawal symptoms, I have thankfully not gotten those in the almost 3 weeks I’ve been sober now.

    I’ve taken breaks before in the past and that’s when I really felt some serious depression, so I was expecting the worst this time around. So I guess my point is that if you set yourself up for success and plan ahead, you can reduce your withdrawal symptoms. I’ve stepped up my exercise and I’ve started drinking tons of water, along with eating more fruits and veggies.

    Also keeping a positive mindset and choosing something to focus on (I started teaching myself programming) will also go a long way. Also, changing your view towards smoking is a big one. I look up to people who can smoke and still function normally in society, I was able to do that but just barely (I smoked constantly in college and ended up graduating 2nd in my class, which reinforced my perception that was okay going through life being high).

    So now I know that I can’t reach my full potential without being sober so that’s what truly drove me to kick the habit and stay clean. F*ck withdrawal symptoms lol.

  • Mbunahouse January 2, 2016, 4:42 pm

    I am a successful 43 year old…30 year pot smoker. All day everyday! Quitting for first time. Day 2! Not easy, but know if I want to have “the rest of my life” to be the “best of my life,” I have to quit. And I do want that! Wish me luck!

  • jay January 2, 2016, 5:52 am

    I myself am battling the harsh withdrawal symptoms. I smoked for 16 years and for the last 2 years, I was smoking onwards of an ounce a week, I only smoked cheese – nebula normally. Probably the worst strain to be addicted to! I am going insane to the point I am considering taking my own life! I physically couldn’t take this for weeks, let alone months! I fear I am destined for a room with 4 white walls! Stay strong guys…

    • Mbunahouse January 3, 2016, 12:28 am

      Just a little personal experience. I have thought about taking my own life many times throughout my life. I am 43, and thankfully haven’t felt that way in a long time. But one thing that has always stuck with me and that I am grateful for… Every time… That feeling eventually goes away for whatever reason, and I am always glad I didn’t do it. So just stick in there and don’t let Pot ruin your life and all the lives of your family.

      Also, think about your family and what that would do to them. You will be condemning your loved ones to forever be sad and in pain for what they could have done to help you. So even if you think, your life isn’t worth it… It is. And if you can’t find any reason right now, there is always the reason to not cause eternal pain for your loved ones. Be strong. It always gets better.

  • Chuck December 30, 2015, 9:08 pm

    Oh man I am not alone. I smoked pot once a night, maybe half a blunt or a vape for 3 and half years to help me sleep and wind down. Then I had to stop cold turkey, and it was fine for about two weeks but I still had insomnia, but one night out of nowhere I just had a panic attack. I actually had to call the ambulance cause I thought I was going to die.

    Ever since then I had anxiety and I mean severe anxiety and at least two panic attacks thus far, I can’t sleep… it’s freaking horrible. I am like some people on here I used to drink a lot of coffee hadn’t had a sip or any stimulant in two months because I think it’s going to trigger another panic attack. Just two days ago I had another panic attack and went into the emergency room.

    I hadn’t felt this way before until I stopped smoking. With all the symptoms I thought I had diabetes or was have a heart attack or something else, but the Doctors tell me everything looks good. They gave me some Valium it seems to help but only a little still cant sleep and anxious. I hope it gets better I am tired of freaking out…

    • Terry January 2, 2016, 12:45 pm

      Omg! Had no idea there was this chat anywhere… 27 year smoker. Obviously it’s bad or I wouldn’t have looked for this, but yes exact symptoms. Hardest thing I’ve ever done. Day 2, life sucks, but I know it’ll get better. Wow!!!

      • Mbunahouse January 2, 2016, 10:13 pm

        Guess we both made it our New Year resolution… 30 year smoker trying to improve my life too… On day 2. Good luck!

  • Rich December 28, 2015, 1:26 am

    There is smoking cannabis and then there is intentionally abusing cannabis. I smoked recreationally once every few days…and I was able to quit without any symptoms or withdrawals. I started smoking again after few months, only this time I smoked every few hours all day everyday. I have completely stopped smoking for 2 weeks now, but this time I am experiencing withdrawal due to my abuse of cannabis.

    Endless depression, hopelessness, random sadness, emptiness, starring into space, extreme negativity and pessimism, complete loss of interest in everything, and of course extreme insomnia. I cannot stay asleep for more than 2 hours and I cannot fall back to sleep for hours…needless to say the withdrawal has been agonizing. Despite cannabis not being addictive…withdrawal can happen if it was abused. Now I am painfully aware.

  • Dont give up December 27, 2015, 5:23 pm

    8 year pot smoker here, on day 36 cold turkey, started when I was 13 using heavily everyday, averaging about 6 bowls a day, didn’t smoke on a rare occasion that probably accumulated about 4 months between that 8 year period, I used to be that guy who jumped up to argue the benefits of dope to people who said bad about it. I just wanted to start off by saying good on everyone for their efforts of kicking the addiction to better themselves and future, I wish I had done the same a lot sooner, before I got this major anxiety and paranoia.

    When I was using I couldn’t enjoy food sober. It took me about a week off it to start getting my sleep pattern right and my appetite in shape to eating 3 and a half meals a day. I’m doing a lot of working out (every second day) and exercising, even meditating to replace the huge amount of time I’d spend lighting up and I think that’s helped out a tonne with the withdrawal symptoms since I haven’t suffered nearly as bad as some of the people here considering how heavy I used.

    Just some advice to any of the younger ones that could be reading this (I wish I took all the people who lectured me about pot seriously and didn’t miss all my opportunities and potential), pot is great until you find yourself over indulging then it sucks out all your motivation to succeed with your goals, whether that be your life education or small things like taking out the trash and doing dishes, confidence drained; you forget what your purpose is and you just get an over all empty feeling, it just makes you numb and you smoke up to suppress those feelings and then feel extra crappy in the morning.

    It’s a vicious cycle coupled with the depression and dependency you get from abusing it like I did, it made me forget about the future and just focus on getting high to make the time fly by in that moment. It distracted me from accomplishing what I want to be in my life. I used to be a naturally happy teen before I took my first hit, it only got worse using it to try and achieve contentment. If only I made that early decision to listen to family and take control and kick the dope.

    If your “friends” are pressuring you or you feel inclined to smoke with them stay strong with your beliefs and if they persist in trying to make you, try to get some new friends and you will come out the other side so much stronger for sticking to your guns and believing in yourself. They say high school years are the best years. Soak them in and don’t take it for granted. I never believed them until I experienced what’s on the other side. If only I had a time machine, I would do so much different, starting with never touching the stuff, moral of my story; do it before it’s too late.

    You can all do it, trust yourselves. Love and health to you all in your journey. <3

  • Jimmy December 23, 2015, 6:45 pm

    For everyone that’s been puffing for more then a decade and went cold turkey, you own yourself a big pat on the back. The road to sobriety is a long and tough one, but just know that there is a light at the end of the tunnel. Be strong and fight through every temptation. One thing that I would use is Tylenol for when things were bad, but just know that it will get better. You will be able to sleep again and you will dream again. Be Strong and be safe.

  • sadness December 21, 2015, 6:07 pm

    3 weeks and the tinnitus (ringing in ear) is horrible. I know just a couple people on here said they’re experiencing that, but it’s not that common. I am freaking out. Please if anyone knows if it’s ever going away please let me know! I went to the doctor and she laughed at me saying there’s no withdrawals from weed. I bursted out in tears. People don’t know what it’s like to have no silence. Please help!

    • Mbunahouse January 2, 2016, 5:06 pm

      I’m sorry dude…I wouldn’t go back to that doctor. She is obviously not keeping up with the latest medical info… Don’t listen to her. She is wrong… We all know how you feel.

  • Laura December 20, 2015, 5:35 pm

    Because of chronic pain, I was prescribed medical cannabis and was given a prescription wherein I took 1 tablet a day. If the pain increased or I couldn’t sleep, I would take an additional tablet. This was in a concentrated form and perhaps a great deal stronger than smoking or vaping because I ingested it orally. I stopped taking the pills about 4-5 days ago, after being on it for about a month, and I thought I had the stomach flu.

    Nausea in the extreme, hyper-vomiting, chills, (my feet would be freezing), and night sweats. I also thought I was going crazy; anxiety, depression and terrible dizziness and light-headedness. I smoked marijuana recreationally as a teen, but quit over 35 years ago and hadn’t touched the stuff until I was prescribed it for pain. I’m glad I’m not on it anymore and have decided to cope with my pain with other modalities, but these symptoms are real, not imagined or contrived.

    To have so many individuals describing the same condition is not a coincidence. I’m glad for those who don’t experience withdrawal; you’ve been spared, or haven’t quit long enough for the withdrawal symptoms to appear, but please, don’t add insult to injury to those of us who are experiencing this terrible situation by calling it B.S.

    • Anon April 18, 2016, 4:23 am

      Just a question, if you were prescribed it for pain, why exactly did you quit? It may have given you withdrawal symptoms to come off it… But I don’t see why you’d need to quit it in the first place anyway if you were using it for a medical reason. You don’t mention any negative side effects in your post that caused you to want to quit using it medically.

  • Logan December 20, 2015, 12:21 pm

    Hi all, I just wanted to share my story, Im 31 and blazed heavily daily for about 8 years, plus a pack of cigarettes a day and getting super drunk a few times a week. I went cold turkey on all 3, I am currently on day 14 and holding strong. The worst side effects for me so far are extreme irritability with all human beings and situations, and intense insomnia.

    Sleeping is getting easier. I would sweat intensely the first week, especially night sweats.. Wow it was intense! But that has stopped. What I have been doing is trying to exercise a lot, it’ll jack your metabolism up, and then when you are hungry eat as much veg and fruit as you can, it’s been working for me. However, this physical shit isn’t too bad…

    What is REALLY tough is now that this fog is clearing out of my head and I can think clearer… I realized I am an emotional wreck. I can’t handle my emotions at all, from frustration to sadness to loneliness to excitement, all at the drop of the hat. I’m pretty sure it is just my body and mind reestablishing their natural equilibrium; my body, heart and mind haven’t known sobriety for years and years and it’s almost like they don’t know how to operate now that zero mind-altering substances are present in my system.

    It is very hard but also new, exciting and challenging, and that keeps me going. I’m sure others are experiencing similar stuff. You are not alone, stay strong and we will get through this together :) Good luck!

  • sadness December 20, 2015, 2:58 am

    Ok so it’s been 3 weeks for me and it is hell. I still have tinnitus, hot and cold sweats, insomnia, anxiety and headaches. But the worst are the panic attacks! I can feel them creeping up and I just lose it. I get the shakes, my heart feels likes it’s coming out of my chest, I have thoughts that I might be dying like I have a brain tumor or cancer. This is the most difficult thing I ever had to deal with!

    • Chuck December 30, 2015, 9:15 pm

      I feel you on the panic attacks. When feel them creeping up I just jump in my car and go for a ride around the block or I go for a nice long walk, anything to distract me…

  • Federico December 17, 2015, 3:59 pm

    Hey everyone! Thank God I found this website. I’m quitting after almost 12 years of daily use. I decided to quit (cold turkey), after this hash made me have a panic attack. It’s been almost 3 weeks now, I haven’t had more panic attacks, but the anxiety is very, VERY real! The diarrhea was gone after the first week or so. But insomnia? It’s been hard to fall asleep,the night sweats, and vivid dreams like I didn’t remember.

    Weird, weird dreams. I went to the doctor, he prescribed me anxiolytics, but I’m not trading one drug for another, so I’m not taking those so far. Maybe that’s the hard way to do it, but in time I believe I will get better. Also have some mood swings, irritability and a certain degree of loss of appetite, but I guess that’s normal from the withdrawal. Also cut off the caffeine, alcohol, and tobacco, I guess that’s also helping to the anxiety.

    Started exercising after the first week, it has helped me a lot! I guess I am just getting used to having my brain normal and not numbed down everyday. The dizziness also and tinnitus (that weird ringing in your ears) are bad. But from i’ve been reading it’s normal from the anxiety. The rushed heart is also part of that.

    From what I’ve experienced so far, praying to God (if you are religious), meditation, and a good amount of exercise (aerobic) can help you a great deal. My brother also has helped me a lot, because he went exactly through the same thing 2 years ago. From what he said, after the first month and a half, you should be starting to feel normal again. But everyone is different, so it can last longer or not.

    Also, you should be ready for relapses on these symptoms. So you won’t get caught off guard. I’ll be checking this page regularly from now on, and I sincerely hope I was of any help. Be strong on your quest to quit weed, and if you are a chronic user like me (I used to believe withdrawal symptoms from weed were a myth) remember that you only have to gain from this decision. Stay strong, and God bless you all!

  • Ray December 16, 2015, 7:25 am

    Just found out I’m pregnant and stopped smoking right away..my body is going through so much and I’m really feeling the withdrawals. I’ve been smoking for a long time and a couple of times a day… Cold sweats, insomnia, vivid dreams and loss of appetite I just want a good nights sleep God Bless us all and give us the strength. I’m starting yoga tomorrow, hopefully that will help.

  • sadness December 13, 2015, 1:01 am

    Did anyone have tinnitus (ringing in ear) when they were going through withdrawals?

    • Fred December 17, 2015, 3:29 pm

      Hey sadness: Having the same thing here. I guess it’s related to the anxiety. In 3 days I’ll be 3 weeks clean (cold turkey). And man it’s been hell…

  • Mimi December 10, 2015, 2:49 pm

    Hey, I stopped smoking weed probably a month ago now or just a little over, and I’ve been going through some frustrating withdrawal symptoms as well. I only smoked pot for 2 years, but on a daily basis, mostly at night before going to bed, sometimes a few times during the day to help me relax. I also used it for whenever I was having PMS symptoms, it was helping with the mood swings!

    But now that I’ve completely stopped, drastically and without cheating once, I have massive headaches, sometimes for a week straight. (Except when going to bed, it goes away until a little after I wake up.) I also sometimes feel dizzy, light headed, my brain feels foggy if that makes any sense? And it makes me panic… I also started to have anxiety, lately being not so bad, but still, it’s very annoying! Sometimes I have a hard time to focus at work, and it’s not fun when your job is waitressing!

    I feel a bit off, unable to fully focus on my tables/stuff that needs to be done… I sometimes feel depressed, also not as bad lately, but I remember feeling alone and paranoid for tiny things that didn’t matter, and still today! Sometimes when I wake up in the morning I feel achy, not in a good mood, helpless… Also have digestive problems lately. Sometimes during the day I feel like I’m starting a cold, I’m very tired, like I could just fall asleep, feel achy and no energy. I know it takes time for THC to completely be gone, but anybody else out there experiencing similar things?

  • George December 8, 2015, 5:08 pm

    I was a marijuana user for 14 years. My drug use led me to discover another more harmful drug, synthetic cannabinoids, which I abused for the last 5 years off and on in binges. For me the realization that I needed to quit came while I was laid up in a hospital in Jamaica. I was being treated for severe dehydration, but what was causing my dehydration was a combination of 1) The Sun 2) Not drinking enough water (I was drinking beer but not in excess maybe 3 a day avg throughout the entire day) 3) The one thing I feel caused my dehydration to get severe however was I was not able to keep water down.

    The likely culprit was withdrawing from a heavy binge of synthetic cannabinoids just a week prior. I had been off all synthetics for about a week and a half as I was in Jamaica. My appetite was gone, I was not thirsty and when I did start trying to rehydrate I was already far to gone. I was withdrawing bad. I could not keep water down to rehydrate, dry heaving most of the day. Eventually I could not even walk. I made it to a hospital barely where they gave me an IV of 12+ 500ml bags of fluids to rehydrate me. I was in the hospital for 2 days.

    But that was not what made me want to quit using. I was in Jamaica for a wedding. A wedding which I could not attend. I was watching everyone else around me grow up and I was acting like a child. I could not control myself. 3 hours after being discharged from the hospital I went and smoked up with the wedding party. And as I pondered on the beach what the hell I was doing. I looked at my girlfriend and wondered why was she not my wife. We had been together for 7 years.

    Live together. We do everything together. Except drugs, I kept that part of my life hidden for the most part. I was watching all these other young couples growing up having children, moving on with their careers. While I do have a good job, a good life. I could tell I was holding myself back by using drugs without regard. So I came back and checked myself into rehab. I had a near mental breakdown coming off this synthetic stuff, there was definitely a barrier at first.

    A haze? A fog? cloudiness? The feeling is that you know you have more processing power in your brain but there is something in the way holding you back . But its been nearly a month now since I used anything, even caffeine. I have found a support group. I am in a much better place now. But I have so much to work on. Discovering why I even use in the first place. I am discovering who I am without the use of drugs, and its exciting, exhilarating. I have only been to 8 groups so far but I already have made so much progress. And its been showing in my work and relationships.

    I have begun reconnecting with people I had detached from. I post this to let others know. It is possible to quit. You do not have to fall into the trap that Marijuana is not a dangerous drug. Because you know what. For some they can use it and be perfectly fine. For me I found that I used it as a way to detach from things that were not going well in my life. I would use it in combination with pushing people away. I came to the conclusion I have pushed everyone I knew away, even my beloved.

    I started accusing her of things because I became insecure of myself. And to avoid the pain of the relationship I would use drugs, and push people further away. Eventually I was lonely and selfish. But that is not who I am. That is why marijuana can be so harmful. It replaces natural feelings of joy and happiness with falsehoods. And then you start going down the rabbit hole of which is very difficult to return from. Anyways take away what you will from my experiences.

    Love yourself for who you are, its hard to challenge yourself as a person when you are on drugs. Everyday turns into a challenge when you are on drugs. Eventually you use just to use, and the things you do everyday become boring. It started as using drugs and playing video games. Now I cannot play video games because it not only reminds me of drug use, but they are boring without the drugs. That is what you risk using drugs. You will ruin the things you love. For me that was video games.

    As I said without the drugs they are boring for me. But it has led me to discover other things that I did not do when using. Like getting out and seeing the world. Making friendships. Just living life and trying new things. And I thought that was the allure of drugs. They were supposed to allow me to live life and try new things. They ended up, for me, doing the exact opposite. Great stories guys and gals. Thanks for everything. Your Friend, George

  • DoneWithIt December 3, 2015, 8:43 pm

    I’ve smoked for 3 years now. The first year or two was the mild stuff, and it wasn’t every night. Then I started getting into the good stuff. Over the last year I’ve smoked just about every evening. I smoked at least a bowl a night (sometimes two or three) right before I went to bed.

    I felt that it was the only way I could get to sleep. Well, the sleep I was getting wasn’t good sleep. I didn’t have dreams anymore, and I wasn’t getting good sleep at all. I am in a high pressure, high stress career, so I thought this was actually helping me. It wasn’t.

    This is day 7 of no smoking, and I tell you what… it’s a mess. Headaches, dizziness (HATE THAT PART), anxiety through the roof. I’ll never smoke again. The first night I quit I slept for 11 hours. The second night, 9 hours. Then the insomnia kicked in for a few days, then the sleep started coming back.

    I was actually having dreams again! I didn’t realize that in over a year, I hadn’t once slipped into REM sleep and had a dream. The last few nights I’ve had dreams from the time I went to sleep to the time I woke up. I can even go back and forth through dreams. It’s crazy.

    I didn’t realize just how bad this high end pot was messing with my head. I have lost motivation, clarity, and creativity. A part of my career is marketing, and I used to get published nationally all the time… since the pot use got heavy this past year… nothing.

    I still believe that marijuana can help people in certain situations, it affects everyone differently. I’m out. Don’t let anybody tell you that this stuff isn’t addictive because it is.

  • Nick December 3, 2015, 5:18 am

    I’m 51, smoked weed and concentrates heavy for many years, 20 or so. I quit 7 days ago cold turkey. I haven’t slept much in those 7 days, anxious, sweats, cloudy head, emotional, and not eating much. I am not feeling panic or sadness. I feel great about the decision to quit pot altogether. I have spent so much money, time, and energy on the habit, that I wanted control of my life back.

    I read a lot of posts and one thing is for sure, everyone has different withdrawal symptoms. I’ve been chugging water and Gatorade, reading at night which helps me sleep, trying to get exercise each day, and I am being honest with my family and friends, which also helps. Stay strong friends, thanks.

  • A December 1, 2015, 12:24 pm

    I consumed cannabis more or less daily, with occasional breaks lasting up to a few weeks, for about six years, starting the summer before I began high school. I really wanted to make cannabis a thing for special occasions, but I remained dependent on it for some time after realizing I had a problem. I decided to swear it off for a whole month, beginning October 1st, and then allow myself to enjoy it again if I wanted to. I had done the same for Lent this year, and spent six weeks without it.

    During that time I experienced some depression (lack of enjoyment in things I normally loved to do as well as less motivation to do things I needed to do) as well as some anxiety, though none of this was particularly serious, especially given that I had expected a bit of withdrawal and was somewhat prepared for it. I even found that I enjoyed cannabis less upon resuming use, as it actually sometimes made me anxious, which it hardly ever used to do, but as I kept it up I rehabituated and fell back into the usual rhythm.

    No one tells you that cannabis withdrawal could be any more intense than what I described above plus a bit of insomnia and lack of appetite—and in my experience taking occasional tolerance breaks, those latter two only lasted a few days at most. But since resuming regular use after Lent I didn’t take any further breaks for more than a week or two; I also got ahold of some high-grade wax (concentrate with a very high THC percentage) in September, and that stuff was so potent that I actually felt a degree of physical discomfort and anxiety that is rare for me with cannabis.

    That probably increased my dependence as well as my tolerance. I still smoked it, though, and after going through it as well as more herb, I realized I was dependent on the stuff. It was time to really take a break. So from the first of October I began my month of sworn sobriety (other than the occasional drink). And I thought it was all going swimmingly for the first week or two. Then, after about two weeks, I started being overcome with a profound anxiety—a complete terror. I felt it as soon as I woke up. I began to fear sleep because I knew that once I woke up I would be shaking, sweating, and in total fear of my own consciousness.

    My heart would race, my upper body would shake, my muscles would feel used up, my breathing was sometimes irregular—it was horrible. I wondered whether this was really due to cannabis in the main and not some deeply repressed anxiety that I’d been numbing, or even if it was some other problem. This had gone on for a few days when I came across this site. To read others’ accounts of much the same symptoms was such a relief that I wept. I also felt shame for having allowed myself to develop such an awful dependence.

    I was now determined to stay away from cannabis until these symptoms had completely subsided and my neural circuitry had been well enough rewired that I could truly take or leave cannabis and not be dependent on it—and I was so afraid of exacerbating the anxiety that, as another person here noted, I didn’t even want to relapse. I wanted to make a post here but decided to wait until I had gone another month sober. So here I am, two months sober and loving it. The anxiety was almost a non-issue by the beginning of November, and what had been multiple daily anxiety attacks were now more occasional.

    Now I don’t get anything like that level of anxiety, though I still occasionally wake up with a hint of it. That’s nothing, though, compared to what those third and fourth weeks were like. I feel as though I descended into Hell and came back up purified by its fire. I am still not opposed to very occasional use once in a blue moon to celebrate a holiday or what have you, but at this point I simply have little desire to use it at all. So to everyone who’s commented here with stories and support: thank you a thousand times. You kindled a will in me to see this through, and I did it.

    And to everyone who’s just now quit or is still going through symptoms: hang in there!—it really does get better. For some it may take much longer than it did for me, and for some it may be much less intense. But whatever your situation, know that you can get through this. Eat right (there’s good advice above on this above; basically avoid junk food and get lots of veggies and good meats), get regular exercise (I especially recommend weightlifting), avoid high doses of caffeine, adopt a meditative practice (free your mind from the ups and downs of thought), and keep up some hobbies to hone your focus.

    A buddy of mine likes to talk about Mr. Resistance. He’s there waiting when you wake up and he stays with you throughout the day, waiting for you to fail. You see people every day who let Mr. R run their lives. Right now Mr. R is giving you a particularly hard time. Tell that motherf*cker to get lost. Every day you succeed, and every day you keep a good attitude, is a day you kick his ass.

  • John E. November 30, 2015, 3:12 pm

    I used marijuana for roughly 16 years and have been off it for over 2 years. The first week after I quit (tried to get a better job) I developed Bell’s palsy which is a nervous condition that ultimately ended up shutting down half of my face for roughly about 2 weeks and I’ve not had it come back. I smoked a couple of times within my first year of quitting and haven’t touched it in well over a year, but I’ve been having almost all of the symptoms listed above and the worst is my severe anxiety and depression that I’m now on meds for (buspirone and xanax), but they don’t seem to be helping me much or even at all.

    I get insane panic attacks that I’ve even called the EMTs 5+ times for feeling like I’m having a heart attack, I’ve had EKGs, sonograms and even a stress test. I’m not feeling any better although I do have good periods that tend to last 2 weeks to my last one which lasted 2 months of feeling good but still not myself. In those periods I still struggle to even leave my house or go anywhere but work and work is extremely hard to get through.

    I feel lost and not sure what I should do, should I try better meds (I hate pills though) or try smoking again, which is what I’m kinda leaning towards, but the last time I smoked I freaked out the whole time a good 4 hours and I’ve been scared to death to even touch it again. I could go on for days talking about my struggle with this, but I’ll spare you all. Just looking for help and suggestions. Thanks, John E.

  • MarkstallioN November 26, 2015, 10:39 pm

    I stopped smoking on September 22nd after smoking heavily since April 20th. The first month was fine, no issues at all. On or around October 20th, I got a real heavy feeling in my head. It lasted a week straight. I would cry for no reason and I would get really mild panic attacks. Here it is, Thanksgiving and I still get this feeling in my head along with muscle spasms on the side of my head and face and pretty much all over my body.

    I went to the dr. and all test came back normal. Has anyone else had this happen to them and how long does it take to get back to normal? I’ve smoke off and on since I was 18. Every time I’ve quit cold turkey, I’ve had no issues. This time it got so bad that I am scared. This feeling in my head comes and goes as it pleases. Sometimes, when I eat, it gets worst.

    For the few months that I smoked, I smoked heavy Indicas. About a gram a day. I never had any of the symptoms that I having now until mid October. Can anyone tell me what is going on? The dr. didn’t really give me any hope.

  • Alfonso November 24, 2015, 7:01 am

    I have stopped now for 4 weeks and it is super tough! I suffer from bipolar mood disorder and have been very depressed. I have been a chronic smoker for over 10 years. My doctor has put me on an anti-depressant and has told me to quit weed. I have also had alot of pressure from my family to stop. Although I thought that it was helping me cope with anxiety but it has made my mental illness worse.

    Since I have stopped I have experienced severe insomnia. Waking up in the middle of the night with severe night sweats. I have also been having vivid dreams, and sometimes wake up from them. I feel more anxious and I feel much more manic, restless and agitated. I am hanging in there and waiting for these withdrawals to stop. But the worst is that I want to smoke again, I just want these effects to stop. Just have a peaceful night of sleep.

  • Peter November 19, 2015, 6:18 pm

    After reading through this blog, or as much as possible for time reasons, I have a profound new awareness that may help many people. As a person who has smoked some of the finest herb for 40 years, and a grower who has grown his own for 30 years, having done quite a bit of reading on metabolism, isoenzymes, and (human) genetics, here is what just occurred to me. In all my growing experience, I employed selective breeding to increase potency, and never were any chemicals used, other than a very minimum of basic compounds.

    Now, I employ microbes and microscopes to aid any increase in taste or yield. When I stopped back in spring of 2007 probably because I ran out from the previous harvest, I never experienced any headaches, and only after 4 or 5 weeks insomnia which became more pronounced caused me to have to take Ambien for a week. But I have ALWAYS had insomnia! It is one good reason I do smoke, beside the obvious…That was enough so I began to smoke again.

    Cannabis that is grown naturally or organically has a much smoother effect, and comedown, it is totally different to be honest. The high feeling comes on slowly, one hardly notices it, it is very natural, it lasts quite a while, and later one feels even energized, almost the total opposite of store bought MM, or RM. After some time of smoking chemical or store bought cannabis, and quitting, I do have headaches, am dizzy, have vivid dreams, and insomnia.

    So, it is my contention that if you want the best, insist on naturally grown, or organically certified cannabis. Now, if you do have severe withdrawal symptoms, by all means, eat a lot of cilantro, beets, blueberry, cabbage, kale, lemons, organic milk thistle, seaweed, and these are most of the best detoxifying natural foods, herbs that should help to transition away efficiently and reduce withdrawals. This should help you all, and all the best!

    • connie November 21, 2015, 4:39 am

      Peter, Thank you for your insight! Reading these comments, I was beginning to think I was a medical miracle. I have been smoking pot since 1965, getting my medical card when it became legal in the late ’90s. I was always a closet “pot head” and in the last 5 years or so smoked very strong pot daily. A friend has a permit to grow and grows organic. I am one of his limited number of clients.

      His product is vastly superior and much stronger than retail. I used it daily for chronic pain and insomnia, choosing the highest THC available – nothing less than 20% lab tested. When the pain increased, I focused on getting the highest CBD percentage. I decided to quit cold turkey about 2 months ago. I’ve always been a very busy person, and all the extra free time in semi-retirement was messing with my motivation. I thought stopping pot for awhile would help, substituting 800 mg, ibuprofen horse pills and capsaicin patches for pain, with melatonin and herbal teas to help with sleep.

      NOT happy taking so much ibuprofen! The only other Rx I take is Valtrex as needed to control nasty cold sore on lip when I get too much sun or stress. Yuck! Other than more vivid dreams, I’ve had no withdrawal symptoms! It’s been 6 weeks, and I did read that symptoms can be delayed. Crossing fingers. Peter, I think you’re on to something! My cannabis was grown without pesticides, etc. I am also very careful with my diet, eating organic foods and filtered water, with limited amounts of wild caught salmon and grass fed bison when I was missing meat.

      I work out daily to keep my arthritis in check -weight training and yoga. Without the exercise, I get stiff and have much pain, walking like an old lady. For those of you who are struggling, please don’t flame me. I am NOT advocating anyone using pot. I am just relating my symptoms, or lack thereof, and suggesting what might be helping. I truly believe healthy eating, especially with managed sugar intake can work wonders. Since I changed my diet in 2006, I’ve lost 50 lbs and look/feel amazingly younger and happier.

      The food labels don’t mention that the maximum RDA for sugar is 26 grams. A 12 oz can of Coke has 40.5 grams, a teeny box of raisins has 30 grams. Who knew?! I can tell when my RA clients eat excess sugar, because they have more pain/inflammation. Peter has great advice, I know from personal experience. Making lifestyle changes are not easy, and not without relapse. Good luck to everyone on their journey to wellness. I wish you all great success!

  • Shaniqua November 19, 2015, 8:04 am

    Just came here to share with people how I have overcome withdrawal symptoms – by undertaking a strict detox (no caffine, sugar, processed foods) while also giving up pot!! Withdrawals have always been terrible for me with hot flushes, headaches, sweating, no appetite, no sleep, terrible mood, general emptiness, etc. When I decided to do a liver detox at the same time as giving up I thought I was signing myself up for the worst bout of withdrawal symptoms ever… when I feel the exact opposite.

    Sure on day 3 and 4 I had headaches (nothing like pot withdrawals without a liver detox though!), and I have had some issues falling asleep, but overall I feel more energetic, happy and quite well. So grab some liver detox tablets (my bottle said liver and gallbladder detox), also get some detox herbal tea (yeah, it tastes crap, but small price to pay) and do a detox! My version was pretty extreme because I usually eat pretty clean anyways, but I did 1 day of only water and herbal teas (easy without an appetite!), then 1 day of only fruit, 1 day of vegetable salads, 1 day of veg salad with rice or some other grain, 1 day of veg salads with beans/legumes added and final day add some fish to the salad too.

    You’ll not only have a cheap food bill for the week, you’ll feel great too!! I must say I have been hungry though. :)

  • KB November 18, 2015, 9:00 am

    Hello everyone, Currently on a cold-turkey detox (Day 17) and just wanted to share my experiences. First smoked when I was 16, progressively started smoking more and more until I turned about 18 and have been smoking daily since (Currently 25). My usage drastically progressed over the past 7 years to the point where I was smoking daily (can’t determine an actual daily amount but up before my detox I was smoking at least 6-7 bowls everyday minimum, sometimes even more if I can be honest).

    For whatever reason, any attempt I would try at detoxing would always lead to what I like to call “Day 1” syndrome… I would get so anxious/nervous whenever I was running out of weed that I would never let that problem happen. I would be irritable if I went more than a day without it (never went more than 2 days max) resorting to smoking my crystal/kief/resin/secret stashes to get a fix.

    To be quite honest, I didn’t think I had the willpower to do it. I was succumbed to the fact I would just be a stoner for the rest of my life. Although I would say for the past year or two, I didn’t even feel the full effects like I use to. I’d be smoking with my friends (who were no where near as heavy a user as me) and I watch them almost with jealously as they would be feeling the full “stoned” effect when I would be barely feeling anything.

    Yet irregardless of this feeling, I continue to use in hopes that, the next bowl/hit/joint/blunt would give me one of my “first-time high” experience. In essence, you can say I was chasing the dragon. I don’t know exactly why I decided to do this detox, perhaps I just wanted to take a break from the routine to see if I could do it. Subconsciously, I guess I understood that this addiction wasn’t the healthiest thing for my body.

    Although I must admit that I do feel like I was a functioning stoner (graduated college, than university, worked full-time hours at a job that I didn’t really have a passion for, but hey everyone strives to have an economic independence, right?). I can’t really say that it impacted my relationship with my family or friends. Its not as if my addiction prevented me from living the life I wanted to live, I guess I just knew this was a habit that I didn’t want to continue. I told all my friends what I was going to do, and gave all my paraphernalia to one of my closest friends on the condition than under no circumstances could she return these items to me until my detox was finished.

    I thought by day 2, I would be begging her for my stuff back but here I am still kicking! In saying that, it hasn’t been easy at all. From almost Day 1, I experience certain withdrawal symptoms that are still impacting me weeks later. My symptoms have been as follows: 1) Insomnia/restlessness 2) Irritability/Moodiness 3) Nightmares 4) Excessive Night sweats. The first thing is the vivid dreams/nightmares. Usually, I would smoke numerous bowls before going to sleep to the point where I would have dreamless sleeps.

    Now I’m going through phases where I have the craziest, realest nightmares that are horrible because they have been playing on my insecurities that I’ve had throughout my life (relationship with family / friends / work / school / girlfriends / lovers, etc). The first week was extremely bad for this but thankfully it has been getting better everyday to the point where I am at least able to tell that they are just dreams! And the frequency in which these horrible nightmares is decreasing (rather then everyday, maybe only 2-3x a week and getting better).

    Tied together with the nightmares would be the restless nights and the excessive night sweats. Again during the first weeks of my detox, I would wake up at least 2-4x a night drenched in sweat from head to toe to the point where my bed sheets are soaked. It got so bad at one point that I had to keep an extra towel by my bed just so I could have something to wipe me down and sleep on so I could try and force myself back to sleep. Through online research I found out this is most likely because of the high THC content still stored in my fat cells (even though I would say I have an extremely high metabolism).

    This is probably the most annoying/stressful part of the detox. My sleeping schedule is all out of whack. I haven’t gotten a solid 8 hours of sleep since I started, and am constantly waking up in 3-4 hour spurts. Unlike the vivid dreams however, this has not improved much since the detox. I also have to say that I’ve felt a little bit more irritable than usual. It’s bizarre because I’ve always considered myself a laid-back person irregardless of my marijuana usage.

    However, during my detox I sometimes find myself getting angry/frustrated over the simplest things that don’t warrant that kind of reaction. This has probably been the most manageable symptom though, so I can not complain too much! I’ve had a couple of days where I would say I went into a very low, depression-like state but to be honest I had these bouts of the blues previously in my life (from childbirth till now) so I can’t exactly say the cause of it was my detox.

    In spite of these symptoms, I’m generally surprised at how easy I was able to put the herb down! I hope anyone who took the time to read this and is thinking of doing the same thing to do it! I’ve learned through this detox, that the mind truly is the most powerful thing in the body! But you have to want it for yourself and above all else you have to be prepared to make changes in order to achieve it! Personally, I am detoxing from alcohol/other drugs/cigarette smoking.

    I’ve been more active these past 17 days than I have been my entire life (exercise/going for runs/playing soccer), trying to read more books, listening to more genres of music, making way more home-cooked meals. My suggestion is that if you have any kind of interest or hobby, take the time in your detox to pick it up! Time is the most valuable asset you have in this world, so use it wisely! The key thing is to keep your mind preoccupied, the more you focus on your detox the more you’ll succumb to my old adage of the “day one” syndrome. To have a good support circle (whether it be friends, family, boyfriend/girlfriend etc) is another key factor as well.

    If any of my friends were as heavy a smoker as I was, I am not sure that I would have been able to be as successful so far. Albert Einstein once said that “insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting difference results” and when I think about my previous marijuana usage, I think it was very naive of me to believe that I could just continue living on the way I was without any repercussions. It goes without saying that of course I miss certain aspects of smoking, but I take comfort in the fact that my will has been stronger than my will not, and I know that the next time I do smoke will be much more enjoyable because I wouldn’t need to go to the level I was previously at before.

    In saying that, I absolutely will take the time to enjoy the next time I do smoke because I know how much work I have put in through this detox to get to that point! I wish all my brothers and sisters reading this the best of luck in their journey and I wish them nothing but prosperity and happiness. I want to personally end this by thanking everyone who took the time to post about their own personal experiences, as you helped me realize that I’m not fighting this fight on my own.

    If people who have been smoking for much longer than I have been alive are able to conquer their symptoms, than whose to say that you cant do what seems like the impossible? Keep fighting the good fight, your withdrawal effects will eventually weaken to the point of disappearance, and you will feel 1000% better about yourself because of it! One Love

  • Jennifer November 12, 2015, 9:44 pm

    I’m on day 3 after smoking weed for 25 years very heavily every day. I quit for one and a half years 3 years ago but started again when I got robbed and my father died. Right now I have real trouble sleeping, sweat buckets at night, don’t want to eat and feel generally restless. I also have stomach cramps. I know these feeling will pass and I remember how great it felt to get off the MJ last time. I will be strong as life without MJ is infinitely better. I never want to go through these feeling again. Ever.

  • salman November 11, 2015, 6:21 pm

    I come from the land of Hash, Morocco. I’d been smoking hash for more than 12 years. My peers used to call me, “The king of Hash,” I actually smoked as much hash as I won’t talk back to someone would do the same. I abused hash, not only smoked it. 2 months ago, I started to have severe headaches, I thought I was gonna die of a stroke, I thought a vein in my head was gonna burst.

    This feeling would occur again and again after each hit I had. I had to stop unwillingly. Now, I feel like if I ever try a hit, I will die immediately. Whenever I see someone smoking hash, it scares me. About the withdrawal symptoms I am experiencing, I don’t know who I am anymore, I feel so depressed… I can sleep sometimes, sometimes I can’t. I have vivid dreams, the worst dreams I have are those where I see myself smoking hash which makes me feel guilty.

    My heart beats so fast. I have symptoms of IBS. I feel like these symptoms won’t go away. I try to ignore them as much as I can, but at times, I just feel weak. I cried for no reason!! I can just say, smoke hash, but don’t abuse it, because if you do so, hash will quit you before you quit it. And that’s what happened with me. I didn’t quit it willingly, it quitted me in fact.

  • Your Friend Ant November 6, 2015, 2:25 am

    First allow me to say that the comfort I have found in sharing everyone’s experience in their their weed cessation is nothing short of immeasurable… I am a 28 year old who smoked his first joint at the age of 13. When I first started smoking it was an every weekend kind of deal, however as I neared college it became a daily habit. From 13-18 I went from smoking 2-5 times a week to 2-5 times a day. I successfully graduated college and eventually landed my career in which I am still gainfully employed.

    These days I work primarily from home and in the past 4-5 years my pot intake exponentially increased as I became more successful and was able to afford myself more personal freedom and time. The older I got and the more weed I smoked the more I felt myself being removed from the care free days of getting stoned with friends. I would even argue while I was smoking frequently I would sometimes experience panic attacks, anxiety, and presumably many of the same things that brought my fellow readers here.

    It was as if my body came into its own realization that this substance we once enjoyed was now a barrier between the highs and lows that we must face in reality as an adult. To much of my dismay I probably ignored my bodies cries for help, possibly even for years. At times I would even defend pot explaining to friends and family that it “regulated” me one way or the other…bu11$h1t. I am currently with the love of my life whom I will marry one day and I adore immensely, my little brother is the shining light of my existence, he just entered high school and I am literally weeping as I type this and think of times in his more innocent years I probably chose weed over spending time with him.

    I could go on but I would rather narrate my experience quitting because that is more important for us right now… I have quit for about 2 weeks now and I can’t deny the symptoms which I am currently undergoing… headaches, constant sweating, trouble eating/digesting meals, diarrhea, panic/anxiety, twitching, restlessness, feelings of hopelessness, and VIVID dreams. I will say my dreams have ranged from elating to downright horrifying. Since quitting and probably even while I was still smoking, there was always a feeling that I may be dying from an undiagnosed disease/tumor which may sound silly.

    But after reading these testimonials I am nearly positive that these negative feelings and feelings of impending doom have been aroused during my late years of heavy use. If you possess similar feelings or think that you have done damage that can’t be revoked please take into consideration the larger life altering tragedies people have overcome in the past, people who were told they would never walk again after a terrible accident and indeed doing so after committing to the idea of walking regardless of medical diagnoses, people with brain damage thought to be life altering battling back to a functional state, even my mother was diagnosed with a condition which doctors told her there was only a 10% chance she would ever successfully have a child, well if you have read this far you know she has had two…

    Unfortunately I tore apart my meniscus in my knee 4 days ago playing hockey so I am forced to sit here and marinate with all these symptoms of my marijuana withdrawal. However part of me wants to believe it is my mountain to climb before I can be the best me for the wonderful people around me. Also, if it wasn’t for my injury I may have never discovered this forum which has not only comforted me immensely by showing me I am not alone in my current struggles but has also provided me the opportunity to potentially provide comfort to another sharing this hardship.

    Don’t get me wrong, I am nothing short of miserable right now, part of me still thinks I am dying and my inability to eat correctly makes me feel as if I am withering away. But please bear in mind my friends, the brain is an amazing specimen that can be our most powerful tool in conquering what sometimes seem like impossible tasks… I promise to anyone that has read this far I will post a follow up in 90 days commenting on my continued experience with quitting, and please remember, you are not alone… Your Friend Ant

  • crazydo November 2, 2015, 10:17 pm

    I am almost 1 Month clean, smoked since age 13 on and off (now 21 years Old). I get panic attacks when I am driving I fear I am going to crash which has stopped me from going to school, I depend on people to drive me around in order to feel safe. VERY vivid dreams. I lost a ton Of weight, was up to 145lb now 125lb which sucks because none Of my clothes fits me. I avoid going out because I always repeat the clothes That does fit me and That makes me depressed, simply not being able to feel comfortable in my own skin, but that’s part Of the withdrawals.

    I once believed I was having a heart attack as well, it was horrible. It’s just so hard because the holidays are coming and I hate feeling depressed because it not only affects me but my family. I don’t have much friends just a boyfriend who really cares for me and I hate myself for putting him through this, we had moved in together but I told him I need to go back to moms in order for me to get better and make our relationship work.

    I will go to church tomorrow because believe it or not it helps me a lot. I jog everyday to get my dopamine, avoid sugars and coffee. Knowing That people are going through this too, and that it is a withdrawal has helped TONS!! Blessings to everyone.

  • Vince October 31, 2015, 1:23 am

    Hey Guys, You will be fine for sure, no matter severe your withdrawal seems. I was smoking for over a decade and very heavy in the two years before I stopped because I was working from home and it allowed me to smoke whenever I wanted. Which was all the time :) I’m guess I was smoking 4-6 grams of nice bud a day. I stopped and honestly thought my head was fried, it was a very scary experience, some of the symptoms I experienced that I can remember now were: Depersonalisation, involuntary thoughts, insomnia, quick switches from euphoric highs to depressive lows, feelings of intense fear, over thinking, sweats, anxiety, lack of appetite and crazy dreams.

    I honestly thought my world was ending and couldn’t believe what I was experiencing, it was seriously scary but i’d say within a week I was seeing the wood through the trees and the above symptoms were going away if not gone. I found myself anxiously reading these comments to know I wasn’t alone and it was massively helpful to me, it would have been so much worse if I had thought I was alone and didn’t know what was going on with me was actually “normal” for a heavy user who just decides to stop on a dime after using heavily for an extended period of time.

    This was January 2015 and now it’s October, I just want to share my experience with anyone who is feeling like I did because it meant so much to me when I was going through it (only reason I thought of it is because I was googling nicotine withdrawal because I’m stopping my vape pen and it reminded me how crazy that time was and how different life is now… I’d forgotten all about it). Within a month max I was in a much much better place and it was well worth it, life is so much more productive in many ways, so stick with it!!! You will be fine 100%.

    I got a wild sense of humour and I wondered if that would go when I stopped smoking and my creativity because I write/produce music and play instruments etc but it definitely doesn’t… I’m exactly the same person just minus the weed. Took a month for me to get back on my feet properly and messing about like a loony tune and within a week/ten days of stopping the symptoms were noticeably diminishing, much to my relief. All the best to you, know your already getting better, the symptoms will go, you will still be you and your a wonderful human :) Much love.

  • Mark October 29, 2015, 4:47 pm

    Coming up to 3 weeks and just starting to get a good night’s sleep again. Most of the irrational thoughts and paranoia are fading and I’m starting to feel normal-ish again. I Nearly lost everthing after 20 years of continuous puffin. I’m exhausted but I ain’t going back. Onwards and upwards with a clear head for me! Stay focused :)

  • Heavens Fiyah October 24, 2015, 11:25 pm

    I’ve been smoking for the past 13yrs or so and I went cold turkey 6 days ago…. going from about 7-8 blunts a day, more if social, to zero…was not the move for me. Since day 3 I’ve been in constant pain, shakes from time to time, cold sweats at night coupled with no sleep. I went off on my boss and almost got fired, until I told him I recently quit smoking. My head is screaming for a fix and twice I almost said [email protected] it this is not for me…in just 6 days…I’m a wreck.

    Then I see my 3 babies and how proud of me they are, and the pain is bareable. It’s hard. Sooooooooo hard but kids are my inspiration. They really help me keep my eyes on the prize. And it’s not like I didn’t take care of them or handle my business. Bills were always paid and they had what they wanted and needed. I just decided it’s been long enough for me… my babies needed this from me.

  • Kirk F. October 22, 2015, 6:23 pm

    I was smoking habitually everyday for 6 months straight, this is my 6th week quitting, and so far the random panic attacks and anxiety have tapered down, I still have random panic attacks just not as much, as of now I feel depersonalized from everything, as though I’m living life through a dream, my perception is off. I am hoping that this will pass though. The 2nd and 3rd week for me were definitely the absolute worst. I had severe anxiety, insomnia, and panic attacks every single day anywhere from 3-6 a day.

    I just want to ask anybody else if they also felt this weird depersonalization feeling, and how long does it last? I’m able to fall asleep now after 4 weeks of absolute hell. I still feel tired throughout the day though even if I get the 7-9 hours of sleep. My main worry is the depersonalization. I will be taking zoloft for the anxiety and panic attacks as of tomorrow. Thanks to anyone who can give me more insight on this feeling.

    • vince October 31, 2015, 1:31 am

      Hey, yes I had horrible depersonalization and it will definitely go away – we all take different amounts of time to come though these things but every minute you a minute closer to it not being there :) Your brain is amazing and it will readjust in no time – when you feel up to it, go interact with people, maybe just a walk or something, it will guide you neural pathways in the right direction, they will find their way anyway though.

      Maybe you’d be better dealing with the panic/anxiety until it fades instead of using meds, meds are a bandage and you don’t want to hide from this because it could still be there when you stop taking them otherwise and maybe another can of worms is opened are meds then. I don’t know you or your circumstance so just saying it in case it is of any help to you. All the best, you’ll be fine!

  • LC October 15, 2015, 11:19 pm

    Hello, just wanted to leave a note as well as this site really helped me because I tough I was dying last week. I’ve been smoking for 20 years now everyday except 6 years ago I went abroad and didn’t smoke for 3 months and besides vivid dreams and having some trouble sleeping I had no side effects really and it dissipated quickly. When I got back I started smoking again.

    I am now 37, and I stopped smoking last week. For the first 4 days I woke during the night several times with my clothes all wet. During the day I had trouble concentrating like crazy, was dizy, mostly wanted to curl up in bed in fetal position. I lost weight ( and i’m a skinny guy ). And of course, there are things I loved to do that at times now i’m just like meh, I don’t feel like doing this.

    Its slowly getting better but the symptoms are very real. I had previously stopped and had none of this so when it happend it scared me, which caused stress and probably augmented my symptoms. I am convinced as well that age is a factor in all this.

  • jonza October 15, 2015, 4:27 pm

    I smoked for 20ish years and went cold turkey 7 weeks ago I had all the withdrawal symptoms. They do get better as time goes by, some symptoms do come back weeks or months later but you need to tell yourself they will pass and some day never come back. Thanks to a this site and all who posted on it, helped me understand what was happening to me and gave me hope and courage to make it through the horrible feelings. Good luck brothers and sisters you will make it just take it step by step and think of your loved ones.

  • jay October 11, 2015, 2:13 am

    Hey everybody, so I quit smoking weed cold turkey about 3 to 4 months, I smoked weed everyday for 8 years. When I initially quit cold turkey I had very mild anxiety and some shortness of breath. My breathing seem to be somewhat OK up until this point coming up to the fourth month. Lately I have been coughing up lots of phlegm with some black stuff in it, but most of the time is white sometimes yellow phlegm. I have also lately started to feel nauseous all the time.

    I have also been getting pins and needles in my face and my fingers, the pins and needles does not occur that often. I am more worried about my breathing. I’m just wondering if it’s common for these types of symptoms to surface months after quitting, or do they generally appear closer to the time you quit? I have also done many lung tests/blood test and everything seems to be ok. Any insight or personal stories relating to this would be a big help!

    • Emil November 17, 2015, 2:21 am

      Hi Jay. I am currently close to two months clean from daily Marijuana use. I am going through the same thing. I’m not experiencing the withdrawal symptoms others are, except for a little insomnia. I have, however, had trouble with coughing phlegm. It didn’t start right away, maybe a week or two after stopping. So I have more or less been coughing phlegm for the last 5-6 weeks. I see that you wrote this on the 11th of october 15, are you coughing still, and how much weed did you smoke?

  • Marie October 9, 2015, 3:03 pm

    I’m currently a month into quitting pot after smoking heavily at night for almost 10 years. I still experience, insomnia, night sweating and palpitations but it’s getting better all the time. Here are some suggestions that have helped me and others that I know:

    1) If you can’t go cold turkey try smoking a very mild Indica strain ( low THS around 6%) as opposed to strong Sativa strains or hybrids which stimulate and speed up the heart rate much more and lead to serious sweating for many people. If you ween yourself off slowly with a very mild strain, your body will adjust and pretty soon a “non-smoking day” will go by unnoticed. (If you get a Sativa or strong strain by mistake, throw it out immediately)
    2) Exercise. Your body is waking up and needs movement and stimulation to detox. Running, walking, yoga, swimming.Do whatever feels right and try doing it when you usually smoke. I started evening yoga classes because that’s when I was susceptible.
    3) Diet. You’re detoxing and your body needs help! Ginger, garlic, green juices, lemon, apple cider vinegar. The ginger , especially in a juiced form, acts as an expectorate and you will see that you may start coughing up lots of dark mucus afterwards. This is good! Also, lots of Vitamin C, B vitamins and grapefruit is excellent for cleansing. Unsweetend cranberry juice mixed with water also acts as an astringent and can be drank all day like “Cranwater”. If it’s too tart take Cranberry Juice capsules.
    4) Insomnia can be a huge problem and I am still challenged by this. What does help is avoiding coffee, tea after 2 pm daily and also herbal teas are comforting and calming. I do not recommend getting a prescription sleep aid but if necessary get a very mild type for only one week. You do not want another addiction.
    4) Saunas. They will also speed up your detox and cleanse your pores and you will sweat less on your own if you do a major sauna sweat.
    5) Socially, try hanging out more with people who don’t smoke.
    6) Mediation. 15 minutes a day to get back to center, clear the mind and get back to self. I do Transcendental Meditation but there are many forms.

    Good luck everyone! We can do this!! Love, M

  • Johnnythejuan October 9, 2015, 2:22 am

    Hey homies. Read all the stories and I’m starting to feel a bit at ease but I’m scared as f***. I’m hoping its withdraws that I’m getting and nothing else. I’ve been a very heavy smoker for the last 4 years. (I know it’s not 20) durning these last few days I’ve been experiencing heavy withdraws from smoking more then 5-6 times a day and maybe more on some occasions. I’ve gotten bad panic attacks and just recently my chest has been having really bad pains. Almost tingly.

    As well as my right arm and terrible headaches. It’s mostly the chest pain that’s been freaking me out. Jus recently I started coughing as though I have some kinda liquid coming up. I’m scared I may have been smoking to cover up something bigger but I just don’t know.<< then that could just be the damn anxiety. On top of all that I even vomited this morning and afternoon. Could all of that be the anxiety as well? This sucks. I'm scurrd. Even made a doc appointment on monday.

  • Fluffy Face October 4, 2015, 3:41 am

    Hi all, Thank you for all the stories and the honesty- it’s reassuring and inspiring to know so many others are determining to get away from it. I’m giving up, again, and feeling a bit lost without my usual weekend pursuit: getting hiiiiggggghhh! I’ve been a heavy and daily smoker for about 20 years and have been using a ‘wean off’ method, recommended by my bro (also ex long term heavy smoker). I am having longer periods without (have only bought 5 grams in last six weeks which is not much compared to 3 months ago where I was smoking 5 grams in 10 days!), and am also prolonging periods between purchases.

    It’s probably not a method that works for everyone but feels like a more sustainable approach for me. My sleep patterns are all over the place, as is appetite and mood, I’m taking a couple of co-codamol a day to help with headaches and tightness in jaw and face, and am smoking more rollies (they will be my next addiction to tackle but am, unfortunately, not strong enough to quit both my long-term addictions at same time). What has been pivotal in my being able to break up with Mary Jane, or putting some distance between us, at least, is seeing it as a co-dependent relationship.

    In many ways, MJ has been a constant companion, and I used to feel guilty for thinking badly of her, which would heighten cravings, rationalize my usage etc. I’ve had to cut links with people who are still heavy smokers, am on my knees asking for Divine assistance when I’m feeling the urge, being patient, non-judgmental and understanding of why I chose to use and reprogramming my neural connections, to name just a few techniques that are helping.

    I’m a faith practitioner and have found that seeing my addiction as a kind of idol worship (you will have no gods besides Me) is strengthening my resolve. I am also recognizing the cravings come in waves, and when I am caught in the grips of one, I treat them like menstrual cramps, with the understanding that they will intensify, peak and then recede. I am doing energy healing on myself when s**t feels tough (laying on of hands, visualizations, qi kung, etc), but the irony is that in some ways MJ helped me deal with my energetic sensitivities in the first place.

    Unless one is growing their own, in soil, without chemicals, the ‘it’s natural so what’s the harm?’ argument doesn’t really stand in our current times where the mellow herb has become a caricature of itself. When I see people I know who smoke a lot with terrible marks under their eyes, lack of motivation or drive, etc and I see a reflection of myself in them, it renews my desire for positive change. May the Divine refine our appetites so we seek out purer ‘highs’; let’s weed out the weed so there is more space for flowers to grow. Onwards and upwards!

  • Alan September 20, 2015, 5:19 am

    Have now been clean 10 weeks. Currently going through a tough time at work, but feel so much more able to deal with it. I am totally committed to staying off the bud, even with the temptation to have ‘just one bang’ when my friends smoke. I still have vivid dreams far more so than I did before I started smoking and some are anxiety related, but nothing like the nightmares I experienced when I first withdrew 10 weeks ago.

    I am more engaged with friends now and am fully involved in certain areas in my life that I had neglected whilst smoking. It really has made a huge and positive difference to my outlook and I feel actually, better about my life than before I started smoking. To all those sharing their experiences here, thank you and please hang on in there, I assure you things will be better as a result of quitting permanently.

  • Liz September 17, 2015, 12:12 am

    I have been smoking for the past 16 years everyday about 10 to 15 blunts a day. I have decided to quit. I have made it just 1 day so far. I feel like I’m going crazy. I am crying one minute then feeling like I could put my fist through a solid rock wall the next. I’m hoping tomorrow will be better. I know I need to do this. I’m just glad that I have never used any other drugs or alcohol. But I will say weed hasn’t ruined my life like I’ve seen alcohol do to people.

  • Johanna September 15, 2015, 5:32 pm

    I’ve been smoking weed heavily since my junior year of high school (17 yrs old) I am now 22 and could say I smoked everyday 3 times a day for the past 4 years or so, still able to go to college and finish, but I got high everyday like I said because I felt like that was my only way to stay sane and handle all the stress and responsibilities of being a young student in their early 20s. Funny thing is when I was younger (at 17) I knew that marijuana was my drug of choice and would never do anything worse…

    I saw it as a “here and there” type of thing, but I never would have imagined I would become so dependent and be an everyday user. I now can’t eat without smoking first every time, doesn’t even matter if I’m starving to death. I’ll still feel like I’m gonna throw up if I try to eat without smoking first, and I really think this is the thing that is bothering me the most. The nauseous empty feeling that I have without marijuana it truly sucks and sickening I could say it’s the worst feeling I have to go through and I just want it to go away :(

  • Holly September 14, 2015, 9:19 am

    My husband smoked pot non-stop for about 10 months and now he is withdrawing. This is day 8. The weird thing is that he says he feels fantastic and has no withdrawal, but he is not behaving like himself. He is very erratic and argumentative. He is being mean to me, yelling at me about stupid things, etc., and he usually never does this. He’s normally a very even-minded person. He believes that pot has cured him of depression permanently, but I am growing more concerned with his behavior.

    I don’t think it cured him of anything, but instead has caused him to become unstable. While he was smoking it, he would get crazy ideas that made no sense, and tell me ridiculous things., but that was only when he was really stoned. Now it almost seems like the withdrawal induced some sort of mental illness. I am hoping it is temporary and he will be his old self again soon. It’s very sad. If his symptoms don’t abate soon, I may have to leave for my own sanity.

    I am trying to help him, but he doesn’t think he needs any help and that he is doing great. He’s not, and I don’t know what to do. All that pot smoking led him down a bad path, and I’m worried that he may not come back from it. I know that pot can be harmless for many people. I smoked it on and off over the years, but never every day or even every month. I think it’s like alcohol. Most people can have a drink, and be fine, but some people can’t. They drink and drink and can’t stop. They become alcoholics and feel they must have alcohol to live.

    I think it’s the same with pot. I don’t believe pot will ruin everyone’s life who smokes it, but there IS a chance someone will get addicted to it if they have the right genetics/propensities. It’s those people who experience withdrawal. I hope my husband makes it through this and never smokes it again. It just doesn’t agree with him, even though he definitely thinks it does and that it’s a wonder drug. All it has done for him is make him think bizarre things, become erratic, and now that he’s withdrawing (because I insisted), he’s mean. It’s no wonder drug.

    • Holly October 31, 2015, 7:32 am

      Just wanted to update that things are getting better, although they first got much worse. Pot turned my husband into a jerk, quite frankly, and made him think idiotic thoughts. We fought almost every day for a month about really stupid things. It turned him from a nice man who was sensible and loving, into a creep who was mean. He also thought he was a”different” person and behaved erratically and unlike himself. It was awful.

      Finally, after about 6 weeks off pot, he started behaving a little more like his old self. He is still not completely himself, but things are definitely going in the right direction now. I guess for some people it really can take months to overcome the effects of pot use and withdrawal. I had assumed he would be better within a week or two.

      For anyone who is struggling with pot abuse or withdrawal, your real self is good enough and you don’t need any drug to make your life complete. In fact, daily drug use will make your life incomplete, although drugs will often make you think the opposite–that you can’t be happy without the drug. It is a lie! Don’t believe it.

      Thank all of you who have written your stories here. It has helped me to deal with what was happening in my own life with my husband.

  • bretto September 10, 2015, 4:58 am

    I’ve smoked marijuana for the past 21 years, and a daily user for the past 17 consuming up to 3/4 of an oz a week. I very much so enjoyed it, but its not worth risking my job over so I quit 5 days ago. I feel sick in my stomach, headaches, sweating, vivid dreams among other things. Never imagined how difficult it would be but I’m not giving in, as hard as it is I will persist.

  • lilonna September 5, 2015, 6:00 pm

    Hey brothers and sisters, I had my first joint at the age of 11, chocking I know and smoked everyday, at least 4 a day since the age of 15, I am now 42!! I can honestly say that I don’t really know who I am without it. I went on holiday this summer and decided not to take any with me. It was so weird, 10 days of hyper-reality everything was so bright, intense, mental!! thank God there was the ocean, nature lots of wildlife and sports.

    I have smoked a few time since and it was complete hell every time. Terrible anxiety, self loathing, confusing, paranoia and even some self harming. I have so many of the symptoms described that I actually find it hilarious! I sweat like a pig at night, I stammer and can’t find my words, my head is killing me, I second guess pretty much everything that I do or say. The worst is the emotional confusion that it leaves me with.

    I don’t understand why I still crave it when I know perfectly well that my body rejects it as it would reject a poison. I seem to got through this scary anthropomorphism, I miss it as I would miss a loved one! I tell myself ” How lovely it would be to have a spliff” “how relax I would feel” when it is completely false. Every spliff is like a spiritual rape. Very confusing and incredibly scary… but I will push on through.

    I think I now need to make the full commitment and so here it goes: “Ladies and Gentlemen, my name is Lilonna and I have quit smoking skunk. I am a recovering weed addict and everyday is a battle. May God and my brothers and sisters recovering weed addicts help help me on my path of self discovery.” Peace (and a f*cking good night sleep) to you all.

  • Tim Reuter August 30, 2015, 9:53 am

    I have been smoking marijuana for 16 years every day about 2 times a day. I have taken a few breaks in between, the longest being 3 months. Out of anything in my life quitting smoking marijuana has been the most difficult thing to do. I started smoking in high school to “fit it” not realizing the effects it would have on my life.

    I’m 31 now and have finally put that chapter of my life behind me but not without so pretty severe withdrawal symptoms. The biggest symptom would be anxiety, followed by headaches and insomnia. Almost every other symptom listed in marijuana withdrawal I have also experienced, waking up totally soaked in sweat, dizziness, irritability, depersonalization, tremors, and the list goes on. Like most sites say, the symptoms go away or are barely noticeable after around 90 days!

    That’s all it basically is folks, if you can last 90 days you will then start to get your true self back! There is a light at the end of the tunnel, the brain and body are amazing creations and with nutrition, exercise and constant learning (new languages or playing instruments, etc.) you can once become much better than your previous self. Believe! Drugs are not the answer, there only a temporary making agent!

    • Phil C September 7, 2015, 12:30 pm

      Tim, your comment has given me hope. I am 31 and quitting right now. It’s been 2 days and I even have a spliff of weed left in my grinder and am contemplating smoking it tonight, but part of me just wants to throw it away. The last couple of nights I have been waking up several times through the night absolutely dripping in sweat. Nightmares and anxiety have also occurred. I have smoked it for 15 years, with the last 5 years being every single day (after a hard break up).

      I smoked because it felt like I could deal with losing my ex if I was stoned and the habit has just continued. I have always defended weed and still probably would. Weed for me was a reward after a long day doing a shitty job that I hated. It was a way for me to write songs on my guitar. I am about to start my final year at University and, although I have smoked weed through the first 2 years and I am still doing okay, I feel that if I quit then I could maybe do even better? I hope so.

      If not I will be back here to tell anyone who reads this. But this is my experiment, I want to see if I can be a more productive human being without weed being the centre of my life. So far, sweating at night and not being able to sleep through the night are the only things that I have experienced but there is a long road ahead and I am scared of what will happen after reading some of these comments. But I am determined and I hope when I get home later I am able to throw out that last bit of weed and give up for good. Wish me luck!

  • Carol August 30, 2015, 5:52 am

    I did it. It’s been three months today since I quit smoking weed. Am still very grateful for this website where I learned that the withdrawal could last so long. That is what has given me the strength to hang in there. Thank you Gloom, and everyone who has left comments on this site. I still have temptations, and everyday life issues, some of which have been very painful to deal with, but for a change I’m dealing with issues instead of escaping into a cloud of smoke, and am becoming emotionally and physically stronger.

    Before, for many years, I used weed to cope with life, but finally couldn’t help but realize that instead of weed helping me cope, it was actually making me less able to cope, as my constant altering of consciousness was causing uncontrollable mood swings and brain fog. Also, uncontrollable “munchies” caused me to always be overweight and not feel good physically. Now, my mental clarity is so much better, and I’ve lost 10 pounds (need to lose about 15 more), and feel much better. Thanks again to everyone whose comments on this site continue to greatly help me, and I hope what I’ve shared here will help others.

  • PM August 23, 2015, 9:25 pm

    On day 3 after about 3 years of daily usage 3-4x / day. First thing in the morning, first thing when I got back from work. Late at night, and then before bed. The best thing to do is to try and get some exercise. Yes, I feel some anxiety and some tiredness. But I ran 2 miles each day and already feel better. I didn’t sleep particularly well last night, but enough. I also quit cigarettes about 3 weeks ago. So my lungs should be happy!

  • nea August 19, 2015, 9:47 pm

    I recently stopped smoking marijuana after having smoked it for almost six years on a daily basis. I’ve experienced headaches, anxiety, extreme mood swings, and nausea after quitting. Fortunately for me my symptoms were gone within a week of quitting. I was actually surprised that my symptoms subsided so quickly being as though I was in “LOVE” with the mary-jane lol. I think what may have made it easier is the fact that I slowed down from smoking three times a day to just smoking once at night every night back in January.

    I literally just quit 2 weeks ago and I cant lie I feel great. It actually feels pretty good to actually deal with all of my problems without turning to marijuana. I’ll definitely miss the relationship I once had with it but I feel so alive now! I’m a social butterfly once again, whereas when I was smoking, I turned into a complete introvert.

    • Caio October 7, 2015, 2:27 pm

      I hear you! I feel the same way. I’ve been smoking for about 10 years, there were periods where I smoked 3 or 4 times a day and some days only once. I did it mostly to cope with life, and in reality, I was just masking my life, not pursuing my goals or dealing with the hardship of life. I feel like I have wasted many years, lost opportunities and deceived loved ones all because I wanted to get high.

      I am on my second day of not smoking. I’ve quit before for short periods and got back to it because life became boring. The last time I quit for 1 month and I felt great, I didn’t even miss it. I felt more alive, more social, my mind was much more clear and I was more motivated. My symptoms lasted for about 5-7 days, mostly anxiety, insomnia, irritability and vivid dreams.

      Today, on my second day, I feel unmotivated, it is hard to focus on work. One moment I am happy and in peace, 30 seconds later I want to shoot the first person I see. It is crazy what marijuana withdraw symptoms are. And pot smokers say it is not addictive… These symptoms are certainly real.

  • Abby August 16, 2015, 1:49 pm

    I’m currently in day 4. The withdrawal symptoms I am experiencing are insomnia, anxiety, depression, mood swings, I have the sweats and the shakes. No headaches, some slight dizziness/feeling of confusion however I am noticing quite distorted vision? Not blurry, spotted, blank, or involving things that aren’t actually real, the best way to explain it is the kind of vision you have upon first waking up in the morning and everything seems to be moving a lot slower than usual. Can anyone say they have experienced this?

    • Carol August 16, 2015, 6:36 pm

      Yes, I experienced that same symptom, except for me it was happening during the last few weeks I was still smoking, and then cleared up quickly when I stopped. It was pretty scary to me, and helped inspire me to quit.

  • Carol August 16, 2015, 1:07 am

    Well, in two weeks from today it will be three months since I quit smoking weed. It’s been hard and I’ve had temptations, especially when depression sets in. The depression was pretty bad for awhile, especially since at the same time I was betrayed by someone I mistakenly thought of as a friend. Turns out I am beginning to realize, due to genuine friends, that I was a victim, and was blaming myself as I am told victims do.

    Anyway that story is too long to go into more detail here. Just wanted to say that I’m still hanging in there in spite of having had to deal with a lot, and am very thankful for this site and the real friends I am so fortunate to have. As always, I read all the comments others make here, and wish us all the best. It would be nice to hear follow-up comments from those of you who are staying clean, or at least trying. Please wish me continuing success also, and I’ll post another comment in two weeks to let you all know if I made it that far.

  • Sad Sob August 7, 2015, 3:27 am

    Well, wish me luck, cause I will need it. I’ve been a heavy smoker for almost 20 years and the last couple years, I’ve been smoking a real lot. This last year I stayed home and I started using a lot of marijuana, sometimes more than 10x a day. Availability is not an issue and I thought that it made my life worse instead of better. I really can’t remember who I am anymore, have no clue of how my mind will react to lack of weed.

    To make matters worse I had my share of mental issues (not really crazy, but depression and hyperactivity, along with rage bouts were my unwelcome friends for as long as I can remember) and that was one of the reasons I picked the habit. I would swear that marijuana was the best thing that ever happened to me, but right now I’m really on doubt about that. My marriage is always being rocked by my anger bursts, I still have my days of depression and lately I have seen that I simply don’t have energy to do pretty much anything.

    I am in a somewhat comfortable position in life, no I don’t have money but my family is stable. I live in my parents’ house backyard apartment and my wife is the bread maker these days. No biggie but the fact is that I can’t find enough disposition to keep our small house clean. I was blessed with a lot of intelligence but unfortunately, none of it is emotional. I am smart but not wise. I am satisfied but not happy. I am rested but not tranquil.

    I really can’t find a way to control my use of weed. I am not sure if I will be able to quit, it has been years since I went one whole day without it. And even if I manage to stop, I’m not sure who’s the person under this coat of THC that permeates my soul. I am not sure life is worth living, with or without marijuana. Pretty sure I have a lot more issues that will come by if I take this decision.

    BTW I already take anxiety meds, they help me cope with the side effects of marijuana (mood swings and anxiety). So basically I will probably have to go big pharma all the way, because I almost sure I can’t live my life without some kind of chemical interference.

  • DD August 6, 2015, 4:43 am

    I have smoked like a train for about 15 years and but a month & 1/2 ago I stopped the first week I just couldn’t bare the withdrawals, so I puffed on a joint a few times. But I know for the last month I haven’t smoked at all. I think about smoking everyday and I’m learning to live my life without being high and its still hard.

    Yes it has gotten a lot better than the first 2 weeks, but I still can’t sleep at night. I’m angry a lot and it seems as if I just don’t have any motivation to do anything. I try to be happy but I’m not. I tell myself it is just the withdrawal but I don’t know. I have smoked so long, I don’t know who I am without smoking. If this is the real me I don’t like this person very much.

  • Ralph August 5, 2015, 2:37 pm

    Almost daily smoker here for ten years. Except I have stopped several times sometimes for months the most I stopped for was over a year. I had to separate myself with “friends” because I knew they would be smoking green. It becomes old and more like a chore. Hang out smoke weed and do pretty much nothing. You are also wasting your time and making these pot shops rich.

    At the end you have to stop for yourself. What happens if you don’t quit and go on vacation cold turkey, that’s gonna be one crappy vacation. I went out of the country for a wedding once and I felt like crap. I have about a week sober from weed. Night sweats started as soon as I quit. I ate at a restaurant and I was cold and shivering, the a.c. was on but it wasn’t on high. I have high irritability.

    I feel like I’m getting sick feel light headed with some body aches. I had bad shortness of breath for the first three days. Feeling like I couldn’t quite get a correct breathing pattern. I have less mucus and don’t have to blow my nose as much. Now there is a lot of talk about legalizing it but you will still get in trouble for depending on what type of job you have. This is simply for the money not because they just had a breakthrough in research.

    These shops put extra stuff in the weed to make it grow faster, have different scents etc. They buy bad batches with mold and bugs and still sell em or give it to you as a “gift” in some of the worst joints possible. I feel bad for having this weed take over my life in the recent years and not living up to my potential. Feel like reconnecting with friends and family for the time I have wasted.

  • Lorraine July 30, 2015, 3:56 pm

    Hey everyone, I want to start off by saying I don’t feel alone anymore. I had no idea this many people experienced the same symptoms I’ve been having. I have smoked all day everyday for the last 7 years! I smoked weed like some people smoke cigarettes, a joint an hour. I quit cold turkey about 2 weeks ago and I had horrible withdrawal symptoms!

    No appetite, not sleeping, and ridiculous night sweats. I lost 10 lbs in 2 weeks! I felt so weak and had no motivation for anything. I have never felt so unhealthy in my life! I still don’t feel myself. Although most these symptoms have decreased I still get night sweats every night. Anybody else experience night sweats this bad? If so, how long did it last? I’m proud of myself and I can honestly say this experience made me never want to smoke ever again!

  • Carol July 26, 2015, 1:58 am

    In four more days it will be two months since I quit pot. I’ve looked at other websites but this has been the most helpful one for me. Thank you, GLOOM for all you do for others while dealing with your own struggles. I’ve been slowly feeling better, though some days I feel worse again. I’ve suffered all except one of the symptoms I’ve read about on this site, until now.

    The one symptom I hadn’t experienced was bad, vivid dreams, even though insomnia has been the worst symptom for me. Now, after all this time off pot, I had about the worst, and very vivid dream of my life last night. Even after I woke up and realized it was only a dream, I was still very shaken up, and so afraid that it might have some basis in reality that I turned on my porch lights just in case anyone was lurking outside.

    I took an herbal calming medication, and it took about a half hour to get over the fear and feel okay, and then was able to go back to sleep for the rest of the night. I am wondering why it has been so long since quitting pot before having such a bad dream, as in all the other accounts I’ve read of bad dreams people have from withdrawal have happened shortly after quitting pot. I have a couple of ideas but am not sure.

    One is that yesterday I had to finish a craft for a birthday present today, which took most of the day, and I drank a lot more coffee than usual to keep going. The other idea is that maybe it was due to the power of suggestion from reading about the bad dreams of others. If anyone else hasn’t had their bad dreams until a long time after quitting pot, or has any ideas about the belated cause of mine I would love to hear from you. Thanks.

    • Brandy July 27, 2015, 12:55 am

      I think you are absolutely correct about the reason for your belated nightmare. I did have nightmares early on after quitting that seemed to go away, but I had a similar experience recently after consuming too much caffeine. Also, suggestion is a very powerful thing.

      • Carol July 30, 2015, 2:22 am

        Thank you Brandy for your helpful reply. I hope you and everyone on this forum are hanging in there and feeling better and stronger. I’m finding that as the fog clears I’m able to notice other things more, such as the effects of caffeine. Also, with my mind and emotions being more clear and sound I can see how some of my behavior when smoking pot was a little crazy sometimes.

        It is still hard in some ways, especially in accomplishing much. I was so dependent on smoking pot before doing anything, that now I have a hard time getting going without it. I still often spend the majority of the day unable to get started, and just end up watching a lot of TV. I do get one or two chores done at least, and sometimes go half the day or more keeping busy, which is an improvement, since the first 3 or 4 weeks I hardly moved at all.

        I’ve read your posts and have noticed that I quit about 3 weeks before you. I also had the same symptoms you mentioned. Didn’t call 911 but was close to it. You and others on this forum have given me the strength to get this far. If it wasn’t for the information I’ve gotten here, especially about how long the symptoms can last, I doubt I would have lasted this long because I wouldn’t have even realized I’m still in withdrawal.

        Instead I would have thought I just had some other problems and needed the pot to feel okay, which is what the sellers had me thinking was the case. Thanks again, and continuing wishes for success to us all.

        • Brandy August 4, 2015, 5:12 am

          You’re absolutely welcome Carol. :) Good luck to you!!

  • Jay Foster July 21, 2015, 8:47 pm

    I used bud daily, and heavily (up to 60 pounds worth a day), for 7 years of my life from 16-23. I quit cold turkey about 3 weeks ago. At first I felt fine, I fact happier, chattier etc., but now 3 weeks in I feel anxious, dizzy (in fact most of the symptoms) all the time. But the worst is anxiety. I’m struggling to deal with it. Any ways anyone can suggest to help? Thanks.

    • Carol July 22, 2015, 4:36 am

      Anxiety has been bad for me too. Besides finding a lot of strength in reading what others share here, I’ve been using relaxing herbal teas, and getting exercise, but mostly being gentle with myself, and when all else fails just going to sleep or distracting myself with TV. Hope this helps.

  • Carol July 21, 2015, 5:34 pm

    I first found this site and left a comment 10 days ago, and have finally decided there’s more I want to say. First of all, this is the first time I’ve ever found a place where countless people are all having basically the same symptoms as myself. If I hadn’t found this site I really doubt I would have stayed off pot as long as I have, which has been since May 29th, almost eight weeks.

    I smoked pot since my late teens, with only brief times of abstinence, and am now in my late sixties. There were 3 or 4 times when I briefly got into heavier drugs, due to getting involved with company doing them, but it’s been many years since the last time and I have no temptation there, either to do those drugs or to be involved with people who do them. Then there was a time a few years ago, when I didn’t have access to pot that I got into drinking beer and wine in excess.

    My only real desire though was always for pot, and when I found out about four years ago that I could get a prescription I was very happy to quit drinking, and have smoked pot ever since. I have had 4 or 5 beers total since quitting pot, but they didn’t make me feel good and I’m beginning to realize that if I want to ever really feel good again, if that’s possible, I probably need to stay clean from everything. While I was still smoking pot, I felt at times that it was doing me harm in a few ways. First of all I used it for anxiety.

    For a long time it kept me feeling good mentally, but eventually I had to smoke more and more. Then finally one day I was at a gathering with some friends who don’t smoke (that I know of), and when the pot wore off I had a “blow up” with one of them over a misunderstanding which resulted in my not being welcome around that group anymore, which has been very heartbreaking. The particular person I blew up at was someone I needed to distance myself from for other reasons, but it shouldn’t have happened the way it did.

    Anyway, I very much valued the association with the group in general, and so realizing that pot had been the cause of my unstable mind and temper, I finally gave it up a couple of months later. It still hurts to not be wanted around by them, but now all I guess I can do is keep trying to be a better person, starting with keeping a sound mind. I do still have family, and some other longer term friends, who don’t use pot or any other drugs, and I’ve told them about my pot addiction and what I’m going through, and they have proven to be real friends by still loving and wanting me around.

    I don’t get to see them as often as the friends I lost, but at least they are still there, and I’ve sure learned the hard way to be a better friend and family member, starting with keeping a stable mind by not altering it with pot. As for my withdrawal symptoms, for about the first month I was a vegetable on the couch, with severe depression, severe fogginess of mind, and severe insomnia. Gradually I forced myself to do one or two chores a day, then was back on the couch. Now, for about two weeks, I’ve finally gotten back to keeping active all day, except for maybe a brief nap in the afternoon.

    Also, for the past four days, I’ve even gotten back to the crafts I love, and there are several people who have said they would like to market them for me. I do still suffer from insomnia. It’s getting better, but sometimes gets bad still, so I have to really work at ways to get proper sleep. The fogginess and depression are still issues, but have greatly improved. The best improvement I’m noticing so far is in my stableness of mind since I’m not constantly altering it anymore.

    Am also eating healthy now, instead of going on junk food binges from munchies, and am just beginning to do a little walking on my treadmill again and other exercises. I still have occasional temptations, but not too bad, and have so far stayed clean, and hopefully always will. To conclude, I want to say thank you again to the person responsible for this website, and for all the input from everyone (though am sorry you are all suffering also).

    I’m feeling like getting all I’ve needed to say to someone out on this site is a great help. Before finding this place, even though I felt pot was harming me, I could never find anyone to substantiate that. Naturally the sellers would always convince me that it was good medicine for anxiety, which I naturally wanted to believe since I loved the high so much, and others had no definite opinions.

    Perhaps it is good medicine for people with some serious or terminal illnesses, but like other medicines it can be very addictive, and only harmful to those of us who don’t really need it. As for it’s role as a medicine for anxiety, a person can also get temporary relief by drinking alcohol, which we all have long known can be addictive and become harmful. Finally, good luck to us all.

  • MzG. July 20, 2015, 1:57 am

    I’m 1/2 to 2 weeks clean from using basically every day all day for over 20 years. Literally she was my best friend, not kidding you I’m actually tearing up just writing about her. We did everything together and now it’s like I’m grieving the death of a loved one, I don’t know how else to explain it. I have almost every symptom minus the dizziness…so far. By far the insomnia is the worse went 3 whole days without sleep before crashing last night, hope I get some tonight but not holding my breath.

    How much longer am I going to feel like this? I workout a lot, eat healthy (I’m vegetarian), sit in sauna to detox, drink loads of water. I guess the worse part is, without MJ I feel so lonely, like my childhood dog died. It’s horrible and I feel pathetic admitting this. Ugh I just want this monkey off my back for good. Basically from what I’ve searched up I’m going feel like stepped on doggy doo for another 10 weeks or possibly longer. I just want to crawl in a hole and die until it’s over.

    • anon July 22, 2015, 9:39 pm

      Hi, You need a distraction!. You are consuming/doing all the things to help detox. I found I couldn’t eat anything but healthy stuff and couldn’t stomach coffee for a couple of weeks. I know how you feel about giving up a friend, but it’s a sh*t friend. I have found going out for a walk really helps, fresh air and nature, are an emotional boost. It also helped me sleep. It does get better, honestly.

      I’m on week 10 and only think about weed if I can smell it and I was a stoner for a similar period of time and smoked every day too. I would say my symptoms fully stopped after about 5 to 6 weeks and the intense withdrawal stopped after 2-3 weeks, it does get less intense day by day… Get a good book to stop you thinking about weed at bedtime too. Hope that helps and stay strong! Sam

  • Walker July 18, 2015, 12:30 am

    Hey guys, I’m 21 and I’ve only smoked for about a year but I jumped straight into heavy smoking as all my friends are “stoners” like I smoked blunt after blunt all day long. I loved marijuana but as of July 8th I’ve been cold turkey clean, now I know a year isn’t really THAT long of a time to be smoking but after my first week I got so hooked that I was literally letting pot run my life. I smoked at the minimum a half eighth a day because that’s just what I would buy, let alone when I would match my friends.

    I smoked on average I would say… 4-5 gram blunts a day all the way to ounces a day and hash and dabs on top of that. Not to mention edibles. My friends can go straight to the dispensary and get whatever they want so we always had the best weed and wax and edibles on top of the amount. Anyway, now I have the worst insomnia and anxiety ever. Constantly having the anxiety feeling, like literally constantly. From the moment I wake up to the moment I attempt to fall asleep.

    The past few nights I will start to nod off and two seconds later I will feel my heart pound and I’ll wake up instantly in fear. The past 9 days have been the worst days of my life honestly. For the first few days I couldn’t eat at all, 1 or 2 SMALL meals like maybe poptarts or a bowl of cereal and that was it. If you say there are no withdrawal symptoms from this DRUG then you are still being blinded by the positive effects of THC on your brain chemistry but once you take that away from your body, you WILL feel the effects.

    I only smoked for a year before but I let it control my life, I was selling things I owned just to get 25 for a half every single day if I didn’t have the money, lost friends, noticeably became less caring and less intelligent, I still feel like I can never focus and still have a foggy mind. I’m just hoping I don’t have to feel these symptoms much longer because I feel like I’m going insane with constant stress and anxiety.

  • Alan July 16, 2015, 6:13 am

    Have been smoking about 3 joints a day for about a year and a half, always after 14:00 hours and have been forced to stop smoking for about a week (due to proximity, as illegal where I am currently with draconian laws). Must say I wasn’t aware of any withdrawal effects until I found this site (ignorance on my part more than denial). Was suffering with insomnia and slight headaches along with a dent in my usual positive attitude and couldn’t understand what the cause was, but assessed that it might be THC withdrawal hence my finding this site.

    Prior to smoking I was very positive, and to a large degree I still was during smoking, but it has definitely had a negative effect overall. I was probably a mild user, but these withdrawals along with short term memory loss have made me realise that there are most definitely unwanted side effects. I am fortunate in that I have discovered the side effects relatively early and along with being a mild user feel confident that I will be back to normal soon.

    I am just thankful I have been made aware by sites like this that embolden my determination to quit. Thank you to all that have taken the time to share their experiences you have been a great help. I wish you all the very best for your futures.

  • Brandy July 16, 2015, 1:34 am

    I first posted on this site when I had been weed free for ten days. I was experiencing severe withdrawal symptoms at that time (panic attacks, crippling depression, nightmares, sweats, suicidal thoughts, etc.) I am now on day 25, and my symptoms have subsided to a much more manageable level. I still get sad and anxious sometimes, but not nearly as bad as before. I have been eating very healthy and drinking a lot of water, which I think helps. I also go on walks pretty regularly and this helps lift my mood. Hang in there everybody. It gets better with every day that passes. You can do this. :)

  • Anne July 12, 2015, 11:01 pm

    Very happy to read this… I mean not happy for those that’s struggling but happy to know I’m not the only one feeling like S***. I found this forum right when I was going to give up pitifully… I’m only on day 1! This sucks so bad already stomach cramps and vivid dreams so far but already I feel the cloud over my head and eyes is getting smaller. My dad is fatally ill right now due to vascular disease from smoking! He just lost a leg :( I am quitting because I don’t want to end up with vascular disease and I need the focus to take care of my dad at home. Wish me luck and I pray everyone here succeeds!!

    • Carol July 30, 2015, 2:32 am

      Hi Anne. I do wish you luck. You have a lot to deal with taking care of your dad but you can do it. Isn’t it ironically funny that although we’re not happy that others are struggling also, we couldn’t succeed if they weren’t?! Hang in there, and so will I.

  • Carol July 11, 2015, 5:59 pm

    Am so glad to have found this site. After many years of smoking pot off and on, mostly on, I became a heavier than ever user the last couple of years. It’s now been one and a half months since I quit, and have been experiencing severe depression, anxiety and depression, though it’s slowly lifting. Also, many years ago I did some experimenting with drugs, and quit smoking cigarettes 13 years ago, so am completely clean, except that I did drink a 24 oz. beer yesterday which I’ve since realized is probably not a good thing to do either.

    I have much more I’d like to say as this site feels like a safe place to get it all out, kind of a soul cleansing, and a testimonial that also helps others, but for now just want to say thank you so much to everyone else who has shared here. It makes me realize how real, and common, my own withdrawal symptoms are, and that gives me a lot of strength to hang in there.

  • G July 8, 2015, 11:37 am

    I’ve been a smoker for 9 years. At least 3 times a day. Today is my third day going cold turkey. It sucks. I don’t crave it as much as some. I do however feel less than par. My heads is a fog, which I can deal with. The worst is my stomach. I have no appetite at all and its starting to make me feel worse due to not eating. I try to eat and feel nauseous. To everyone in my position or one like it keep your head up.

  • Rv July 8, 2015, 2:37 am

    I’ve been a everyday smoker for the last 10 years! I’m currently 29 and don’t want to enter my 30s dependent on pot. I’m a college graduate, own my own business, and have no social issues other than some anxiety. I’ve used it to self medicate more as I’ve gotten older… It stopped doing the trick.. I would feel more anxious vs feeling relaxed. I’m currently on day 7 and I’ve dealt with bouts of anxiety and much cloudiness.

    The hazy feeling is the worst part of it all but coming here and reading these comments before bed has helped me understand that this is part of the process. Does anyone else feel like they are detached from reality? The haziness is by far the worst part. The one cool aspect of all of this is the vivid dreams… It makes me look forward to going to sleep. I quit for a year about 4 years ago but started up again and I regret it very much.

    All that progress out the window. I recently quit for a month and a half while my little brother was in town but as soon as he left I picked it up again. The problem with me is that there’s no grey area. I either smoke everyday (one hitter in the morning/afternoon/night). I can’t just smoke occasionally. I’ve used the excuse of self medication for a while but I think I’m really up for the challenge this time. This is a great forum for people trying to get over the addiction hump.

  • Brandy July 1, 2015, 9:50 am

    I quit smoking weed ten days ago after being a fairly heavy smoker for years. The second night I was shaking and sweating uncontrollably, and on the 6th night I thought I was having a heart attack and called 911. The last two days I have been crying uncontrollably, feeling extremely depressed and lonely, and have had suicidal thoughts. I have had terrible headaches and diarrhea, and I feel like I’m losing my mind. I have also had multiple panic attacks and live in constant fear of having another one.

    Before I stumbled across this site tonight, it never even occurred to me that these symptoms could be withdrawal from weed. I’ve never even heard of such a thing. Reading about all the things other people have gone through sure makes this easier to bear. At least I know I’m not completely insane, and it will get better with time. Thanks to everyone who shared their experiences. You’ve helped me immeasurably.

    • Rv July 8, 2015, 2:43 am

      I can identify with the panic attacks and living in fear of having another one. It feels like a ticking time bomb in my brain… Like a 24/7 thought of having another one. I think the best way to deal with it is to prepare for the attack and when it happens to try and get into your own head to make sense of what’s actually going on… I can’t tell you how many times I thought I was on the verge of death but I started asking myself “but did you die?” Trust me, I know it can be crippling.. Just today I ended my practice session (I’m a HS coach) a bit early because I felt the onset of a panic attack. The pot has a lot to do with it. I’m hoping things get better with time, I’m confident they will. Stay strong.

      • Brandy July 16, 2015, 1:46 am

        Thank you for your advice on the panic attacks, you actually helped me get through the last few I had. I’m doing a lot better now, and I know you will be soon too. Keep your head up.

  • Ulysses July 1, 2015, 12:57 am

    I stumbled upon this site after Googling marijuana withdrawal symptoms. Here’s my story: I am 50 and never got into smoking weed except when I was in High School. For the next 32 years I never smoked weed, though I drank several beers every night to unwind from work. Well, I decided my job sucked so I went and got my medical marijuana card from a doctor. That was 8 months ago. I still never smoke it, but I started having the edibles.

    I topped out at 2 cookies a day and came very quickly to depend on the drug to get me through my high stress job. I’ve never had an addictive personality, but the edibles really calmed me down, gave me a great buzz and just changed my personality. I was always very Type A, impatient, demanding and bitchy. With the edibles, I became mellow, non-argumentative and a joy to be around. My husband was amazed, my coworkers suddenly adored me.

    But my tolerance quickly went through the roof. I had to eat more and more bud to get that sweet body high. Within 6 months my edible habit was costing me $175 a month. I lost my motivation to exercise and spent hours lounged in front of the TV, when I had never watched TV before. I decided to quit. I confess I relapsed within 4 days. I felt so abysmal I went back to the edibles.

    I literally felt those 4 days like I had cancer. No appetite, extreme lethargy, inability to sleep and a vicious hair trigger temper. All of you who have quit, I tip my hat to you. I am too weak to stop and don’t want to experience the agony of withdrawal.

  • JJ Vance June 30, 2015, 1:32 am

    Stumbled upon this message board today after quitting cold turkey 10 days ago and my life has been a wreck due to the horrendous withdrawal symptomology. I have had a medical marijuana prescription for five years and have consumed high amounts of THC/CBD on a daily basis to cope with stress, anxiety and chronic insomnia. Recently, my job was eliminated after 15 years of employment, and being new in the job market, mandatory drug testing is required.

    I quit my consumption to procure a new job which has been rough as I am changing careers and I am under tremendous stress both physically and soon to be financially. My symptoms include severe insomnia (I also take meds as I have a sleep disorder and they are not working), headaches, body aches, acid reflux, sweaty palms, night sweats, anxiety, depression, anger, hand tremors, dry mouth, constipation and bloated stomach. What compounds the issues is that I stopped drinking cold turkey 20 years ago after being on a 10 year binge.

    This event nearly killed me which has altered my brain chemistry indefinitely. I had the will power and common sense to know that I was in bad shape. Stress and job pressure led to my alcoholism. I have not had a drink since. I know that I am not alone and anyone who reads this, I wish them the best.
    Right now, I am a mess. At the ago of 58, I don’t have all the time in the world to live and hopefully, I will pull through this like everyone else.

  • Snowy909 June 29, 2015, 7:37 pm

    Hi, Just wanted to say thank you for all of the comments and support that people reading this blog have added. I have been a smoker for over 20 years (39 years old) but have been smoking daily for the last 4 years without break. I stopped cold 20 days ago and am experiencing most of these symptoms. I have been a heavy drinker and used other substances but smoking was my drug of choice. I thought I was going crazy and started to post rationalism my ‘need’ for it until I started reading the comments here and read so many similar experiences.

    I have a good job and lead a big team of people and have 2 small children. I thought that smoking gave me increased focus and creativity but like any compulsive behavior it escalated and started to own me. I would love to be able to occasionally puff but I do not think this is possible. I just want to get to day 90 and I am determined to do it. These symptoms are very real and when you are in your own they can be frightening. Incidentally the first 10 days were very easy for me, the trouble has started in the last 2 and I have a lot anxiety,anger, trouble sleeping, irritability and of course VIVID dreams.

    It was so great to hear about your similar experiences and I hope everyone who is struggling can find strength to keep going! If I can do it, you can too :) I just hope that it gets better for everyone. I don’t hate on MJ, it just became too much of a crutch for me. Wishing you all peace, love and calmness away from this drug if you want to. -Snowman

  • Rob June 22, 2015, 7:23 pm

    Moved to Amsterdam 20yrs ago. Been smoking 2 grams or more a day of the “good stuff” since. Decided it had to stop, 24hrs in and I feel rough, sweating, headache, some body cramp, zero appetite and as irritable as hell. Sleeping was a mess, took hours to fall asleep and woke every hour or so. Spent the last few hours convincing myself not to just have a small joint to take the edge off.

  • J Brian June 21, 2015, 4:20 am

    I started mj as a transitional medication after cancer treatment. As the tumours shrank, my need for pain meds diminished, but kicking morphine proved tough. I smoked a bit of weed, never had any more trouble with morphine withdrawal, however I did develop a habit with weed. My doctor suggested that I keep it to 0.5 grams a day max, I took his advice. But even at this level, the amotivational syndrome was quite noticeable, and was effecting my life.

    Time to stop, and I was surprised to discover that this drug does also present some withdrawal symptoms. In my case, it was night sweats, persistent tiredness, and vivid dreams. I loved the dreams, it had been a long time with what seems like no dreams at all, but the tiredness was no fun, and the night sweats freaked me out at first… This was one of my primary cancer symptoms. No looking back after stopping, vibrant life returned.

  • King June 12, 2015, 1:31 am

    I have been smoking weed everyday for the past 5 years on average 10-20 blunts per day. I realized that weed had taken control over my life when I stole weed from my merchant and got arrested. I cannot sleep at night and I can’t eat or I feel weak and have stomach aches or feel angry and depressed. Weed has stopped me from reaching my potential and right now my life is a mess and I am trying to fix my life once again. Weed is not good for anyone!!!! The withdrawal symptoms are killing me!!!

  • Girl June 10, 2015, 11:02 am

    I decided after 9 years of getting high everyday to finally stop for good. I have quit cold turkey twice before while I was pregnant with my kids, but started up again once they stopped breast feeding. As for withdrawal symptoms, before I thought it was just pregnancy symptoms, but now that I have quit for 10 days while not preggo, I see that the headaches, and “brain fog” as I like to call it, are in fact withdrawal symptoms from the drug.

    What keeps me going are my motivations to quit. I quit for my kids who are getting old enough now to question and mimic, I quit to regain my short term memory for school, and finally, I quit for myself to stop the guilt I would feel from being high (kids, money spent on it instead of them etc..). The first 24 hours I felt empowered, clean, more energetic and proud.

    Since then I have had cravings which I subdue by keeping busy, headaches and a harder time falling asleep. Once I get to sleep I find I sleep through the full night instead of waking every 2 hours. My husband still tokes & he still occasionally forgets and goes to pass it to me. I have successfully resisted so far. He is supportive, telling me he is proud of me for quitting.

    Even though he still tokes, he is also adding to my determination to stay MJ free. Find a friend, family member, or find online forums such as these for support. It really does help to talk through a craving as it happens and have someone listen and give you support/strength to get through it. You can do this… I can do this!!

  • Thomas June 9, 2015, 5:43 pm

    Its been a whole day for me. yesterday I had the weirdest day of my life. I got angry, sad, depressed. I had way too many emotions coming up. I was sweating like crazy and I flipped on someone for no valid reason. I haven’t eaten in like 24 hours and I’m still not hungry… All I’m saying is I hope it’s not 3 months cuz I’m having a real hard time living like this.

    • musTang June 22, 2015, 12:13 pm

      Depends on how much you were using or abusing. Living on an island where it’s very hard to find regularly, you can go days and weeks without smoking. The first couple of days I’m always irritable but I push through those days knowing it gets easier. It does get easier, I wouldn’t go as far as saying 3 months, I went 1 month without back in march due to not being able to find any… after 2-3 weeks I stopped caring. I think it would be harder if it’s easily accessible though, I know if I was able to find it on the regular, I’d probably have a harder time saying no.

  • Monique June 9, 2015, 12:48 pm

    I smoked weed for 2.5 yrs daily, all day everyday (2-4 jays) and am on my 2nd day of sobriety. Quit cold turkey, and probably the worst symptom I’ve had so far were last night’s sweats. I tossed and turned in bed and sweated profusely for about an hour. I understand this is my body detoxing, but it still felt like some pretty heavy sh*t. Some people have it worse, and I can’t even imagine. Even though living life sober and doing everything I used to do high while being sober feels kind of weird, I am certain quitting is the right decision. I want to concentrate on my life instead of escaping it, face reality instead of numbing my senses. Just hoping the withdrawal symptoms go away fairly quickly.

  • anon June 8, 2015, 11:44 pm

    Withdrawing from heaving cannabis use certainly does have effects. I am on my second attempt, so know what to expect (unfortunately I had a bereavement and found weed to be a crutch). I gave up for 5 years, 5 years ago and I can’t take it or leave it. I just love weed, but am very aware that it is destructive in many ways (Health, work, relationships). I have given up for Health reasons as I had been coughing up a lot of black phlegm and getting mild paranoia.

    I am on week 5 of no weed, and have started with the vivid dreams , which I know will subside in a few weeks. I have gone through the dizziness, nausea, anger, irritability – (although I am still irritable). I have been eating a lot of fruit (esp things with luteins that help eye health) and veg… drinking lots of water\herbal tea… but the most helpful thing I can recommend is getting out for a walk and exercise – it’s amazing how a country walk can relax you and lift your mood.

    It isn’t easy going cold turkey, but it does get better. The main problem I have found is knowing what to do with the time I spent smoking, it’s almost a hobby. Getting a social circle who don’t smoke is almost essential as it is very tempting to go back to toking, especially when you can smell it around you.

    There is a lot of misinformation about weed, it can effect everyone differently and it’s not helpful to belittle peoples experiences of giving up. A person giving up weed is going through some mental anguish and in the very least detoxing. I have definitely experienced physical withdrawal… and my partner has experienced my anger and frustration.

    Follow your convictions, reward yourself with something that you consider a treat (probably best not have a j!) and take it day by day. It can take a few months to feel normal and you may not even remember what is normal (I smoked 1.5 oz pcm mainly skunk from ages 18 to 34, then 38 until 42, so I may be very different if I had never smoked… smoking weed was my normal). Good luck, it gets better.

  • Luke June 6, 2015, 1:52 pm

    I’ve been smoking ganja since I was 12 years old and now 31 have decided to quit. I was smoking half an OZ a week on my own and at around 25 years old, I got addicted to meth… which I was smoking morning lunch and night along with the ganja. My drug habits was costing me up to $750 a week and I also was taking 100mg of Zoloft a day for the past 10 years to help with my anxiety and depression. I stopped taking Zoloft 1 year ago, I’ve been clean from meth for 4 weeks now and are on day 4 cold turkey with the ganja.

    I have been pretty good up until today but now I’m suffering insomnia, nausea, emotional highs and lows, muscle pain and anger. I know it’s going to get worse before it gets better, but I am determined to make this happen. I’ve got no friends left in my life at all because of my substance abuse. Personally for me meth was the easiest to kick, but the ganja is harder because of my dependency for 19 years. I wish everyone all the best and to stay strong, believe in yourself and don’t hate yourself if you lapse. Keep your chin up and try again. GOOD LUCK.

  • carly June 4, 2015, 4:52 pm

    Hi guys. So I’m back to say it’s been a full month since I stopped smoking weed after 16 years everyday. I’m here to tell you to keep going, push through all the symptoms cause it DOES get better, although I still get the headaches now and again I am feeling more and more like a new person. I know it may feel like it will never end and that the symptoms are just too much to put up with but do not give up. I hope we all get through this, let’s live healthy and happy lives without the weed. Thinking of you all. ❤

  • Jeanne June 4, 2015, 12:00 pm

    Well I guess everyone is different, I am a child of the sixties and smoked a lot, I decided sometime in the nineties to quit one day don’t remember why but did not have one withdrawal. But those that say it has no ill effects on the body are just idiots. It will affect your lungs, brain cells and a host of others. But saying that humans are always going to look for some mind altering drug natural or not life is hard and it seems we need an escape from time to time so as someone else mentioned… moderation moderation moderation.

    Of course if your ill medical pot is the key instead of all those pain meds they push on the public. Lastly I would rather pot be legal than alcohol any day of the week, I have over all my years watched people do every drug known to man and drink every kind of alcohol and have also watched these people do harm and many die and not one has ever passed away or done harm from smoking pot but then again back then we kind of were really responsible we would not smoke an ounce and get behind the wheel of a car I have seen some real knuckle heads in this day and age.

    So the moral to the story if you’re going to smoke do it in moderation and maybe not get behind the wheel of anything if you have to smoke on a daily basis maybe you need a life reevaluation. Which is OK if we don’t learn something new everyday then we are not living.

  • Darrell June 3, 2015, 11:44 pm

    I’m finishing day 4 of the cold turkey method and seem to be right on track with the symptoms I read about. First night sweating like crazy, second day and night head pounding. 3rd night could only got 1.5 hours sleep! I really appreciate all these comments with others’ experiences getting off weed. I can laugh about my symptoms as I know what’s causing them, roughly how long they’ll last, and that this is the “normal” course of freeing oneself from MJ. And I didn’t even smoke that much. Less than an ounce per month, but pretty much every evening a doob of pretty powerful stuff.

    I though about quitting a few times, but just wasn’t ready. When it cost me my family, I quit right there. I don’t crave it at all. One just has to be ready. I am actually happy to have these symptoms…it means that I am going through what I need to go through and be free of this. I haven’t felt better in years, even with 1.5 hours sleep, a headache and stomach a little off. Bring it on! :-)

  • jason May 31, 2015, 11:33 pm

    First let me say that I know everyone’s experience and body is different. I only hope my story will inspire someone. At 40 years old I smoked weed every day for 25 years. I also took a lot of downers valium and xanaax. I held a professional job and have a wife and son. I recently had a tragic wake up call and decided to man-up and grow up. It has been a month since I have been clean and cannot believe bow much better I feel. I experienced absolutely no withdrawals. In fact I sleep better, I have tons of energy, and am a lot more patient. I accomplished this by sheer will.

  • Gav May 31, 2015, 9:48 am

    Hi all my name is Gav from Oz. I’m on day 5 of quitting choof after a solid 20 years of smoking bongs mornings, days and nights on a daily occurrence, sometimes up to 30 bongs a day, every waking hour basically and also in the middle of the night to supposedly knock myself back out, as in the end I did not even get the benefits of a good night sleep smoking 4 bongs before bed. I’ve had a few brief spells of choof over time, but always managed to slip back into old habits harder even each time.

    But this has to be it. I’m 34 and just want to live a healthy active life. I always been motivated, played sports and never not worked in my adult life as well as having a relationship with MJ the whole time. But seriously enough is enough for me. Time to get out of an unhealthy comfort zone and although I’m having a bloody hard time with many symptoms that are stated on this forum. I feel I have to do it. I m not one who holds any regrets in my life and have had a bloody good time.

    There are though some serious health effects and fogginess in my head that I have been feeling in later times that has overwhelmed the positives of being stoned, which means now is the time to stay quit and apply my mind and body to activities that I have felt being stones has held me back. So please pray for me and forgive for any foul language I may have expressed at people who either talk absolute crap or don’t need the support that I’m taking comfort in from this forum. I just don’t appreciate people come on here and ridiculing others here or just being a hero. To all others going through what I’m going through, be strong, it’s bloody tough,

  • Sammy May 30, 2015, 5:05 am

    I didn’t pay attention to how old these comments are but I wanted to share too — I am currently on day two, cold turkey, and the withdrawals you all speak of (nausea, anxiety, headaches, loss of appetite and trouble sleeping) are all so real. But that aside, I want to wish everyone strength to continue, be strong and know that you made this decision for a reason, let’s do this!

  • michelle May 27, 2015, 10:53 am

    I am glad I found this site. I have smoked for 38 years about 1/2 oz a week give or take. I ran out of weed and can’t find a connection to get more so here I am day 2 and the withdrawal is real. I feel like I am going to jump out of my skin and I am sad and bored, I slept 3 hours last night. I decided that I would not look for more weed and try to kick this. I am going to try Valerian root for sleep and it’s supposed to help with anxiety as well. Wish me luck and good luck to all of you.

  • Carly May 16, 2015, 8:05 pm

    Hi guys, so I’m from the uk and I have been smoking cannabis for 16 years everyday and have been experiencing the most awful withdrawal symptoms after 14 days of being weed free. Before associating these symptoms with cannabis withdrawal I actually thought I was having a heart attack or stroke so took myself to the hospital only to be told I’m fine, which then made me think I had some kind of brain tumor as my head feels as if it’s about to explode! I feel constantly dizzy as if I’m drunk and I’m about to be sick also I’m finding it difficult to sleep or eat.

    It was my mum who found this site and I cannot tell you how much this has helped me, to know it’s not just me going through, what I can only describe as hell as the moment. I am so determined to push through this and reading comments on here has made me feel even more determined. I am so proud of us all for kicking the habit and the thought of knowing this will not last forever and I’m not the only one just makes it that bit easier. ❤️

  • Mark May 15, 2015, 5:40 am

    I recently had a summation of events that landed me in the hospital, and I have since taken the path of cutting all illicit drugs from my life. I am 18 and jumped into smoking quickly and heavily, having smoked at least a gram daily for the last 5 years and can definitely contest to symptoms of headaches, dizziness, irritability, anxiety, insomnia, fear, night sweating, and lust for pot going cold turkey.

    Although I am young, I feel that I am in the same boat as many of you. I am on 45 days since my initial decision and have fallen to pressure 3 times, regretting the resulting high each time. I guess this is similar to an online AA meeting, but has been more alleviating than anyone I’ve spoken to. Its been said before, but moderation is truly a powerful practice.

  • Reece May 14, 2015, 1:03 pm

    Hey everyone just read a fair few comments on here and wanted to give some advice which you can use if you feel like it and I strongly advise you do if your withdrawal symptoms are severe. This method also means you can start smoking again in the mean time so listen up. I’ve been smoking weed and tobacco heavily for the past 10 years. I had tried quitting ‘cold turkey’ several times only to suffer these sh*tty withdrawal symptoms as described below.

    I’ve now stopped smoking both weed and fags for the past 3 years and not only that, but I’ve been a happy non-smoker from the moment I smoked my last spliff and never looked back. Why was this attempt so much easier than the last few? I read a book. Don’t write me off as crazy just yet, please hear me out because I genuinely want to help. The book is called ‘Allen Carr – The Only Way To Stop Smoking’. You can buy it for like 1p second hand off of Amazon.

    Now granted this book is aimed at cigarette smokers mainly. But Allen Carr himself (who by the way is not the gay comedian) says that his method is equally effective for any type of addiction, and the beauty is not only do you quit your addiction, but you are happy to stop! I know these symptoms you are experiencing are real, but if you break down the mental barriers before tackling the physical withdrawal its so much f*cking easier!

    Save yourself some mental and physical anguish and read this book.. If you are reading it for a drug addiction including alcohol and weed, I suggest you turn to chapter 41 (I think), called ‘Alcohol, Heroin and other drugs’ and read that chapter before starting from the beginning. Good luck and if you fancy letting me know how it goes or have any questions email me because I know the struggle is real and I want to help. ([email protected])

  • Elanor May 13, 2015, 11:26 am

    Day 3 of quitting cold turkey. Not because I wanted to, but because I wanted to keep my job. Random drug tests are my nightmare for the next three months. Night sweats are the worst. And all the chatter in my brain. Reading up on breathing techniques to help with the sleep. Cramps suck. Loss of appetite blows. But I just have too. The worst is that I’d convinced myself I could stop at any time. Turns out I was wrong :(

  • Mike Fozz May 12, 2015, 6:56 pm

    After 18 years of heavy smoking I stopped. The withdrawal symptoms sucked and the people on here saying they ain’t real are fools. Weed eats away at you, I used to be pro weed but after my experiences I believe it should stay illegal, it’s too easy to slip into. My motivation hit rock bottom, it deteriorates many things within you. Seeing your stories and this forum have given me insight and mental strength. Stay strong my brothers we can do this.

  • ATX_Sobriety May 11, 2015, 5:04 pm

    I’m 35, had been using MJ since I was about 24. I never believed marijuana was addictive until I went through a bout of unemployment recently, forcing me to prioritize my budget (no more MJ). I went cold turkey. Well, the reality has hit me stone cold in the face. I have two young sons and must say I’m glad to be realizing this part of marijuana today, so I can warn my children about it when they are older. Everything in moderation, EVERYTHING.

    I’m going on three weeks of sobriety and thus far have experienced every single withdrawal symptom listed in this blog post. Anxiety and irritability are the most prevalent, followed by loss of appetite (and weight) and insomnia. I have to take Benadryl to fall asleep, then I have very vivid dreams, sometimes nightmares. My wife says I talk in my sleep now. The dreams are crazy.

    I was in major denial about my chemical dependency, and I’m normally not one to deny anything. I should’ve realized I had a problem when we couldn’t go on road trips without Mary. Sad, so sad. I’d like to believe I can still use marijuana in a recreational way in the long-term future as I do enjoy the recreational aspect, but I’ve committed myself to a 90-day sobriety period first.

    As of today, my appetite is still very weak and my emotions are still not under control. I’m hoping I haven’t been masking an underlying mental condition during my long-term use, but only time will tell. Time to cope with life. Lift those blinds and let the sunshine in. Great blog post and comment thread! Thank you!

  • P May 3, 2015, 1:17 pm

    33 year user. Started at 12. Now 45. Day 15 of cold turkey. I have not slept properly. Same as my friends out there. Anxiety (big time), insomnia, moody, irritable, irrational thoughts. This is the downside. Bring it on MJ. You ain’t going to beat me. Upside. Everyday moving towards being chemically independent. Starting to realize I used to be funny and had an uplifting personality. It’s coming back. I don’t eat sh*t.

    Dare I say it starting to feel normal. Quite happy to just learn how to small talk. No secret life. Don’t have to pretend. Not looking for anything part from simple life. Not lazy. Starting to think about actually getting a hobby. Feel my view might be based on balanced sober thoughts. Not a stoner’s view anymore. Could go on guys!

    I’m still young with energy returning. Even dressing differently. We can do this together. We are not going to be chemically dependent. We are going to be true to ourselves. We are going to take our lives back. We are not going to judge but support. Lots of love you crazy dudes. -P

  • Pete April 26, 2015, 6:04 pm

    Thank you everyone for sharing your stories. I just turned 34 and have been smoking since I was 16. The longest I have gone without smoking during that period was 2 weeks and for the past 8 years or so I have been an all day/everyday smoker. During that time I have gotten my Associates degree of Fine Arts and started my own business, so I wouldn’t consider myself a POS because of smoking but lately I’ve felt like I have just been treading water.

    Working for myself has not helped the addiction because I have no one to answer to, but a couple months ago I decided that I was going to stop taking weed to work so that helped me cut back (I was smoking about a 1/2 oz a month regularly, then it jumped to a full ounce). I started mountain biking and I realized my lung capacity was shit, so I started going to the gym to get in better shape. I really feel that healthy activities helped me finally WANT to reduce my smoking. I am in London with my fiancee, we left last Tuesday so I am now on my fifth day of quitting cold turkey.

    I did get hit with a bit of anxiety in the airport knowing that I was not going to have access to weed at all (I feel bad for people who have anxiety regularly because that sucked). As for my symptoms I guess I’m pretty lucky, my appetite is not really there as I’m only eating 1-2 times a day and I’m having some pretty crazy dreams, I guess I’m a bit irritable too. I really think the change of scenery has helped me not crave it as much, even when I’ve smelled it walking around. All I can offer is this; change your scenery, start some healthy activities, and just hang in there!

  • Thomas April 26, 2015, 1:06 pm

    It gets better folks, so hang in there. I’m male, 40 years old, I smoked-up on rare occasions in high school and in college, but I started smoking daily about 7 or 8 years ago. Over the course of that time, I regularly over-consumed, sometimes putting away four or five joints a day, and burning thru about 1.5 to 2 ounces of primo weed each month. Aside from the spare tire I was developing around my mid section, I downplayed weed’s effects on me, which I had convinced myself were all entirely positive (it was relaxing, it stoked creativity, it helped me sleep, it was numbing).

    Although marijuana isn’t illegal where I live in DC, I really just wanted to quit — it seemed like time to kick the habit, and with the prospects of drug screenings for a potential new job, and the added wrinkle of my sister getting serious with a federal agent, I didn’t have much choice. On Day 1 of withdrawal I was just fidgety and bored. By Day 2 I was pretty crabby and suffering from some pretty intense anxiety. I was hardly sleeping. Day 3 was marked by the same anxiety, irritability and sleep deprivation, but I was becoming physically sick as well, with cramping and diarrhea.

    This went on for a couple of days. By Day 4 or 5, I had decided to take half an Ambien, which knocked me out finally, but then, like others, I had a series of bizarre dreams. That first week was one of the hardest things I had ever done, as embarrassed as I am to admit it. By the second week, things were better, but still not great. My stomach had settled, I was less irritable, but still suffering from bouts of panic. The Ambien was helping break the cycle of insomnia, and I found this website and began applying some of the advice others gave here.

    I started jogging again and the exercise seemed to help burn away some of the panic. I decided to use the new-found spare time to get back into shape. I was eating better, drinking more fluids, and maintaining an exercise regimen, but I still wasn’t sleeping well on my own and I still felt anxious and rather irritable on occasions, seemingly out of nowhere. By Week 3, I was feeling much better. Not on top of the world, but better. Then one night after dinner out with a couple of pals, I had a hit off of a joint the three of us shared.

    I felt higher than I’ve been in a long time — and off of a single hit! I didn’t enjoy the high at all. The next morning I was in a fog. I awoke with a bit of a headache, the worst dry mouth I’ve ever had, and an overall sluggish feeling. I was frustrated with myself for giving in and smoking, but equally impressed that I didn’t smoke more. That was 11 days ago, and I haven’t smoked since. The past month has been rough, but I can honestly say I feel better now than I have in a very long time. I’m thinking clearly, I’ve lost weight (almost 20 pounds!) and my pals describe this “glow” about me now. My lungs have cleared up mostly, and my smokers’ cough is gone.

    The insomnia has subsided and the wacky dreams are no more. I’m also waking up with pretty intense erections again and my libido is in overdrive! In reading this site and in talking with friends who’ve gone through this, I’ve come to understand that we’re all different, and while some of our withdrawal experiences bear similarities, they vary in intensity and duration. There’s a lot of good advice here, and speaking from my personal experience, the cardio and healthy eating habits I employed were pretty helpful. So, too, was taking a sleep aid to break the cycle of insomnia.

    I do wonder whether I’ll be able to enjoy the occasional bowl or joint again. When I quit, that was the goal: to get back to a place where I could light up occasionally and kick back. I worry about occasional use being a slippery slope and finding myself back in the doldrums of daily use. But as I write, after a long and sometimes hellish month of withdrawal, I’m honestly much happier and healthier without weed in my life than with it.

  • eric April 26, 2015, 6:51 am

    Weed is awesome, and not. I’ve smoked it on and off for 17 years. Never thought quitting it could make you feel so crappy. I literally smoked 6-7 yrs straight and quit cold turkey. I instantly experienced withdrawals hours later. Now I’m almost 30, I bought an OZ to smoke last month because I’ve just been stressed out and just smoking for a month straight again and quitting has given me the same horrible symptoms I had when I quit after smoking 6 years straight.

    My attitude is horrible, I feel like an ass for snapping at my girlfriend for the dumbest reasons and never want this to happen again. I love weed but I can’t find a balance. I either need to smoke the hell out of it or I can’t smoke at all. That puff here and puff there sh*t don’t cut it for me. My girl even tells me I’m just more carefree and happier on it. But I’m a monster without it so I just need it out of my system and out of mind again. Once you get over that 1st week it gets a lot better.

  • Jay April 26, 2015, 12:32 am

    I have smoked for about 30 years 1-2 joints a day. Got tired of coughing all the time. I have had most of the symptoms. No appetite, dizziness, weird dreams, different body odor (to me), sweating at night. Been 10 days. No cravings this time, so that is a bonus. I will be happy when the symptoms decline. They come and go, which is pretty much expected, but I do enjoy being able to breath easier. I have an understanding partner which is making the biggest difference.

  • Ryan April 25, 2015, 8:43 pm

    Hi, I’m from Scotland and I’ve been a user from age 15 and I’m now 28 pushing on 29. This is day 12 of quitting weed. The people who describe the withdrawal symptoms as going through hell, is who I can mostly relate with. I am experiencing extreme nightmares which feel as clear as reality itself, also, waking up in sweats from these nightmares to coincide. Furthermore, my appetite is poor even though my hunger is great at times.

    Also, I am smoking more cigarettes to compensate. I came on to this form because what is most worrying to me is I feel severely depressed. Until the last couple of days have began to relate the depressed thoughts with the withdrawals from weed. Its like darkness has took over, making me feel like I have failed in life and I am a major disappointment to myself and family. Although, I have talents in career areas that prevail over many others in my occupation field, my success in life tells a completely different story and now I feel completely trapped while others are so far ahead.

    My main focus now is to get on the right path without weed but I can’t help that think my depression may be more long term and may keep me on the downward spiral that the long term affects of weed has set me on. To be clear on long term effects, I mean that I smoked weed for the first few years and still gained achievements and qualifications but in long term it has broke me down bit by bit and until things just started falling apart around me, i.e. relationships and things I worked hard for.

    I really don’t offer any solutions to anyone’s weed problems on here but I thought sharing my experience may help me and people like me understand that they aren’t alone in dealing with this. I hope there is a solutions to our problems. I hope that someone who understands can see our problems and respond in a way that can help our battle for a positive outcome. I wish all the best to all the genuine long-term users on here. Thanks for reading.

  • Anonymous Ireland April 23, 2015, 11:56 pm

    I smoked pretty regularly for the last 2 years, (about 5 days a week) and have been slowly smoking less and less over the last 6 months. Since I’ve started smoking less, I started becoming very anxious and depressed. I have been smoking maybe once every 2 weeks but have now decided to go cold turkey altogether.

    On Day 5 at the moment and feeling very anxious and having quite a bit of derealization (which is a severe form of anxiety). I’m having some good days and some bad. All I know is the less I smoke the less frequent the bad days are. Finding this site has put me at ease as at least I now know that I’m not going insane.

    It just sucks that I will not be able to enjoy weed every now and again anymore and that these feelings are not going to subside for at least another month or so. Never thought weed could be this harmful. Always considered it to be less harmful than Cigarettes and Alcohol (which it is) but that’s not to say it isn’t harmful to your well being at all. Fooled me! Good luck to everyone else out there!

  • Stella April 23, 2015, 2:28 pm

    So happy to have found all of you :) have been heavily smoking for about 10 years – became very heavy when I went off work to take care of my husband when he was dying from cancer. Was up to 5g/day. Ran out while on a camping trip and after two days my heart starting racing, I couldn’t eat, hot and cold flashes, panic attacks, didn’t know what was going on. Thought I was having heart or breathing problems or developing an anxiety condition – always was told that you couldn’t get addicted to pot so never even thought it could be that.

    Restocked when I got home but when I thought about it and did some research I figured out exactly what was happening and could not believe I had let myself get so dependent without even noticing! Decided then and there I was done. I’m on day two of cold turkey – have had terrible anxiety and panic attacks – really generalized too – no specific triggers, heart racing all day, have had to cut out caffeine and tobacco – heart goes so fast I feel like I’ll pass out, no appetite – have had one piece of toast in 2 days and that felt and tasted disgusting – hot and cold flashes but mostly hot and lots of sweating – have started dreaming again already which I hadn’t even noticed had stopped!

    Emotionally very all over the place – a lot of feelings of apathy and depression and anxiety. I wanted to share because reading all of your stories and entries has been so helpful for me that I hope my story will help someone else too. I can’t wait to kick this nasty habit to the curve and get back to the me I was before. Even though I feel like sh*t I keep telling myself that it’s worth it! Wish me luck and good luck to everyone out there going through the same or similar battle. Xo

  • Leslie April 22, 2015, 9:50 pm

    Today is day 3 of quitting cold turkey, I have no headache or insomnia but my stomach feels so uncomfortable. Like I can’t eat more than a couple of bites of food without feeling really full. Plus I’ve been burping way more than I usually do. Has anyone only had stomach issues while quitting? I feel like crap. :(

    • Answering Leslie January 17, 2016, 11:07 pm

      Hey, the burping is normal, relax. Everyone is different, everyone is unique, everyone will feel different when quitting, but you are definitely not alone, hang in there. =)

  • Pierre L April 19, 2015, 12:08 pm

    I have been smoking very intensively for over 20 years. I have quit 2 weeks ago today (April 18, 2015). How much I smoked: Approximately 12-15 good size joints daily using 2 papers each. And I mean good quality pot as I do not get off at all unless it is real potent marijuana. By noon on most days, I would have smoked 4-5 joints. That is a hell of a way to start a day, since by noon I was already beginning to feel depleted of energies. Ex: slower mental abilities, even somewhat lost, confusion as well energy levels dropping, interests diminished and performance greatly reduced where mental alertness was required.

    Nevertheless I have always kept in good physical shape throughout my life but gradually found that all my dreams became exactly that (dreams that never materialized) evaporated in smoke so to say. Did I enjoy smoking? Are you kidding me, I lived for marijuana. And that was the problem, as everything else took the back burner. Did I function well in society? Yeah, I function alright, but at a much lower level that I know I have the capabilities.

    I would not bother to debate or even answer nor reply to people who say they have no side effects or withdrawal problems after smoking heavily for years since I don’t even deemed it worthy of answering. As for those who have no withdrawal effects or problems, it’s probably because you’re from another world or still in it. As for me, in all sincerity, I do indeed have lots of withdrawal symptoms as I firmly believe that all heavy smokers that quit cold turkey do.

    Yes, my sleep patterns are very disrupted, my stomach is in turmoil, my head is weary, sometimes sharp and some times not, which I consider quite normal considering my previous intake. As well, I feel most of the other symptoms people are mentioning in this website. Not playing games anymore, since it would defeat the purpose. Had I not experience all this turmoil when I have attempted to quit numerous times in the past, I would have quit a long time ago since I have been aware of how limiting it has been for me and all of those around me that were not in control of their marijuana intake.

    Every heavy smoker I know is worst off and his life is diminished and glaringly easy to notice to people who have their act together. In order for me to be able to steady the course is by constant reflections and a raging internal introspection where I relive all the pain I have caused to others that I love, my family, my pets, and finally myself. I say myself last since I made the decision to keep smoking all those years, but my love ones have paid a dear price through no fault of their own.

    Right now I mainly feel terrible physically but it pales in comparison with the daily pain that came from being a much smaller me who was mostly unaware of all the chaos I was creating or letting happen in my life and my loved ones. I will pay the price of the withdrawal effects whatever they may be, because I for one can no longer be half the person I know I can be. In Closing: I do not want to ever forget all the opportunities that was unable to grasp while under the influence of pot as I was not able to recognize them until it was too late.

    Therefore, I am now firmly and undeniably willing to trade the fun, relaxation, colors, etc. that pot brought to my life in exchange for the awareness of my true abilities and how I will be able to tackle situations knowing that I am addressing them in the proper light. Man coming out the fog, and wishing each and everyone of you the same. You and I will experience difficulty for a while. As a matter of fact you can count on it, we need it, less we forget at what point we had arrived in our lives.

    You and I are not bound this low functioning lifestyle less you or I decide to make it so! It’s up to you and me. What will it be for you friend? (A lifelong heavy smoker of high potency pot who thought he had all the answers.) Good luck, most sincerely, Pierre!

  • Robbie April 17, 2015, 10:29 pm

    45 years old been smoking 30 years both hash and skunk in spliffs. Have gone cold turkey for 2 weeks. Have severe insomnia which is made worse by already having an acquired brain injury. The use of sleeping pills from the doctor helps to break this cycle of no sleep. Getting advice of a drugs therapist in my home town helps me to remain determined and informed on how to break this grip.

  • Ivan April 11, 2015, 3:21 am

    I have already told my story in a couple of replies so I won’t bore you with it again. I just wanted to thank everyone for sharing their story. I totally blocked out the correlation with the complete sh*t show I’m going through and quitting. I was so sure that weed didn’t have side effects that it didn’t even occur to me. Your stories have taken away my anxiety that I’m dying of some mysterious ailment and that makes a world of difference. I’m 43 with two kids and very happy that I am gonna make it. Those of you with as much depression and anxiety as I have know what I’m saying. Thanks again.

  • MR April 7, 2015, 7:37 am

    I’m on day 2 quitting. I started getting tension headaches at work. I came home and all of a sudden I lost my appetite because I felt nauseated. After eating a little bit of dinner I got really bad chills all of a sudden. I started sweating at night when I started smoking 4 yrs ago. My arm pits sweat a lot. This started like 4 months ago. I started getting bad anxiety/panic attacks when I started smoking. It got to a point where half of the time I had a good high or a panic attack. It’s just not for me.

  • Zac X April 6, 2015, 4:07 am

    I am 45 years old, smoking since I was 18, once I hit my late 20’s, I was smoking copious amounts: 30’s, 40’s, up until recently I was a 4 grams a day, every day, every night, every week, every year, unless I have a day off, then up to 7g, a quarter ounce daily! The first thing I do on Sat&Sun mornings, I roll a spliff, after 20 min another one, and so on ’til bed time, 1am. What is the first thing I do after work, you guessed it! Hard to believe, but I never smoke before work, and I never carry it with me, regardless where I’m going?!

    No wonder I don’t go places and don’t socialize. I used to be a successful world touring musician, but who needs that when you have pot?! My shrink tells me that I have Bipolar 2, manic depression, not sure if only Cannabis is to blame, it does run within the family and I remember noticing symptoms ever since I was 14. Tried to quit more than a few times, but I’d relapse after a couple of months or years?! My last spliff was 10 days ago, it is a living hell. The withdrawal symptoms in my case are: severe depression, VERY SEVERE depression, anxiety and related crap, but I am not nauseous, cramping or craving, just depressed as all hell.

    Suicidal thoughts and research on suicide, I see life as pointless illusion, perpetually kicking sh*t up the hill, etc. There could be some of that Bipolar 2 crap kicking in, I don’t know, or care anymore. I will prevail. I don’t drink or smoke tobacco or any other drugs, and I will not be taking Bipolar meds, because after a year of administering, I did not notice not even a slight difference or improvement in my thinking or my behavior. Good luck to all of us, I hope this will help someone else in fighting the monkey.

    • Carol July 11, 2015, 5:17 pm

      Yes, Zac X, what you wrote is a help to me, as I also have quit (one and a half months ago), and don’t do any other drugs, though did some many years ago, and quit smoking cigarettes 13 years ago, and am not about to take any bipolar meds or anything. I suffered severe depression at first but it is getting better, especially when I find people like you who I can identify with. So, as you said, good luck to us all, and I hope this helps you and others also. Thanks again.

  • Cas April 5, 2015, 8:46 pm

    Now 52 and having smoked heavily since my early teens this will be my second time quitting that sh_t. The first time I made it almost a full year and have to say I enjoyed being off it. The withdrawals are very real, for me the vivid dreams, night sweats and insomnia were the worst. I thought I was loosing it, and I wasn’t sure what was going on because I didn’t believe pot was that addictive like that. After seeing my doctor for what I thought was something more serious, he told me these were the common withdraw symptoms.

    He said he could give me something to help ease them, and that I should go to counseling, or at very least do some online research. I opted for the online research, not into counseling or doing any more potentially addictive meds. The research helped me big time, I saw that other people were going through the same withdrawals, and more importantly the withdrawals do go away. It took me about three months to get over them completely. This now being my second time quitting and hopefully for good. Its been 12 days and the exact same withdrawal symptoms are back.

    Fortunately they don’t seem to be as severe as the first time, probably because I have experience. Or the fact I know they will eventually go away. Know what else goes away? Your pot buddies. A large group of my friends also smoked heavily, and I learned from the first time that these people will start to distance themselves from you. I guess that’s to be expected.

    Just like the old saying “misery loves company” so is the pot smokers love other pot smokers, and your connection friends will most likely become paranoid of you. All I can say about that is don’t worry about those people. You will feel so much better once your clean and the withdrawals are gone. For me getting clean was like a new and different HIGH in itself. I cant wait to be clean again!

    • Carol July 11, 2015, 5:05 pm

      I’ve smoked pot about the same amount of time as you, so reading what you have to say was reassuring to me that I have a good chance of feeling better eventually. I started at age of 18 and after many years of smoking off and on, mostly on, have finally decided to quit permanently. Am now age 68. Quit one and a half months ago and am still not feeling too good. Am hoping it’s just withdrawal and my body and mind readjusting. Was glad to find this site where people are talking about how it can take a few months, so at least there’s still hope for me.

      Experimented with other drugs many years ago, and quit smoking cigarettes 13 years ago, so am now completely clean and eating healthy. After first quitting pot all I wanted to do was sleep and watch tv, but am slowly becoming more active. Was initially blessed in this life with an exceptionally healthy body, so am now remorseful that I took that for granted. Hopefully I will get to feeling good enough again (if age hasn’t caught up with me too much), not just for myself, but to be an inspiration to someone else as you have been to me. Thank you for sharing.

  • Nicola April 2, 2015, 10:22 pm

    I have been smoking weed since I was 18, I am now 42 and 3 weeks clean. I have experienced and am still experiencing the insomnia, anxiety, vivid dreams, chest palpitations and excessive night sweats but in the last 2 days I have started itching all over my skin in every area which is driving me insane, has anybody else had this? Is this crazy itching a withdrawal symptom? And when is it likely to stop, it’s hard enough sleeping let alone itching like having the worst case of chicken pox keeping me awake.

    • Ivan April 11, 2015, 3:11 am

      Yes. Heart palpitations leading to pressure up my neck into my head.I thought I was having a heart attack. I went to the doctor and had a chest x-ray and blood work done. Headaches, anxiety, depression and anger. I’m 43, been smoking for ever it seems. It has been awful. I’m just happy to know it’s not just me. Honestly I didn’t connect the two until I read this site. As far as the itching, connecting the dots again, the last time I went without smoking for an extended period of time I had a panic attack and was itchy all over. I was fishing in Alaska and out to sea for almost a week at a time. It totally makes sense now. Thanks and good luck.

      • Nicola April 11, 2015, 9:42 am

        It is so helpful to read that I am not the only person going through this. The chest palpitations are still happening, but the itching seems to be a lot less than what it was a week ago. I’m still have down days and wondering why I am putting myself through this but of course I know why. I don’t want to spend the rest of my life dependent on this rubbish. Thank you for your reply and to everyone who shares their personal stories on here it really does help.

  • Brad April 2, 2015, 9:02 am

    I’ve smoked for 20 years. I’m on day 7. The insomnia is almost unbearable and I have never dreamed like this. I just awoke in the middle of the nite and decicided to do some reading on symptoms. I came across this site and wanted to say I appreciate everyone posting. It’s helped. Thanks everyone!!

  • Rosi April 2, 2015, 3:54 am

    I’m on my #3 day of quitting weed and I smoked for over 10 years. Soon as I woke up in the morning I would smoke. I would smoke all day. When I went to sleep I would wake up and smoke again so I would go back to sleep. This would happen 4 times a night or more to smoke. So the symptoms are real. And like they said everyone’s different, but I hope this passes soon cause I can’t stand it anymore. But I’m pushing through.

  • Nitin March 28, 2015, 12:58 am

    I’ve smoked a lot of weed since I was 16 years old. I spent thousands of dollars on the stuff over the years, thinking every time i got high that something different would transpire. The world didn’t change, I was just stoned. I don’t even want to think about how many years of my life I pissed away getting messed up on booze and pot. I really had more of a problem with drinking than weed in my mid to late twenties. I could throw down the better part of a 12 pack on most nights of the week.

    Up until early Fall 2013, at the age of 31, I was more or less a drunk who smoked weed almost everyday. My alcoholism brought me to an ultimate low in late September ’13, when I finally made the choice to quit everything- no more substances. October was the hardest month of my life – depression, terrible anxiety, mood swings, energy imbalances, countless sleepless nights, depersonalization, the works… I thought I’d never come out of it. I got better, slowly. I worked out, played in bands, socialized, and re-discovered myself- which was challenging considering I’d been covering most of it up with substances for about 15 years.

    When I was about 6 months sober, In March 2014, I tried getting high again and I loved it. I told myself it would be temporary, that I would just do it every once in a while. Yeah, right. I got a pot card and ended up going to the dispensary every day. I’ve been smoking for a year, and I’m over it. I began getting anxiety attacks a couple of months ago. After starting a new job and wearing myself thin, I would often smoke to alleviate the stress. It used to work, now I mostly just get anxious and weird.

    I took a break for 5 days recently, not because I wanted to quit smoking pot – but because pot wants to quit me. It doesn’t do what it used to anymore. Extremely small doses (one puff, a tiny portion of low dose edible) is doable for me, but ultimately not worth it. But I do not enjoy being stoned out of my mind anymore, at least not recently. So.. after one year of smoking (haven’t had a drink for a year and four months), I’m trying to put down the weed again.

    My friends, only you know your bodies and minds. Life is never black and white, there are always shades of grey and everyone is different. Don’t let anyone tell you what you feel isn’t real because they had/are having different experiences. I don’t toke en masse, but just that little bit at the end of everyday I had for months my body craves. I’ve had trouble sleeping lately and go knows I’ve been tempted to run outside and take just one hit. But, why? So I can run back to my bed, try to sleep, and think of how mary jane wins again.

    Bullsh#t… I am stronger than any placebo – AND SO ARE YOU GUYS… The whole point of me writing this is to say, DO WHAT IS RIGHT FOR YOU. You know when it’s time to make an exit, don’t let anyone or anything tell you otherwise. For me, long runs through the hills, daily trips to the gym, engaging in my favorite hobbies, getting closer to my loved ones are WAY more rewarding than being high. Some people can handle both, I guess.

    I’m not one of them. I prioritize getting high over all else, and all that happens is I get stoned and blow off all my plans so I can sit around and be high. If you can handle it, good for you. If you can’t make the changes you need to make. It’s as simple as that. I implore you to make your happiness possible, at any cost. There is no other option. And I promise you, and myself that once you get through the hardest, rainiest, most difficult days, the best days of your life are waiting for you :). With love, -Nitin

  • Allen March 26, 2015, 3:56 pm

    To add to the withdrawal symptoms of quitting… I have smoked regularly for 13 year from age 15-28 and have recently stopped using marijuana for job issues. Since quitting almost 1 month, the beginning issues were that is was hard to not want to smoke because it helps relax, but that stopped about a week in or so. Some insomnia trying to get to sleep has happened since quitting and still continues. One symptom that has been hard to get past has been vivid nightmares. I wake up multiple times from these dreams.

    I’ve taken small naps and instantly fall into a vivid dream. I don’t use any other drugs. I do drink an occasional beer or two but by no means am I an alcoholic, so I won’t say that has an adverse effect on these symptoms. I am going to hope that these dreams subside within a couple months. Some other small symptoms are headaches and some anxiety. But the anxiety is something you must be cognitive about and try to focus on the positive things and try to calm down and find the reason of the anxiety. Hope this helps anyone reading.

  • G March 22, 2015, 11:58 am

    I was a heavy pot smoker for over 10 years, before getting out of bed every morning I would have a smoke to start the day, then smoke the rest of the day. Every time I would inhale I could feel my lungs burn, but a few seconds later it got to my brain and I got the buzz / relief. What got me through my successful quitting (after a few tries) was first I knew that I could not be in the same room or house as pot or I would smoke it, I could not associate with anyone that smoked or I would smoke.

    The first 7 – 14 days were not pleasant, and I just kept telling myself to hang on until to cool (in my case) dreams started, while smoking I stopped dreaming (or remembering them). Then I had the cool dreams to hang onto, I had painkillers for headaches etc, and did not try and give up anything else. About 6 months later I knew I was still addicted, because I knew if I was around it I would smoke it. After 9 months I had a dream that I had a bud in my hand, I was looking at it and starting thinking about how I would chop it, mix it and fashion a makeshift water pipe.

    Ten (in the dream still) I said out loud “hang on a second I don’t smoke” and bam the dream was gone, it was at this point I knew that I was past the addiction. The biggest key for me was to not be around it in any way, because I would smoke, until one day that desire was gone completely (about 9 months).

  • Matt March 21, 2015, 12:37 pm

    I found that by reducing consumption to about a half bowl to a full bowl a day only in the evening will set you up for a successful quit. Once you are comfortable smoking this amount and find that it wouldn’t be a huge deal to go to bed without then you are ready to call it quits. The hard to handle symptoms will last about 4 days and then you’re left with just your basic cravings from time to time. No more anger, mood swings, sleep problems, etc.

  • Matias March 20, 2015, 5:31 am

    I’ve been self-medicating for anxiety with weed for about 10 years…gradually increasing my usage over time. I never smoked a ton…just enough to take the edge off. I’m trying to stop now for a protracted period of time. Its been a little over a month, and I’m probably feeling more depressive thoughts than ever. That said, im sticking to it. I have a blog to help me about anxiety, weed, and sweating (one of my personal issues from anxiety)…this is one post on quitting weed, but the idea sort of pokes its nasty head in throughout the blog.

  • Ave March 19, 2015, 12:57 pm

    Hi all! I stopped smoking has 1st of February. 5 years I was smoking every day. I feel like I’m going crazy. I can’t sleep and I have really big health anxiety. Every pain what I have in my body I think I’m going to die. I’m so scared,I dont wanna do anything or go anywhere. I have this sharp pain behind my eye and in the middle of the head ,I’m scared that it’s some kind of tumor :-( I feel dizzy time to time and when I eat I feel nauseous. Is this all normal? And is there anybody who can relate to this-I need to talk to someone!!! Please help.

    • Ivan April 11, 2015, 3:23 am

      I’m in the same boat. We are gonna make it.

  • shamik March 19, 2015, 2:45 am

    It’s not that hard you just have to find something worth keeping more then the bud. I’ve been smoking for about 8 year maybe 4 to 5 blunts daily at school. At work I’ll go outside puff and spray some smell good to cover up the smell. I’m working on becoming an EMT tech, so it is for my benefit I stop smoking. I just stopped smoking cold turkey four days ago the withdraws are real. I sweat a lot while I sleep, I have crazy dreams, my eating patterns are off, but I won’t allow myself to move backwards. I see it as if it makes me feel like this it is no good for me!!!!

    • Kike March 25, 2015, 6:22 pm

      Totally true. You actually start noticing how bad this is for your health after a couple of days of quitting it. Last week I wasn’t convinced of what I was doing but I’m starting to feel its been one of the best decisions I ever took. I’m on my second week of quitting cold turkey and still feeling the withdrawal effects. I want to think that the last couple of days have been better than the first ones, but I’m not sure that’s the reality. It helps to not drink any sort of caffeine or stimulating drinks and eating and exercising healthy. Come on guys, you can make this work.

  • T March 16, 2015, 5:39 pm

    Hi, smoked heavily for 20 years – something that seems worse admitting as I write it! Am on day 8 of going cold turkey and the clarity of beginning to dream again is scary and my sleeping pattern has become more of a scribble. I have noticed waking up far more alert but with the inability to go back to sleep – useful but unfortunate at 4am! Also elements of depression and anxiety but being honest they were present whilst smoking.

    New driving laws in the UK were the deciding factor in quitting – I’m concerned as to THC being stored in fat cells for so long after quitting and how that can relate to testing – does anyone have any experience/insight on that? Also how long withdrawal symptoms last? On the plus side I have managed to repair some relationships with friends and family that were damaged by regular smoking. Good luck to everyone.

  • Tab March 6, 2015, 3:18 am

    I’m on day 4 of my break up with weed. I thought I was going crazy until I found this forum. It’s really hard but I have realized that I depended on weed to comfort me. Reading everyone’s posts here has definitely brought me some comfort when it comes to withdrawals. I thought I was going crazy. I smoked everyday for the past 8 years, but I think it’s time to grow up and deal with my problems head on.

  • CC March 3, 2015, 4:13 pm

    Hi everyone, I haven’t read all the comments, but but I’ve spent the last hour reading some (a lot) of them, until my conscience told me that I have to move out of the couch and start doing my stuff. If I was still a weed smoker I know I would have pushed whatever else I have to do and spent the rest of the day reading all the comments (most likely on another website, and not the one for quitting weed symptoms). I smoked weed everyday for 13 years and although sometimes I had the thought of quitting I never wanted to. I’ve been off of weed for about a month now (don’t know exactly the number of days because, in fairness, I never planned to quit).

    My boyfriend and I have lived together for two years now and he was, as me, already a smoker when we got together. Lately we were smoking about half an ounce every two weeks. He used to, sometimes, blame weed for the things he was unhappy with (lack of motivation, lack of money, lack of social life, etc) and I never thought he was wrong, but always felt that there’s no point in complaining if we were going to keep smoking. Every time he said he wanted to quit I said I’d do it with him, but we’d always end up buying another bag.

    A month ago I was about to go on holidays for a week, but he had to stay because of work, and although I didn’t share these thoughts with him, my brain was going crazy, thinking how I’d to to take some weed with me on the plane. Although, our last bag finished just a few days from that holiday and he said he’d decided not to smoke while I was away. I didn’t want to confess that I wanted to take some weed with me so we just didn’t get any (I couldn’t even remember the last time I hadn’t smoked so it made me anxious). After that, still before the holidays, he said he wanted to quit and I said “OK” (even though I was very afraid of what I was about to go through without it, I didn’t want to be the person who would keep him from quitting and, as far as I knew, the fact he was saying he wanted to quit, didn’t mean he was really going to do it).

    This was about a month ago and I haven’t smoked since then, I never planned to quit and I think that made it easier. I didn’t research the withdrawal symptoms by then because I thought I was only taking a break. When I was on holidays my boyfriend had some friends over who had weed and he smoked. When we talked on the phone he told me and I didn’t feel upset or disappointed, instead I felt lucky because I hadn’t been exposed to it. I was now feeling full of energy, and yes, falling asleep was not an easy task, but on the other hand getting up had become so easy (something I used to struggle with so much since I was a teenager).

    My eating patterns just turned to normal – when I used to smoke I never used to eat breakfast, sometimes not even lunch but just a snack, and then a huge dinner and munchies (a lot of sweets) all evening long. Without even realizing I had stopped eating all that junk after dinner, I was feeling hungry every morning, and started having normal meals at lunch. I also started having headaches but I thought my eyesight had gone worse because I’m the kind of person who easily has headaches (and if I was having such a healthy life, my headaches “had to be” from worse eyesight). When my holidays finished, the night before I got the flight back home (just over a week off of weed) I spent the night sweating and having a crazy dream about missing the flight.

    I got up twice and told myself out loud it was just a dream, but when I got back to sleep I was back in the dream of missing my flight (never ever before had fallen asleep back to the same dream). I thought this had been a consequence to the behavior of the people I was with in the evening previous to the flight, who had spent dinner stressing about getting to the airport on time. When I got back my boyfriend and I were the happiest we’d ever been with each other. After my holidays I lacked motivation to go back to the routine and the bad weather but he gave me all the strength I needed. We were happy with ourselves (feeling light, motivated, always in a good mood, eating well and exercising) and that made us happy with life.

    I kept having crazy and chaotic dreams, vivid dreams, sometimes nightmares, waking up, getting up, telling myself it was just a dream, just to fall asleep and go back in to the same dream. He told me then that he had read about the withdrawal symptoms and the type of dreams I was having were often described. I never read about withdrawal symptoms myself because I was feeling so well with myself and the world, besides the dreams and headaches (which were a small part compared to the positivity I was feeling), that I believed if I read about the quitting effects I could start feeling them by suggestion.

    At the moment I work freelance at home (after having worked full time in a shop for a while just to have more money but feeling extremely unhappy), and sometimes I don’t have enough work, so at the moment I’m not providing for the two of us as much as my boyfriend is (although all my income is also always used on our necessities and not just mine). But not smoking weed gave me the motivation to apply again for a full time job in my area (video editing), which I had applied for several times before without any success, as I didn’t get any answers at all from the employers, I suppose because I still don’t have a significant and extensive portfolio to show. Even though, my fear of trying again was gone.

    A week ago, during the weekend my boyfriend asked me what were my thoughts on buying only enough weed for one evening, and I told him I’d rather not, because if we hadn’t stopped talking about how good it was not to smoke, then why doing it. He agreed, we didn’t buy and I felt good about being able to say no. All these things I described above were so strong and positive, until two days ago. For the first time after quitting I woke up not in the most joyful mood, and my boyfriend was probably not very relaxed because it was Sunday and as he works a lot, he was already seeing the Monday arriving too soon, and wanted to make the most of his Sunday.

    I didn’t know why I was feeling that way (I’m a foreigner living in Ireland and I woke up missing my family and friends so much), I was very slow moving that morning and made him wait for me more than he wanted (10 minutes) for the plans we had arranged for the morning. He only reacted badly when I got in the car and nothing could be done about (in my head). I got even more cranky because I felt it was unfair he was reacting like that when it couldn’t be changed anymore, only realizing much later that day that he was just waiting for an apology that he didn’t hear from me, which I didn’t feel I needed to give as I couldn’t understand how 10 minutes could change his day.

    All this didn’t make me feel happier than I was when I woke up, and made him feel worse and worse, and probably with the early Monday always in the back of his mind. It led us to a big fight, where a lot of nasty things were said. He told me how big of an effort he was making for us, unlike me, the things he couldn’t do because of all the money he was spending and I didn’t have, that I wasn’t doing anything for us or for myself. That all the meals I had prepared for us, to make sure that from the moment he gets home he can just relax, don’t mean anything… And so on. I’m sure I said nasty things too, but in these angry moments our brain usually remembers better what was said to us than what we said ourselves.

    We got better since then, but the duality of the words (before the fight I felt I was good to him, and suddenly I felt I was this burden in his life) broke my motivation, lightness and good eating patterns. And although he tells me that things were said in a moment of frustration and don’t reflect what he feels everyday, they definitely lowered my self confidence. I keep doing my work, and working on my portfolio, but I’m not looking forward to doing it, as I felt before the fight. If I have had any weed on me I would definitely have smoked it, to unconsciously numb all these thoughts and feeling, because a month off doesn’t mean I’m not addicted anymore.

    I’m glad though I don’t have it, because I know it will be easier to achieve my goals if I don’t smoke. I admit I miss listening to music while smoking, watching movies high and falling asleep as a fall in bed, but I want so badly to go back to where I was before these last two days that that’s enough for me to keep fighting for it. And I know that even a few drags could spoil that fight, at this stage. I finally decided to read about the withdrawal symptoms today, that I woke up crying and not feeling so well anymore.

    I didn’t know why I had woken up in a bad mood that day, or why we fought, but I can definitely relate those feelings with what’s written on this post and on the comments to it. I’m almost sure my boyfriend would relate his feelings to what’s written all over here too. When big fights happen people have to work on trust again and that’s what we’re doing now. We both know that our love for each other is bigger than the feelings we had when we were fighting. I realize now that it was so easy to quit because I have him in my life, and it became more difficult when our support for each other weakened.

    For those who are still reading my comment, either if you are struggling yourself, or know someone who is struggling after quitting weed, my recent experience has showed me that it’s extremely easier to stay off, to be strong and positive if we have love and affection in our lives, if we feel that someone loves us even in the bad days. If we feel we’re enough. Everyone is enough and worthy of love so, if you’re struggling yourself, try to find who’s willing to help, to show you love and support and give you strength.

    If you know someone who’s struggling, try to be patient and show them love, support and affection (people can still have their boundaries and at the same time be loving, supportive and affectionate). Be positive, do not give up on you, and do not give up on your loved ones, be patient and kind to yourself and others! (If there are bad days, it also means that something better is around the corner).

  • Tempo February 27, 2015, 7:20 pm

    Been smoking for around 6 years, on day 5 of quitting and all I can think about is smoking another J. However I have found that kalms tablets are helping with withdrawal a lot. I stopped smoking because I am scared of growing old and being full of regret and wonder of what my life would be like if I gave up my habit. Highly recommend Kalms and nytol herbal to sleep. I also think that weed is getting way too strong for me and is just making me live inside my own head. I heard full cognition returns after 90 days, just wondering if anyone’s life is different now that they have quit?

  • XX February 22, 2015, 5:38 pm

    Am so glad for this page! Been smoking for nearly 3 years now. I quit cold turkey-4 days. The first 2 days were a breeze (kind of) but day 3 was awful. I had insomnia (still do), really irritable and the internal struggle is torture. The sneaky thought of, it’s really not that bad, I could just keep on smoking until am forced to quit (job, relocating, etc.) and you really should be able to live without it are basically the only things I can think about. The really scary part to be honest is, a couple of people I have talked to said this goes on for almost 2 months! It sounds like a really long time to feel like this. This thread is really helpful because if people who smoked for 20 years plus can do this, so can I. Thank you for sharing your experiences.

  • unknown February 19, 2015, 12:01 am

    I quit three weeks ago after smoking from the time I woke up to the time I went to sleep, every day (with the exception of one or two days randomly if I couldn’t get on) for 9 years. For the first two weeks I felt good, I had more energy, was motivated to exercise and wasn’t so paranoid in social situations. Then the dreams started a couple of days ago, not nightmares but strange vivid plots that feel so real when I wake up it takes me half an hour to realise they’re not real at all. Does anyone else have this symptom? BTW does anyone know if the type of cannabis you smoked makes a difference or how you ingested it?

    • Hilly May 25, 2016, 10:30 am

      I’m on day 5 of cold turkey after smoking all day everyday for 16 years. It has been really tough. I’m writing this at 6 AM because I didn’t sleep at all. I know what you mean about the dreams. My dreams have been so vivid and so bizarre that the imagery will stay with me throughout the day.

      I have the sweats, either too hot or shivering. And last night I was vomiting quite intensely. The dreams are very troubling but the nausea is the worst symptom. I am really hoping that these symptoms will go away. Thank you everyone for sharing your thoughts. It’s helping me to read these posts.

  • peter February 17, 2015, 8:08 am

    I have smoked since the age of 16 *(I am now 55) to cope with ongoing PTSD (ex serviceman) symptoms as prescribed. Antidepressants caused me to be sick. I have gone cold turkey 7 days now (due to lack of supply) and symptoms are: sweating, insomnia, anxiety & headaches. It is a matter of choice and I do not look down upon those who quit.

    I choose to cope with my PTSD by using cannabis instead of prescribed medication, even though it is illegal to use and face being arrested and jailed for this humble plant. For those of you who are quitting good for you. For those who cannot or won’t, well it’s up to you to decide how you cope with every day life and its ups and downs. I would rather smoke cannabis than drink alcohol in my case. So as soon as the supply is back on track again, I will continue to medicate myself with cannabis and function normally in society.

    I have never had an outburst of anger when using or currently going through my current detoxification symptoms. I tell myself I am in control of my emotions. Cannabis helps me to think out of the box in my job. No one around me in the work place detects that I am on cannabis in my daily interactions with them, so Pauline go suck an egg!

  • Max February 12, 2015, 3:56 pm

    Smoking community ain’t a problem, it’s only about your attitude. The day you decide is “the last” for sure must be exactly “the last.” However it simply won’t work that way if the perception of this step isn’t well understood. More precisely, you must have some good reason to make such conscious choice in life if you are pot-smoker: whether it would be newly arisen disturbing cough, obesity, anger, distraction or academic failure.

    I’m on my fourth month of withdrawal after 2 year day to day MJ smoking plus 7 years of tobacco smoking and what I’d like to say is that my withdrawal symptoms have only started diminishing a few weeks ago. I still have depression and problems with sleep. Also don’t be deluded that quitting this sh*t will enforce your studies from the very start…hell no. Your attention will be too damn low at times. So before you start, make sure you have obtained a new perception of this world, are absolutely ready to live your life with no consciousness alteration.

    Whenever you are into it, be ready to put up with that completely new level of quality of life, coherency, and intelligence of speech… and an incremental improvement in your academic capabilities. All this mass green smoking as I think is the result of our consumption modus of life, we’re trying to consume as much good as we would are able to take, and this has nothing to do with the notion of ‘being’.

  • Ken February 10, 2015, 9:35 am

    I didn’t started smoking pot until I was in my mid thirties, socially at first, then on my own every once and a while, and eventually own my own every day. When I was forty-nine I quit for 3 years. I had minor withdrawal symptoms. My dreams came back, I was sleeping 8 to 10 hours and felt I had put it all behind me. Then I started hanging out with a friend who smoked and thought I could have just a little. WRONG !

    I gradually went back to smoking all day long. I’m fifty-five now, and on day 5 of quitting. The withdrawal is way worse now than the first time. I came to this site tonight because honestly today I thought I was going to lose my mind! I wasn’t even sure what all the withdrawal symptoms were until I read these posts.

    It’s hard to eat or sleep, the anxiety is like nothing I have ever experienced, and the sweats soak my sheets. I know I will get through this more easily knowing what to expect. I created this monster and I will own up to that. But I also know that it can be beaten and buried, but not forgotten. Hang in there everyone. I know it’s worth it.

  • Big tom February 8, 2015, 8:17 pm

    I’ve been a smoker for 10yrs…I grew up somewhat sheltered…had no clue what pot smelled like til I was 19. I had smoked with my brother twice before meeting my now wife. My wife smoked couple times a week…so I started haha. My father always told you “you can’t miss what you haven’t tried.” Great quote…kept me away from a lot of the BS out there. He also told me if you HAVE to do something, just smoke alittle weed or have a few beers.

    Never in a million years would I have ever thought I’d become the addict I am :/. I’ve had a relatively successful life, probably because I didn’t start smoking until I already had a career choice in the works. The main reasons for me wanting to quit were to be more engaged with my family. I have a 3 year old boy who’s very active. I just had a newborn baby girl. I also run my own business… 2.5 yrs ago I lost one of the greatest women in my life – my grandma.

    She cared for me more than anyone on this planet (until I met my wife of course). It was extremely heartbreaking to lose her. My addiction grew stronger. The first time I tried to quit was when my son was born. I successfully quit for 5 months. Not only did I stop using pot, I also quit using the 1000 mg vicodin 8+ times a day and the pack of cigarettes I was smoking a day. The doctor kept giving me vicodin like it was candy for a severe knee injury that required reconstruction surgery

    Only problem was he prescribed them for almost 8 years. Nice doc right haha. Anyways I started using again after the passing of my grandmother (just pot this time around) and boy did I use it. I neglected many things around me without even realizing it. I could be sitting in a room full of people without being there (if that makes an sense). I started working with my father… GREATEST decision I’ve made in my life. What a great man he was, and what an even greater man he would make me with his wealth of knowledge and experience.

    We worked together everyday for over 2 years. Mt dad suddenly, and without warning, passed away in his sleep. That was a little over a year ago :(… Kills me even to this day, it hurts everyday. Addiction flew to a whole new height. I just wanted to give a little background to people about the severity of my addiction. It might give them strength to overcome the situations they find themselves in. This time I knew I needed to quit, not so much because my life was spiraling out of control or I ruined my life, it’s because I’m going though it like a zombie (without even knowing it).

    I smoked all day everyday, but not like that. I smoked enough to have a mild buzz (during work or family events) but not enough for anyone to notice. I hid it VERY WELL :/. Now I’m almost a week into quitting again. I’m not gonna say I’m a week sober, because the detox symptoms have been so intense :(. I’ve ONLY been using pot, but the detox seems worse than last time. My symptoms have included: Cold sweats with BAD chills, like can’t sit still for the life of me chills, extreme stomach pain and the inability to eat or drink a lot of fluid, cramping and diarrhea, headaches galore, anxiety like nobody’s business, mood swings and irritability to say the least, and that all too familiar feeling of hopelessness and depression.

    The crazy thing about it is that I KNOW what’s happening and it makes it alittle easier vs. The first time I quit and had a major mental breakdown. This time has definitely been more physical than mental. Looking back I now realize how much more time I could have spent with the people I love and miss rather than get high and just be there :/. I don’t want to be on my death bed and have nobody to remember or love because I smoked my whole life away. Anyone who “professionally” smokes knows they can’t remember a damn thing :/. I want to remember my kids lives.

    The life I’ve built and shared with my wife…I want to remember these days, and the rest of my days. My symptoms have been so intense that I’ve lost 20 lbs in the 6 days I haven’t been smoking. I’ve had small sessions to try and get something down…2 to be exact. I quit on Tuesday night…Wednesday night I though I was gonna die and shared a small joint with a friend, which we only smoked half of. Come Friday night, I started REALLY feeling the detox. That’s when the sweats and chills kicked in. Saturday night I hadn’t eaten in days.

    I finished the last of the joint and immediately felt relief (how sad). I still was barely able to eat due to the little amount I smoked, but it wasn’t about that, it was about getting A LITTLE relief. I couldn’t do this a week ago, not in my mind. For sure I couldn’t, but here I am 6 days in. I may not have 6 days sober, but I have 6 days of not wanting to live like this anymore, and I’m proud of that. My symptoms are starting to roller coaster now.

    Sometimes I feel great, others my stomach feels like Mike Tyson just went to town on it. The mental symptoms I’ve pretty much been talking myself through. I KNOW I’m having an issue, hide it as well as you’ve hid your addiction (at least that’s my strength haha). There’s always hope and life to live. Don’t let pot steal your life away from you, cause it will when you least expect it. It’s not an overnight addiction and I don’t expect it to be an overnight recovery, you shouldn’t either.

    I’ve spent years “enjoying” my addiction, now I’m gonna take a couple weeks/months of pain to get over it. If this helps even one person, then taking my time to write my story was worth it :). If you’re gonna quit, do your research and be prepared. Although my symptoms have been extreme, my addiction was worse. It WILL get better, I promise. BTW…leaning on the man upstairs doesn’t hurt either, gives you a great mental strength knowing someone’s always in your corner. Love life, enjoy it, and live it to the fullest…and remember what you did on your journey.

  • Feisty Dean February 7, 2015, 6:38 pm

    I am 44 years old. I have been a daily user since I was 20 (with the exception of the odd day off for short trips outside of Canada). One thing everyone on here needs to remember: We all used the drug as a coping mechanism in some form. Whether it was to curb anxiety, depression, ease physical pain etc. or just to have that beautiful euphoric feeling.

    But when you mask a problem with any drug long enough and then stop. You’re body says “Whoa! WTF man!” So if you were depressed, anxious, experienced physical or emotional pain before using. Then yeah. When you stop masking that. It will come back. And quite strongly as your body was trained to accept marijuana to cope with those things. You just need to remind your brain this is all a process.

    Some take longer and some just don’t recognize they are experiencing withdrawal. Anyhow, I am on day four of quitting. I quit because I felt my ambition was in the toilet and I need to make some changes. So far it’s headaches and a messy sleep pattern. Press on people! There’s plenty of cool, funky things in life that can get you high without taking a toke! Live! Love! Travel!

  • Howard February 4, 2015, 3:37 am

    After reading all these comments, I agree that the symptoms, and severity are different for most folks. I’ve just turned 65, have two children in their forties, and five teenage grandchildren, and have smoked pot (2 joints) daily for 45 years. I stopped cold turkey 3 weeks ago, and can honestly report that the only symptom I’ve experienced was one sleepless night.

    My mood has always been upbeat and positive, and that hasn’t changed. That’s not to say I won’t have any negative experiences in the future, but living with a positive attitude can help. I started my business (freight broker) back in 98 after my wife of 30 years passed away from cancer, and really did it to change careers, and to have something more challenging to do. It has exceeded all my expectations and I have no intentions of retiring.

    I operate from my residence, and have smoked during business hours without any repercussions. I think I have done well as a result of truly living in the moment, for all we really have is THIS moment, and This moment is good. We have no guarantees in life and once realized, can really open one up to enjoy the absolute wonders of nature, and the delight of interacting with those that are of like mind, and those that aren’t.

    I’ve never experienced paranoia, but perhaps that’s from living in Canada where most folks, including law enforcement are a little more liberal. Like everyone else, I have experienced the munchies, and have always been able to resist the urge for instant but short lived gratification. At this juncture, all I can do is wish everyone here good luck and offer my best wishes and encouragement.

  • Cree February 1, 2015, 4:17 pm

    I’m 45 and have smoked dubes socially for 20yrs. 2 years ago I witnessed something horrendous and stupidly I’ve smoked heavily every day since to cope… until 5 days ago. I can assure you that withdrawals are very real. I’m suffering awful anxiety and panicking. This afternoon I have had a headache. I had to tell my mum today that I’m an addict and having withdrawals and I’m so gutted that I’ve put this upon her. I have had Chamomile tea which appears to have lessened the anxiety for now. I’m really scared of whats ahead for me but it’s my own fault. Reading all your stories is a help to me so thanks for sharing.

  • Tricky January 31, 2015, 7:15 pm

    I’m 52 Y.O. and been smoking up to an oz a week since I was 19 – that’s 33 years of being in an altered state. I start the day with a J and continue every hour and a half until I go to bed. I love that stoned feeling, I really do! I’ve managed to run my own small but successful business, traveled the world (often smuggling my supply to ‘dry’ countries) and raised, mostly single handed, a well balanced, thoughtful, happy son who is now 16 y.o.

    But something has not been quite right – the tight grip of addiction and the consequent loss of free will, the hours chasing supplies, the time spent toking instead of engaging with non smokers, the money, etc. (You all know what I mean). It’s now 7 days since I stopped and I’ve been suffering most of the withdrawal symptoms mentioned by the good people on this site – anxiety, bad insomnia, loss of appetite, intermittent nausea, mild headaches, irritability, crazy frightening dreams, boredom, lack of motivation, mood swings and an overwhelming feeling of empty hollowness.

    Apparently this could go on for months! Friends say my eyes are clearer, but otherwise I look tired and I’m losing weight from an already slim body. Life was much brighter and lighthearted, food tastier, music more involving, people more interesting, boring chores less onerous, and ‘time to smell the roses’ easier to come by when I was smoking. My mind is now consumed with coping with the drug free situation I’ve put myself in. This is difficult. And the pay off is weeks or months away. Ho hum!

    Right now the only upside to quitting seems to be that I can’t be busted, and the resultant reduction in paranoia and constant watchfulness has freed my mind quite considerably – I live in deepest Hicksville and the overpaid under-worked police/judiciary here are majorly over excited by any drug use or criminality. Any words of support or encouragement from anybody would be much appreciated right now.

    • dot February 3, 2015, 8:02 am

      Congrats on quitting after this long. I am in my 2nd/3rd day of quitting after 2 years (1 almost heavy). Really one of my best choiches by far. I whish you best of luck and soldier on – as someone was saying earlier.

  • yorkshireterrier January 31, 2015, 5:05 pm

    I found this site today after searching “cannabis withdrawal depression”. I have read a large number of comments, but the sheer volume is just too much. But I am now realizing that I am just the same as many of the other sufferers here. Here is my story… I started smoking weed about 3 years ago to try cope with a difficult situation I was in at the time. I enjoyed it so much and decided every few weeks I would get high. Every few weeks turned into a few times a week, and after 8-9 months I found myself smoking on a daily basis (around 0.5g per day) on the bong.

    I have never increased my usage, but no longer feel that I am getting high on this small amount, now it feels like I smoke to feel ‘normal’ just to relieve my symptoms of social anxiety. I would probably need a much higher dose, at much higher cost, so I tend to stick to what I feel is an adequate amount. A few times I’ve decided to take a tolerance break, but they don’t last more than 2 weeks at most before I crave that high feeling again.

    Many times during my smoking I’ve thought to myself: I must have weed in my life to survive. My family have not been supportive of my usage and I thought I was doing the sensible thing by using a recreational drug which has caused no deaths. Its been nearly 3 weeks since my last smoke and I am suffering from such severe insomnia, depression, anxiety, and loss of appetite. Up until reading this page and many of the comments, I have always been in denial about feeling these symptoms during a tolerance break. I don’t know what to do. Half my mind is telling me to go out, buy some weed and get high. The other half is telling me to quit or return to the moderate usage I had before.

  • Louisa January 30, 2015, 9:11 pm

    Reading some of your comments is really helping me through this tough time. Congratulations and keep up the good work to those that are sober, and I wish you all the best to those who are struggling – this is such a difficult time and realizing your problem is a huge huge huge step to recovery. I’ve smoked cannabis for 6 years, every night, and often every day. I am 22 years of age and realized I’ve wasted some of my best years on this drug.

    I’m also blessed to be realizing how much of a problem I have at such a young age — I’m excited for the future and all of its opportunities. This is my 72nd hour without a joint. Before this I couldn’t go 8 maybe 10 hours. I didn’t think I had the will power in me, but sadly I’m finding it hard to be proud of myself. I started using cannabis to block out my depression, anxiety and insomnia so many years ago. I guess that’s why my symptoms right now are so unbearable.

    Last night I got off to sleep at 6am and forced myself up at 8 as not to disrupt my sleep pattern. Today has been the real first day of withdrawal symptoms. I’m in complete agony — I ache all over and my stomach cramps are getting worse. My mental mind is going crazy. I honestly don’t know who I am, I am depersonalized. But knowing that a lot of you are going through the same just gives me that tiny glimmer of hope. We’ve all gotta be strong for each other at this time.

    One minute I’m the happiest person alive, ready to challenge anything the world throws my way. The next I am in a hopelessly dark abyss full of negative and suicidal thoughts. I can’t keep up with my brain, it’s going ten to the dozen. I don’t even know why I decided to comment on this particular website — I’ve read them all up to now! But the more I type, the more I feel a sense of release. I don’t really have anyone to truly open up to about how I feel, so this is helping.

    My main concern now is getting off tonight as I have a long shift tomorrow and I’ve already missed two days of work because of it. I took a herbal sleeping tablet half an hour ago and apparently it takes 1-2 hours to kick in. Right now I’m going to switch off laptop and get under the duvet in blissful silence. I hope to god I drift off… This is only day 3 and I feel like a corpse. I wish you all the best of luck with your journey into recovery. And just keep remembering what the article says – count yourself lucky you aren’t addicted to any other substance, as cannabis is the easiest to get off.

  • Jack January 27, 2015, 8:53 am

    I have smoked for 15 years from sun up to sun down. I’m on week 2 of quitting and the sweating, headaches, loss of appetite, mood swings, anxiety, depression and cravings for it are all so real. I’m trying to move forward in careers, but this is one the hardest things I have done. Hope these feelings pass soon. 3am’s been my bed time for a week now… Fucking sucks a bag of d#cks!

  • Daniel January 26, 2015, 5:51 am

    The struggle is real. I am a weed addict. This is a fact! 2 days off THC. Feel like I’m gonna punch someone in the face. I notice I’m replacing weed with alcohol though. Damn it! Unfortunately, weed has been my lover, my BFF, my exit out of emotional situations since I was 14. Recently, I had a health scare. I am a 32 year dude. I gave myself a lung infection cause I can not stop smoking. Even smoking while I am sick. Hello, crazy person! They found a spot on my right lung because I inhale massive amounts of smoke.

    I live in LA where weed is more available then water. Excited to get clean but annoyed and edgy. This site has saved me. Hearing other people going through this makes me feel like I’m not crazy and alone. We are all so powerful. We can do this. Screw weed. Let’s live our lives. We all are self aware now. Let’s do this! Exercise like a maniac and surround yourself with non smokers. Day by day. Don’t think I can never smoke again. It will piss you off. Nothing but love my fellow pot heads. Good luck! It’s only life. Get comfortable with being uncomfortable for a bit!!!

  • Kelly aka OMG January 24, 2015, 6:09 am

    I’m back to tell you all to not give up!! Its been about 2 months since I last smoked, and am fortunate that most of my symptoms are gone. I still don’t sleep a full night though, and every now and then I get a hell of a head rush… you know that: “whoa, I’m too high” feeling. Usually passes as quick as it showed up. I have no desire to smoke again – think it’s because those first 3-4 weeks scared the crap out of me! So much more productive now, I wish I had quit years ago! And the money I would have saved…makes me sick to think about sometimes. Please hang in there, you can do this! It’s worth it, trust me. Thanks for getting me through the rough days. Love you all for making me feel like I’m not alone!

  • Bearjaw January 19, 2015, 2:58 am

    Holy crap boys and girls, I’m back. I’m back because I have to talk about this because the withdrawal symptoms are nastier than I expected. I’m on maybe day 10 now and just as I thought things were getting smoother… all of a sudden they are not. The mood swings and the depression are crushing. I am very grateful to my wonderful spouse because she gives me reason to keep my sanity and temper in check. If it wasn’t for her I think I would lose my mind.

    I’ve been running to help me cope and to tire me out and to relieve the anxiety. I’ve been running and completing 3.3k in 20 mins. I want to run 2 or 3 times a day and it blows my mind that I can run this much. I’m not talking jogging here. I mean running like my life depends on it. I read somewhere that some research showed that weed increases your lung capacity and there has to be some truth to it because this doesn’t seem to make any sense at all. I hadn’t done any running in over a year and it makes no sense that I should be able to run this much.

    Please believe me when I tell you I am not boasting here because this is actually freaking me out some. Madness I tell you. The relief it brings from withdrawal lasts about an hour or 2 after my run. Even though it exhausts me, my sleep is patchy at best and the dreams that mess with my mind are still there. Beyond cinematic and so real and so so frightening. I started daily meditation about a year ago but find myself doing 3 x 30 minute sessions daily with frequent check ins just to keep my moods and anxiety grounded.

    Forgive my ranting. I don’t know if any of this makes any sense. I feel like I’m going out of my f*cking mind here. Tomorrow I start the weights and I want big mean mofo weights and have a bag to punch. This withdrawal is a hell ride and I will chew concrete if that’s what it takes to to get over this. Thanks for everyone’s testimonials. Hang in there. I will probably check back because your comments make me feel like I’m not alone in this.

    I wanted to know if anyone out there has experience significantly elevated blood pressure? I always had trouble keeping it under 130 but would generally manage to keep it at that. Now its at between 147 over 82 all the time. WTF! Am I dying here? Will I go mad or die of a stroke before I get better. I know I sound insane especially after reading my last post that seemed so rational by comparison. It would be so easy to call my dealer now but I will not! And baths… Lotsa really hot baths. I think I will go bawl my eyes out like a big f*cking 52 year old baby now.

    • charly January 21, 2015, 5:46 am

      Dude you have the right attitude keep it up! As far as blood pressure you gotta see a dr – it’s not safe. Perhaps your body is not used to the exercise. Good luck and stay strong!

  • Mitch January 18, 2015, 11:54 am

    For all those who are saying you don’t get withdrawal. I’ve been smoking heavily since I was 14. I love weed, everything about it and If I could I would smoke weed everyday. In the last year I have started smoking more then I ever have done. I have started noticing my memory is really bad and I used to be very sharp minded, obviously I am not anymore. Withdrawal is very real. I have been trying to quit for months now and I keep going back to it because I am weak. I am having sleepless nights when I don’t smoke and feel anxious nearly all of the time.

    Sometimes when I really need it it feels like my heart is beating out of my chest. My wife hates it but she allows it as every time I try to stop, I get so snappy and most of the time over nothing. I’ve smoked heavy for 14 years, if you reading this and have only smoked a year or so and you’re curious, I have one piece of advice I wish someone gave me when I started… Just don’t start. It’s a horrible addiction. If you do, be prepared to smoke your entire life or if you are lucky and decide to quit like I have, be prepared for a long battle with withdrawal and with your own head.

    Since quitting, I convinced myself everyday it’s OK. I can go get an 8th and the logic kicks in and says, “No you have kids.” All I’m saying is its illegal in most countries for a reason. It’s not bad for short term use, but the moment you depend on it to cope with stress or just life in general, don’t say you were not warned. It’s a horrible, long road to recovery and I wish I told 14 year old me that this drug will ruin my quality of life. Good luck to anyone trying. I really hope I can beat this but I feel so weak and hate being stressed about nothing.

  • real_reefer_madness January 16, 2015, 1:27 am

    Marijuana is an insidious drug. Unlike hard drugs it might appear that MJ usage has little to no negative side effects upon it’s newcomer addicts for years. However, the behavior patterns develop that do more damage in the long run than half a year to a couple of years the hard drugs abuse would do to a young person. By the time the MJ addict realizes what has happened to their dreams and how much life went up in smoke, it just might be too late to materialize the potential one had prior to this horrid addiction.

    • Bearjaw January 17, 2015, 10:33 pm

      I clearly see your point and have to agree with your overall statement, however unless you are in advanced older age, there is still much room to dream and accomplish. Best of luck. DO NOT GIVE UP!!!

    • mitch January 18, 2015, 11:55 am

      This is all too true.

  • zeze January 15, 2015, 10:20 am

    I’ve been a heavy smoker for about 10 years, multiple joints a day everyday. I stopped cold turkey a week ago. Sleep is no longer a part of my vocabulary, and the boredom and sweats are awful. I’ve heard that there are no withdrawal symptoms from marijuana, but that’s a lie. Even though everyone is different, it seems that we all are suffering in some form or fashion. So I must call BS to anyone that claims no symptoms (at least for a heavy smoker).

  • Steve January 14, 2015, 7:14 pm

    Here’s my testimony of quitting weed. I’ve been only smoking for about an year and a half. But for the past 6 month, I smoked everyday, but not your typical one to two joints or few bowl rips a day: I would smoke multiple joints with few friends, take multiple bong rips, do multiple dabs, and edibles at least once or twice a week. I came to a point after several dab rips I didn’t even think I was getting high. So despite using cannabis for year and a half, the amount I used daily for the past six month is abnormal.

    It’s been a week since I’ve quit and I’ve been experiencing mood swings, insomnia, loss of appetite, depression, lack of motivation, headaches, an nausea. Anyone telling you that they have not experienced withdrawal symptoms: 1.) didn’t smoke enough 2.) simply is in denial 3.) never actually stopped quitting and still smoking everyday like Wiz Khalifa. The withdrawal is real, it’s not a myth. I wish everyone the best in their efforts to quit weed. Good luck and soldier on!

  • bearjaw January 13, 2015, 6:46 pm

    Yip! here goes… I’m in my early 50’s and have been smoking weed for protracted periods of time, (as in years,) then quitting for a number of months only to find myself getting on the ride again. I’m giving it another go as I am tired of the lethargy… of the trappings of a fogged and lazy mind. I’ve reached an age where I understand on a real level that the years ahead of me are not limitless. Weed is not conducive to getting things done. When I started smoking in my teens weed would feed my imagination and creativity. That was then.

    Now it has become a dull lethargic something akin to transient pleasure without much substance. I’ve stopped for just over a week now after a 9 year run. My withdrawal symptoms have been crippling anxiety, anger, insomnia, and depressive periods. As far as physical symptoms go I’ve been experiencing acute spikes in blood pressure due to the anxiety and bursts of anger. Those have now subsided. I consider myself fortunate compared to so many other people in the comments when I read what they have to go through. Nonetheless, I can assure you it ain’t no picnic.

    I had literally stopped dreaming and wanted to start dreaming again. When quitting weed (and when you do manage to fall asleep) chances are your dreams will come back in overdrive. As interesting as that may sound the dream experience can be intensely vivid and unpleasant and frightening. After a week, that has finally started to level off. It may sound like a contradiction in terms but I also am an advocate of legalization. I believe that weed is very much like alcohol and different people react in different ways.

    If you can have the occasional joint or the occasional drink and derive some benefit and pleasure from it, then good on you. If you are smoking 3 joints or downing a six pack every night and need a hit or a shot to start your day, then there might be a problem. When I was younger I would go through extended periods of heavy drinking and never had a problem quitting or suffered any withdrawal symptoms. I am now a moderate drinker and can handle it quite fine.

    I have however seen friends and family go through hell due to alcoholism and how difficult the withdrawal process was for them. Addiction is different things for different people. Weed, drugs, food, sex and television… What’s your poison? DO NOT BELIEVE THE NAYSAYERS. They are just fools proud of being fools. They lack the empathy and basic humanity to acknowledge that other people’s hardship and pain are real because they do not experience the same thing. The withdrawal symptoms are very real and intense.

    Exercise definitely helps. Meditation can also helps relieve the tension. If yoga’s your thing, then yoga. Talking about it is important. Despite the withdrawal period I’ve noticed positive changes within the first couple of days. I’ve always been an avid reader but hadn’t finished a book in years. Now I find myself going to bed with a good book and having the concentration to stay with it and remembering what I’ve read in the morning instead of laying lethargic in front of whatever crappy TV program flickers in front of me.

    My ideas actually make their way to sketchbooks and notebooks and actualization instead of being ephemeral vapors. Even after only a week I get the sense that the days are building blocks and evolving instead of fuzzy copies of themselves. I can dream both literally and figuratively. Surround yourselves with supportive people. Have courage. This too shall pass.

  • Hinano January 13, 2015, 7:58 am

    Smoked weed the pass 2 1/2 years 2-3X a day, I’m on day 4 and feel like sh*t!! I’ve totally lost my appetite, and have flu like symptoms. I feel dizzy, nauseous and somewhat depressed. Whoever says marijuana does not have any withdrawal symptoms is full of sh*t. Lord help me!

  • Hope January 11, 2015, 5:47 am

    Hi all, I have quit cold turkey for a week now. I quit because I started to feel like my heart was racing and my mind/ memory/caring about others was fading. Frankly I am done with MJ. I want to be plugged into life and my family. I didn’t know that I would feel headaches, night sweats, stomach cramps and crying / depression. Everything but the crying is gone. Today I was a fountain of tears for no reason other than quitting. Finally I grabbed my shoes and walked a track for an hour.

    I feel so much better. I think I need to replace MJ with exercise. Walking, running, yoga, and have healthy side effects from exercise. I think the harder it is to get over MJ the more you need to do it. I want to work out a plan of what to do when I am around a crowd of people doing it. At a party what will I do? I am a non pot smoker now. I sure like the sound of that! Good luck with your journey to a clear mind and a healthy body everyone!

  • Matt January 11, 2015, 12:21 am

    I have smoked pot for twenty years, I have given up numerous times for anywhere from three months to six months but always seem to fall back into the lifestyle. This happens mainly because all my friends smoke and the exposure to it was still there. Pretty much if you are around it you will want it whether it has been two days or two years. I have one mate that smoked it religiously for about 18 years he has been off it for two years now and still thinks about it almost everyday.

    If you do something for so long it’s not only addictive it becomes a way of life. I have just recently disowned all my smoking mates besides two. The reason I’m still friends with these two is that they will not smoke it around me and if I try to smoke it they pretty much drag me away by force, now if your friends aren’t doing that sort of thing they are not real friends and it’s hard, but disown the losers they will only make things harder. I am currently trying to get off it again anyone that says it’s easy can go jump, everyone is different and unless they have some special mind reading device they have no idea what you are going through.

    It’s been four months for me and I could quite easily go for one right now. That’s where you gotta take it day by day and every day you make without a smoke you gotta tell yourself you just won not a little battle but a massive one and be proud of that cause I/you know how hard it is!!!! Surfing really helped me, I had not surfed for over ten years now it’s the one thing that keeps me sane, I had no idea why I didn’t feel like smoking pot after a surf but my councilor told me that I’m triggering all five senses in my brain when surfing.

    Sight: your watching the waves, smell: the wax the sand the water, sound: the breaking waves, feel: the water the board and that awesome feeling of riding a wave, taste: the salt water. Pot was never associated with surfing for me but if you associate pot with surfing this won’t work for you find something else to trigger your senses, Pretty much if you are stimulating your brain that much your brain has no need to be stimulated by pot. Good luck to anyone trying to quit it is a battle that will last a long time, don’t kid yourself.

    It’s going to be hard but it’s for the best. Don’t lay down easy be proud of yourself everyday you make it without a smoke and if you do relapse get up kick life back in the balls and go again. Never stop trying never give up hope, there are heaps of people out there to help. Use them and good luck! I shed a few tears typing this so I’m still not over pot, but you HAVE TO BE PROUD OF YOURSELF FOR TRYING if your not, you will fail time and time again. Good luck.

  • MSI January 10, 2015, 2:17 pm

    I really need some words of encouragement and motivation. I smoked weed everyday for the last 5 years. I normally would spend £10 a week but it went up to £40 weekly 2 years ago after I lost my husband suddenly. I stopped smoking weed on 31.12.14 and the withdrawals symptoms are very real. I went from no appetite, to insomnia, then anger and weird dreams.

    I am now on day 10 of cold turkey and am craving weed so badly, I actually called my dealer but number when to voice-mail. Day 8 was the worst having not slept all night, I had an emotional breakdown and ended up seeing my GP who gave me sleepers which helped significantly. I really want to stop this bad habit and need some buddies who have been through this process to support me. How long will it take till I get back to normal?

  • JD January 7, 2015, 6:16 pm

    Once it is all out of your system, your concentration, motivation, and ability to make positive changes to your life will return. It can take weeks for some and you will feel like everything is just falling apart during this time, not to mention the withdrawals, which can feel life threatening to some. Don’t fall for this, your brain is lying to you, stick with it and you will get the reward of being able to actually achieve more, make better decisions, build stronger, meaningful relationships with non-smokers and break out of the mental Prison that weed puts you in.

    Make sure that you keep a video diary of the pain you are going through right now, as it will serve as a reminder for the future. The depressions you may get are more about you realizing how low you have become, how much money you have spent/lost, how you hid from non-smokers and family, as you do not notice, or even care about these things when using. Get angry with yourself for starting the weed habit and build a hatred for what weed has done to you, your life, and your relationships with the people you care about who do not use weed.

    Get through this and you will be mentally equipped to make the right changes that improve your life. Impossible as it may seem right now, you will be happy again; it just takes a few weeks so hang on in there. And finally, for those of you who are skint, who have lived a life desperately trying to find the cash to buy your next bag(s), I highly recommend that you get yourself a large box and put the cash you would of spent on weed into the box, and then treat yourself to a holiday, you deserve it as you have broken out of the weed-prison. Well done  Been there, done it, and will never return. -JD

  • Ben January 7, 2015, 7:33 am

    I’m on day 5 of cold turkey after 15 years of smoking weed (a quarter to an ounce per week) and I’m having a lot of withdrawal. Mainly stomach cramps, mood swings, insomnia and my head is just buzzing 80% of the time. I really fear I cant take this for more than a week let alone 90 odd days. I live on my own and not being able to sleep is causing my already sour relationship (my temper on weed caused this in the first place) with my neighbors to get even worse. So I have that to deal with that too. They have now taken to knocking on my wall whenever I lay down to try to sleep. Coupled with the withdrawal I feel I’m either cursed or going to go insane.

  • BeagleBoy January 4, 2015, 2:25 pm

    First of all, thank you GLOOM for starting this page and secondly, thanks to all for sharing your experience, strength, and HOPE! I am on day 4 of cold turkey quitting and experiencing some of the many symptoms shared by others. Your comments and sharing has given me answers as to what I am going through. It helps to know I’m not alone and so many are fighting the good fight. Emotionally and physically weed had taken over my life and I do not want ANYTHING having that much power over me. And through me it has affected ALL of my relationships with others. Good for all of us and best wishes to all as we return to our former selves before the weed took us over.

  • Tammy Robbins December 26, 2014, 4:34 pm

    Hello, I’ve been smoking over 25 years! Now I’m currently in college, and I’m trying to cope without. It’s really hard,because the things I use to laugh at I now cry. I know what I need to due, but that don’t make it any easier! Everything is different sex, food,and my mood swings are off the chain. Some days I just want to take a couple puffs, but I know that will be 50 steps backwards, so I just wanted everyone to pray for me one day at a time.

  • amber December 19, 2014, 5:53 pm

    I think anyone who’s on here came for a reason, and if you’ve been smoking for more than a few months, I fully believe you will feel these symptoms. I’ve been smoking pretty much everyday, for 5/6 years and I’m now on quit day #3. I also started smoking cigs when I started smoking it, I used to usually smoke less than 3 cigs a day and now I find that number increasing, but it takes a little of the edge off :/. I would say the withdrawal symptoms are taming down and reality is slowly coming back.

    The first day I was mad at the thought of marijuana but couldn’t fall asleep easily but managed to knock out around 4am. The next day I felt the sweating coming on, and I knew it was not normal for me to sweat from just normal activities, but just brought deodorant along. I drank wine in the evening which kind of helped, but substituting is no better than the original problem so I did not drink more than 1 small glass. That night, I took half of a unisom plus pain so I could knock out a bit earlier, which definitely helped; made me fall asleep around 2.

    And each day I only had 1 meal, which usually I have 2 or 3. Also noticed these days I felt kidney pain, which was strange because I thought that would be more of an alcohol symptom, but it’s real. The next day I woke up drowsy from the sleeping medication around 10am, ate a meal at 3pm which usually it would be a little earlier (munchies) but at least I ate it and felt good. Then I went out that night, had 1 garlic roll and a slice of pizza and there was so much pizza left but I could barely eat the one slice.

    Then I got home and I could literally feel the pizza inside of me felt nauseous, but I pushed through it because barfing the food would not really help. Then I fell asleep before 2 (slightly earlier than night 1/2). I think the symptoms are there and annoying but they are beatable and the money and mental integrity you gain from quitting are worth the struggle. I strive to get to 3 months because I’ve never quit for more than a few days (if even). I’m 22 and I realized it’s a waste if your using all the time craving it, you should just end it.

    Stay positive and make a goal of how long you will be free of it, because you are somewhere underneath there. this page has helped me a lot and I know that life changes when you accept the fact that you need a change.

  • kayleigh December 14, 2014, 8:10 pm

    I am 25 years old I have been a smoker since the age of 13. I gave up 2 months ago and its horrible I have really bad anexity also had a few panic attacks. But I will not let this thing beat me. I am working towards being drug free. I have had a cheeky puff here an there but for nearly a week haven’t been so cheeky to do so. And I will not be again, weed really isn’t good it messes people up in the long run. People have such a bad attitude towards people like me who really don’t understand why I smoked it for so long. It doesn’t make anyone a bad person to smoke it but it really isn’t good. Just because no one has died from it doesn’t mean it great. My days of Mr skunk man are over! All the best… You can do it! I did.

  • Erik December 13, 2014, 7:08 am

    The withdrawal symptom I am having is very bad anxiety that seems to be affecting my breathing patterns. I find that drinking a lot of water is a temporary fix. It makes my head and anxiety feel a lot better.

  • Mike32 December 12, 2014, 12:07 am

    I’m 18 years old I started smoking when I was 15. I stopped 2 weeks ago and now I have become stressed… I feel anxious all the time can’t sleep / wake up during the night lost of appetite I don’t feel like my self my legs and hands are always tense. I get headaches that will go away and appear on the other side of my head. Eyes low and red they feel dry, I’m always thinking, I don’t even participate in the activities I usually do. I really need help. Can some one comment and tell me if they relate to me?

    • Kelly December 30, 2014, 3:12 am

      You can do this! One thing for sure, everyone seems to have slightly different symptoms, and for different lengths of time. I’m now at day 36 and feeling so much better… not completely normal, but great compared to those first three weeks. Today I actually made it through the whole day without any crazy suddenly nauseous feelings. Head doesn’t feel thick and heavy anymore, and the appetite has returned with a vengeance! I quit smoking cigarettes and drinking Mtn. Dew at the same time I quit smoking weed…go big or go home!

      Thinking I need to start working out to counter the appetite. Still haven’t slept a full night since, but I’ll take it compared to the beginning of this ordeal. Keep up your fluid intake, breathe deep breathes through your nose, not your mouth. I found that the cold winter air actually made me feel better. Listen to your favorite jams. Try not to focus on how crappy you feel…Reading all these posts from others helped me by just knowing I wasn’t alone. You got this!

  • Jen December 6, 2014, 3:12 pm

    The withdrawal…is so very real. Stopped the strong stuff about 2 or 3 weeks ago, been “hitting” on some crap bud that was harvested too early to help deal with the worst of the symptoms, but I’m not even doing that the past couple days ’cause the stuff just tastes sh*tty. What I am experiencing: Continual heaviness in my head…like in all of my brain, it feels like someone’s got a wire mesh over my skull and it is continually being tightened down…brain feels on fire…I am dizzy, shaky, stomach is f*cked beyond recognition, no appetite, insomnia is making me feel sicker, horrible, horrible nausea…malaise.

    I feel like I have the goddamn flu. My husband feels so bad for me he keeps wanting to get me a dime. I started this sh*t just to sleep, then ended up using all day, every day, numb my ass, please. No more. And I’m not getting that dime. If I cave now these past weeks’ trials and tribulations were all for nothing. Once I get my work permit in my new country, I can’t be going through this while starting a new job. For me, quitting now is worth it. It’s just living f*cking hell. Mood swings, anger, crying my face off at times…and oh god the nausea just kicked back in. Stay strong everyone.

    • Johanna September 15, 2015, 5:39 pm

      Sounds a lot like me!! But it’s only my 2nd day. Keep it up that’s great! I’ll get very moody and emotional…last night I cried before I fell asleep it’s pretty bad and the nausea has to be the worst for me. I can’t even smell food without me feeling very sick even though I may feel hungry.

  • Myname December 5, 2014, 11:09 pm

    I smoked daily (2-3 grams) for 16 years. I put the shit down 5 days ago. Now I’m sweating like a pig. Doesn’t matter if it’s hot or cold or comfortable, I’m still sweating. Cold like symptoms too. Sometimes chills, but never fever. My dreams are a little more f*cked up too. I’m past the “I want it/I need it” stage, so I don’t think quitting is going to be tough mentally. But physically, I’m tired of trying to replace lost fluids from all this sweating. Tired of reading all these “no withdrawal symptoms from quitting pot” all over the internet. It’s a bunch of bullsh#t. YOU WILL EXPERIENCE WITHDRAWAL SYMPTOMS FROM ANYTHING THAT HAS CHANGED YOUR BRAIN CHEMISTRY OVER THE YEARS. YES YOU WILL, STOP YOUR F#CKING INTERNAL DIALOGUE.

  • Rex December 5, 2014, 9:22 pm

    I am 55 years old. Been smoking 6 to 8 times a day for 42 years. Not just a couple puffs at a time. Usually half a man sized joint at a time of mid grade Mexican. I still love it but need to find a new job because of a random saliva test. Quit 4 days ago and today the only symptoms I am experiencing has yet is a terrible headache that is not affected by over the counter meds. The pain is like my head is swollen.

    Literally feel like someone kicked me a dozen times all around the head. As far as brain cells goes, I play chess with the very best players around and find it hard to find good competition. Weed does not destroy your brain cells and does not cause dementia or any other brain dead afflictions. The black tar is simply dissolving from the fat of the brain causing much pain. Too much nonsense being spread around!

  • Grady Swafford December 5, 2014, 6:43 pm

    As an artist, I depended on pot for decades. When I quit because it had begun to aggravate my COPD (from 35 years of tobacco use), I thought I would never be creative again, but finally im as creative as ever. What baffles me is why anyone would post something literally denying or insulting someone suffering from detox. Can you imagine attending an AA meeting and a guy stands up and says “hi, my name is Joe and your all a bunch of anti-alcohol liars!”.

    The issue isn’t whether pot detox is real, it’s how to recover from the detox symptoms. Nobody’s arguing about whether pot should be legal. Nobody has a secret agenda involving support for a failed war on drugs. If you are not addicted, more power to you! There are plenty of forums for those who love their weed. Why not avoid stress and go to those sites? People are trying to recover from detox symptoms. Just dont throw a rusty nail into the soup! Is that too much to ask?

  • john smith December 5, 2014, 6:26 pm

    And here lies the problem: smoking an ounce a day eh? That’s proof that your either beyond ignorant or a pro-marijuana propagandist. It is totally impossible to smoke an oz per day. Your lungs must be so clogged with black resin its gone into your brain. Try quitting for a month and you’ll probably boo-boo your way back to pot dependency.

  • OMG December 5, 2014, 3:31 am

    Thank you so much, all of you, you’ve relieved quite a bit of my anxiety just by reading these posts. I’m on day 12 and it’s the worst day I’ve had, by far. Spent most of the day in bed because I thought I was going to faint every time I got up. It does seem to be a roller coaster ride, and I want off, NOW!! 51 and I’ve smoked for 30-35 yrs, heavy daily smoker for the last 25. I don’t care if I ever see another bag of weed as long as I live, I refuse to go through this crap again.

    2 trips to the ER, one night stay for observation and a stress test to rule out any heart problems. Greatest cardiologist ever was the first person that addressed it as my withdrawal. Sweats, shaky, feel like chest is compressed, lightheaded all the time. If you’re lucky enough not to have these symptoms, I envy you! Those of you that are going through it, we’re in it together. Nice to know I’m not alone!

    • Hakan October 28, 2015, 7:55 am

      I have smoked Marijauana for over 27 years. For the past 15 years I have smoked about 7 grammes per day every day without fail and never used tobacco in my spliffs. Up to the day I stopped I convinced myself that I would break down if I stopped and would not be able to cope. Well for the first few days I only suffered some sleep deprivation and some weird dreams. But I can honestly say I have suffered no mental issues or cravings to smoke again.

      If you used tobacco in your spliff then the craving for nicotine will be much greater than the marijuana. The key to my stopping has been to occupy my time with anything and everything. You are at much greater risk of relapse if you just sit around doing nothing as your mind will play tricks with you convincing you that you can’t live without it. Go for walks, gym, spend more time with family and friends and stay away from your smoking circle.

      I strongly disagree with all the symptoms that this site believes you will have. It’s mind over matter and be glad it’s not heroin we are trying to quit. I am also aware it’s not as easy for everyone to quit as it seems for me but if you are determined you’re finished with the lazy laid back feeling you get from weed then you will quit. I still believe it can have many benefits medically hut socially it holds you back in many aspects of your life.

      As well as the smell and slowness one feels when stoned. Instead of being stoned and doing everything tomorrow or the day after or never you will be more assertive and active in your choices in life when stopped. The key is keep busy, keep busy and keep more busy. I now it’s not as easy for everyone but quitting is achievable for all. Good luck.

  • kristen December 4, 2014, 2:56 pm

    I have been smoking everyday for 3 years, I started in college and couldn’t stop. I have been smoking up to 2 grams a day. I have been diagnosed with canniboid hyperemesis syndrome and have been in the hospital 6 times in the past year. I have made the commitment to stop and I haven’t smoked anything in 5 days and the withdrawal symptoms are bad, it is reliving to know I’m not the only one going through withdrawal. Also all my friends smoke so I have not been able to see them for awhile, plus how sh*tty I feel but from everything I have read on here it is just so nice to know I’m not the only one going through this. I know I have to just keep strong and it’s going to be hard, but I am committed.

  • Kostas December 1, 2014, 9:42 pm

    Got really emotional reading all these posts, and felt like I should share my story… Im 18 and been smoking for almost 4 years everyday heavily. I decided to quit after about a year of being mentally unstable, at least that’s what it felt like, went through depression, anxiety, paranoia attacks random freak outs manic episodes fears. I was experimenting with every drug I could get my hands on to except opioids, and combined with my chronic weed abuse I got f*cked.

    But all this time I did not know why I was going mad and trying to compensate by using more drugs, mostly psychedelics pretty often, which gave me about a week’s of bliss but then another problem appeared. So first 3 days after quitting I felt like a god, totally comfortable. Days passed by and every night got more intense dreams, at first I was waking up full of sweat about 5 times a night, but yesterday (day 7) I could not sleep. At all. And made a horrible mistake to drink coffee.

    I got a panic attack in classroom, felt similar to low dose LSD freak-out, went to the schoolyard and my friends were laughing because I acted like a weirdo shouting and then whispering “shhh they’re going to hear us” but I went through it like a boss ;). So went home and finally slept for about 3 hours, woke up sweating and here I am now reading these posts. Thanks for everyone sharing their stories and I hope you read mine too. Oh and of course 3+ years of smoking is not that much, I’m sure plenty of you here who have been smoking for decades are going through a lot worse.

    Well as a really emotional person, I’m really prone to psychosis. As a kid I always wandered what its like to “lose your mind” and how mentally ill people feel. Well I got a little taste and damn It was the worst thing ever happened to me, all I try to do for the past year is self-fixing myself, missing out life and giving two sh#ts about school since I have “more important issues than school or work to fight for.”

  • Ronald H December 1, 2014, 5:10 pm

    I have been a pot smoker for over 42 yrs, and yet I managed to still maintain a career and family life and avoid the stereo typing of a “pot head.” I’ve been through all stages of use from light to heavy use and woke up one morning about three weeks ago decided to pull my head out my ass and see life in a better way, realize my health is more important than pot. Since then I’ve gone through hell with withdrawal symptoms that have been difficult, such as anxiety, severe headaches, weight loss and generally feeling like sh*t most of the time. The good news is I’m starting to feel somewhat better, little by little everyday, and most of all, I feel better about myself for doing this, as hard as it is to do.

  • SS November 27, 2014, 4:17 am

    Well hello! Like many others here, I am super relived to have found this thread. At 39, I have been smoking weed for about 20 years (that’s gross!), in the last 10 more heavily… often all day. My husband have never even tried it, although I’m sure he’s been high just by being in the same room as me while I’ve been smoking. He’s never had a problem with me smoking and doesn’t care either way, which I find odd!

    Today I’m 19 days weed free, I want to have a baby. I am so RELIEVED to see all your comments here and feel encouraged to continue. I’ve spent the last 19 days crying, off and on all day, sometimes it’s actually funny… like running on the treadmill… crying, brushing my teeth… crying! I’m cranked as all hell, people are idiots, everything is stupid, I’m constantly annoyed. I too have been getting sweats, feeling overheated, feeling like I’m getting the flu, back aches… of course I thought I was pregnant lol!

    Then I start to think, you know 20 years of anything is gonna have some withdrawal effects and started looking it up. Thank goodness I did, I found this thread! I need support, people that understand and can relate. I have put my smoking buddies on hold and most of my family has no idea and would be effing shocked if they knew how much weed I used to smoked! For everyone that has quit, I hope your still clean… keep going, you’re gonna do great things! If anyone wants to have a support buddy to check in on them, feel free to email me.

  • Nate November 24, 2014, 8:58 pm

    Steve, Very profound to read your description of your struggles. I would be lying if I said I didn’t find some of it down right hilarious, so thanks for making me laugh, but I digress. Unfortunately, cannabis withdrawal is as serious as a heart attack, especially for those using high grade flowers, hash, or oil for long periods of time. I am currently 160 days (~5.5 months) withdrawn and I am miserable. I am 37 years old and have been a heavy daily user the past 10 years, the last 2 of which were spent vaporizing high grade flowers and hash multiple times daily.

    I hate to be the bearer of bad news, but I would consider yourself lucky if you make it through a fast withdrawal with minimal symptoms. The process can take upwards of months to a year or two before for you start feeling “au naturale”, or so I’m told. I am currently dealing with serious depression like I’ve never felt before in my life. The first 3 months were anxiety ridden and my insomnia still persists to this day. I’m lucky to get 5-6 hours on a good night, and if I do sleep, I wake up feeling paralyzed and out of body. I am still enduring chronic fatigue and serious depersonalization.

    I too have contemplated what it might be like not to be on earth anymore, but have too much to lose with a beautiful wife and 2 year old son. I have gone through waves of every physical symptom you can imagine, from daily headaches, nausea, sore muscles, shivers, numb limbs, etc. I have been to multiple doctors and have had multiple tests, and everything always checks out healthy. The key is to stay positive and try not to measure a timeline. I am just trying to be realistic for those thinking withdrawal is a short term affair.

    Take it one day at a time and know that there is light at the end of the tunnel if you push through. It can easily be much, much longer than 3 months. I frequent this site often, as it has been very informative in regards to cannabis withdrawal symptoms: uncommon forum.com. Check the addiction thread and you will find hundreds of testimonies regarding the pains of cannabis withdrawal. Good luck and peace to all.

    • Anonymous Scot January 12, 2015, 4:10 pm

      Had to jump in Nate, 80 days tomorrow and the reason why I’m back is that I’m still not there yet and was heartened to read your feelings as I’m still not out the woods. Read my story a few posts up. Everyone is different but some of the symptoms much like yourself are still there. For about 1 month the sweats and dizziness were really bad especially the dizziness and spaced feeling and in general I’m so much better but, like you the sleep pattern is still not great.

      The problem is when I wake up for whatever reason during the night, I struggle to get back over (light sleep) which makes me feel in the morning so fatigued like I need about another 8 hrs. One thing I have noticed is also aches and pains (sore back, weak joints, just a general feeling of exhaustion). I do understand everyone’s different and can categorically say that the thought of going through all of that again is the one thing that’ll stop any re-addiction. Incidentally I am well past the “just nip out for a smoke stage.”

      Also Steve, hang in there pal, for all that I say about some of the weed problems still left, I am a million times better than I was and it definitely gets better. It was reading here from people who are a bit further down the detox road than me that kept me going. You’ll get there. Will keep checking this thread as it’s other stories that make me feel as if I’m not alone in this. Hang in there.

  • Steve November 23, 2014, 8:34 am

    I was really happy to find this page. The original article struck the right non-judgmental tone for me, as I got here after visiting a few websites that use the terms “addict” and “use” in ways that didn’t sit well at all. I’m on day 5 of cold turkey after 3 years of daily use. I have been on and off of cannabis my whole life, starting in high school, picking up again in college, then again in my mid twenties, again in my mid 30’s and now again in my mid 40’s. I’m 47 now.

    I don’t remember the withdrawal being as bad as it is this time. Maybe it gets worse as you get older? Maybe it’s because I smoked more and more frequently than ever before thanks to easy availability (delivery) of really high quality weed here in California. Whatever the reason, it’s notably tougher this time. I just wanted to share my own experiences so that maybe something I say can help someone the way all of these great comments have helped me tonight. I’ve been walking around the last 5 days able to crush coal into diamonds between my ass cheeks, if you take my meaning. Here are my symptoms, which are BOTH physical AND mental, though for me the mental is worse since I also suffer from long term major depressive disorder and have my whole life.

    Emotional lability. This is Number One on this list because its so freaking severe. I can go from snapping at my wife and being irritated by the sound of her crunching crackers to crying uncontrollably sitting in the shower with hot water washing over me in the space of about 15 minutes. Pro tip: crying it all the way out until exhausted and spent seems to HELP me get past the emotional upwelling. Sometimes it takes as much as an hour or more to get it all out. Don’t judge yourself for crying, just let it go.

    Hate. I am not a hateful person, but these days I hate all things, big and small. I hate the way the lady in front of me is preening at the traffic light in her rear-view. Stupid bitch. I hate the Koch Brothers for their systematized exploitation of our democracy to feed their own greed. I hate Everything. Except when i don’t. This feeling comes and goes, but its strong and its awful.

    Despair. I’m convinced that nothing is going to change, ever. That I’m going to suffer in misery from now on and there’s nothing I can do about it. I’m powerless, helpless, weak and pathetic. I felt this way right before finding this article and comments section, but after reading throug this… Not so much any more. I’m sure at some point tomorrow I will be back in the hopless mire again, but whatever, for the moment it’s gone.

    Depression. This is the big one for me, since it pre-exists the withdrawal and even the cannabis habit. Withdrawal feeds right into my already well established self-denigration machine that I take Cymbalta for. I deserve this. I did this to myself because i cant cope with adult life. I’ll never be a happy, well adjusted normal person because I’m fundamentally broken at a deep level. My wife would be better off with a better husband. My kids would be better off with a better father. Every situation I get into in my life is made worse or ruined by my presence there, etc. It’s a huge self-powered spiral downwards until i start fantasizing about ending my life. This is Really Bad Sh*t.

    Suicidal Fantasizing. This one is every day for me right now. At least once a day I either fantasize about how great it would be to just simply not exist or I work through a bunch of inventive ways to off myself to see which one suits me best that day. I would never do it, because I’m the sole provider for my family and would never leave my wife and kids with that wretched emotional baggage, either. So that’s not going to happen. It sure feels good sometimes to fantasize, though.

    Desperation. I feel like crying in the grocery store because I can’t find where they have the f*cking almond slivers. They’re not by the baking nuts or in the produce section!! What the f#ck?? I feel like I’m on the verge of completely losing my sh*t and I am either going to lash out violently or burst into tears. F#ck grocery stores anyways.

    Intermittent nausea. This is lower on the list because I’m also dealing with severe IBS symptoms which developed before quitting cannabis and precipitated my need to eliminate everything from my diet, including caffeine, nicotine and weed. I already had nausea before quitting, and for a while the weed was helping that. But now that I have quit, it’s redoubled.

    Sweating in bed. I felt like a postmenopausal woman the first two nights, waking up in damp covers or laying on top of them comforter and sweating in 60 degree weather. Thankfully the first two nights were the last two and it hasnt come back.

    Insomnia. Generally I could sleep through a five alarm fire, so while I’ve had a few nights of tossing and turning past 2am, mostly I can still sleep OK. I am five days in, but I want to emphasize one particular point above all else. Others have said it before: we’re all different biochemically so just because someone still has withdrawal symptoms three months after quitting, it doesn’t mean YOU will.

    DON’T GET DISCOURAGED BY THIS 90 DAY AVERAGE WITHDRAWAL TIME! That’s an average. Your mileage may vary. You maybe feeling better in one week. If you’re not, then maybe it’s two weeks for you. Or three. Who knows. Maybe it’s three DAYS for you. You wont necessarily have to white knuckle it for a full three months, right? Also, you’re quitting for a good reason, whatever it is. Hold that reason with you as you temporarily suffer in misery. Withdrawal is NOT easy, but personally I think it’s easier to do it right than to do it twice if you have to go through it all again.

    Finally, maybe quitting this time is forever, or maybe it’s not. I love weed, and will smoke it again some day. But right now it’s important to me that i get all the way through the withdrawal symptoms to be misery free and au naturale. When i get there, then I’ll decide if and when I ever burn again. Cheers, everyone. My thanks for your candor and support. And thanks, GLOOM, for providing at least one corner of the internet that isn’t judging me or demonizing my favorite hobby. -Steve

  • brightestpet November 23, 2014, 6:40 am

    OK, I am about a month into no weed, I went basically cold turkey, tapered off for a week or so till I ran out but was still smoking a bit every day til then. I smoked every day for at least 10 years. No missing it now, don’t feel like I wanna go buy any or anything, I think I even lost like 5 lbs. from no munchies, but damn, am I having f-ed dreams! Like nightmares I can never remember having before.

    They didn’t start right away, but no they are horrible. I didn’t even think of pot withdrawal until now. Glad I read about this and that hopefully stop soon. Right now I am up at 1:30 from another zombie nightmare and I will probably fall asleep right back into it. UGH! I have been using magnesium lotion at night before bed because that is good for nerves.

  • Kenny November 22, 2014, 1:11 am

    I am only on day two. Having smoked 30 years at least 7 grams a day for the last 15 years I am sick to my stomach so bad. I puke all night long. I can’t eat anything. I hope this really don’t last 3 weeks. I will not make it.

  • Kay November 20, 2014, 5:37 pm

    Was trying to find a timeline of what happens when you stop smoking and I stumbled upon this, so thank you everyone. I’ve been smoking regularly for 11 years. I’m on day 8 of having to stop, and not because of choice, I just have lost access to it otherwise I’d still be smoking. The thing I’ve noticed is my dreams, I can recall them, and experience them more frequently during sleep. I have mood swings, this is what I mostly used smoking to help control, and my anxiety.

    Also to help with grief of my Father passing this year. The mood swings are back in action and full force, and I notice that my negative feelings towards things that I was ignoring with the help of weed are also back in full force. The headaches only lasted a few days for me. My appetite is gone, back to picking at food. I had nausea but that only seemed to last a few days as well, so that’s doing better the longer I go. I’ve been coughing up lots of black stuff, and I also contribute that to the dabs I was doing.

    I honestly miss smoking, so for me, this sucks, but yet it has a clarity to it. I haven’t had any sweats… I just notice that everything seems very serious when I don’t smoke, and I think that it just my own mentality and life. I am smoker who likes to be high and venture out into the world. I make it a point to have a good time when I am high, and to smile, and it helps me keep demons at bay. This is the longest I’ve stopped smoking in years and I’m trying to decide if I will go back or not since I’ve made it over a week already, I’m wondering what a month or two would feel like.

  • FH November 7, 2014, 9:07 pm

    I feel really bad for the symptoms people are experiencing – I’m 27 y/o and have been smoking weed for 10+ years all day everyday. I have been to jail for the last 14 days for breaking into a car while being drunk (possibly the stupidest thing I’ve ever done, I’m in Europe we fortunately have short sentences). In jail I have seen many people experiencing the same withdrawal symptoms as described, so I know these symptoms are 100% real, I can see some people are close to going crazy.

    Personally I only experienced 2-3 days of bad sleep and small appetite. I find it really puzzling that people are experiencing such different symptoms from the same drug and I am wondering if it is suppressed aspirations and demons coming back to consciousness in some form? I had some forgotten childhood memories surfacing myself, but fortunately I had a good childhood so they only left me with a smile.

    Looks like I am ramblin’, I just wanted to state that these symptoms aren’t BS, but neither are the comments from people that don’t have any symptoms. I wish you all a quick and good recovery and hope that you’ll achieve your goals in life. Best regards, A fellow human.

  • Nico of uk November 7, 2014, 5:11 pm

    Hi to all, firstly well done to everyone trying to quit this nasty sh#t – you’re all amazing. I myself smoked weed for 25 years since I was 18 and never thought I had a problem… I was in denial telling myself it’s only a bit of weed. How wrong I was about this “wolf in sheep’s clothing.” I’m on day 16 now of my weed free life and looking forward to the rest of my life without Mr. Green to keep me company. To say it’s hard is an understatement – I’m going through hell but as they say if your going through hell just keep going. I know it’s going to be worth it, I just wish there was a magic remedy to help us but there’s not – it all boils down to us. What really angers me are people who say it’s not addictive, pure Bull crap – it most certainly is. Let me tell you because I’m not exaggerating what I’m feeling at present. Good look to everyone who’s plodding through hell with me – you’re certainly not alone, peace to you all.

  • Nicole November 6, 2014, 9:35 am

    I’m 30 yrs of age, I’ve been smoking since I was 12. Today I’m on night one of no smoking. At 7:30 pm I started feeling nauseous I ran to the toilet and was there for 10 mins dry heaving, I’ve had no appetite all day so there’s nothing in my tummy. I feel at times dizzy, out of it and as if things around me are in motion causing me to slightly lose balance when they aren’t really moving. It’s 4:30 am now, I’m soaked in sweat but I’m freezing.

    Can’t get comfortable. When I feel tired I try to close my eyes and rest but it’s followed by an uncomfortable anxious or sick feeling. My hands feel tight, especially the balls I my fingertips feel weird as I type, my heart keeps racing. Right now I have a starving pain, but when I think of any food to eat I get nauseous. My body is achy and uncomfortable. I’ve cried twice tonight because I don’t have any control over it.

  • jack November 3, 2014, 9:55 am

    Been smoking the herb for 27 yrs, finally had enough, can’t take the sh#t anymore. It suppresses the ability to achieve your goals in life. Been cold turkey for 4 days now and have lost the will to live. After reading some of the comments I know there is hope and it’s not the end of the world. Exercising really helps boost my self confidence and makes me feel worthy of something. It is hard, but so is life. With good people around you, we can do it so be strong and stay focused. If any one can do it WE CAN.

  • Anonymous Scot November 1, 2014, 12:38 pm

    Well, where do I start? Long term user, since 18 and 47 now and have mainly done cannabis and quit too for 1 year which was a wee bit rough but after the onslaught of home grown green with high THC content I’m now on day 7 of recovery and I can say that this is way beyond that. Daily feelings are dizziness which was really unnerving at first till I looked up the web (incidentally am dizzy as I write this) and slight shakes/tremors. I feel a bit better as is reading that i’m not alone in this or going mad.

    I’ve also laughed at reading some of the other peoples symptoms, not in a bad way but because I have them too and didn’t realize it was associated (digestion / wind) night sweats, insomnia. Another thing I’ve noticed and only Daniel’s post mentions is visual artifacts. I have a real changing perception of time which is really odd, whilst walking my dog I see an object far away and look around as I’m walking and then look back and I’ve traveled a further distance than I should have – sounds crazy I know, but time seems to go slightly faster.

    Please don’t think I’m mad because I most definitely am not, I do realize that these are just symptoms of my brain readjusting to the daily use of a very strong strain of weed and even now I’m feeling that as bad as it gets. I have to go on as there is no future with this. The tipping point came when I had a head rush after a session and after standing up felt all woozy and after getting that feeling that your going to pass out I sat down on the toilet and did pass out… much to my partner and daughters alarm. For anybody who thinks this is not the weed I can categorically say that I know my own mind and body and don’t do anything else drug-wise or alcohol, hell, I don’t even smoke cigarettes.

    I’m not going to tell anyone that what they are feeling is anything other than very real and luckily at this moment I’m feeling that I have to do this and can do it. Please also the people who come on to criticize spelling, punctuation, strength of weed, blah, blah — go on take my post apart too, really couldn’t care, but for the people who are struggling through this I just want to say “you don’t know how strong you are” because if you can do what your doing right now, and withstand the daily battering of the mind by this, then you really are one tough cookie. Please don’t give up and we only have to do it for today. The sun will shine again and then you’ll piss yourself laughing at the joy of being free. Anybody who fancies a chat though email in order to help, feel free.

  • Nichole October 28, 2014, 9:26 am

    I have been sober for almost 3 weeks after smoking several blunts everyday for almost 15 years. WITHDRAWAL IS REAL!!!!! I’ve tried to quit numerous times and failed miserably because of this. I finally got to the point where I had enough will power and lack of money to continue on. Going into week 3, I feel much better but let me tell you that withdrawal can be both mental and physical.

    Sure it may be nothing compared to Withdrawal from more powerful drugs but nonetheless it SUCKS, especially when you still have to work and/or focus on school! My symptoms included Depression, irritability, mood swings, insomnia, night sweats, weird dreams when I do finally fall asleep. I believe I also suffered from anxiety.

    As of now most of my symptoms have subsided except Insomnia (it’s 5:18 am right now). Everybody is different just keep that in mind before you claim weed is not addictive or withdrawal symptoms don’t exist! I feel much much better now (minus the insomnia), but I still have a ways to go! Kudos to those who are trying to kick their habit! F#CK OFF to those who deny the fact that it can be addictive and that withdrawal is not real!

  • mark October 24, 2014, 2:15 pm

    I’m about a fortnight into quitting now. I’ve been a heavy user for nineteen years. I just stopped cold turkey. The first week was terrible. I had sweats, anxiety, upset stomach and I could have quite happily gone on a rampage I was so angry with everything and everyone. Thankfully I have a great friend who’s supported me and still is. All I can say is it gets easier. It’s just the insomnia I’m dealing with now. Which isn’t so bad.

    • Sam November 30, 2014, 12:00 pm

      Mark, I feel you brother. Been puffing @ least a q/day if not closer to 10 for the past 11 years & I am also on day 3-4 of quitting. Can’t seem to catch a blink of sleep if my life depended on it! When will this stop?!

  • Cody October 24, 2014, 1:31 am

    I have quit cold turkey for a week or so now. It’s not easy for me – I used to smoke it all day everyday in my bong for the last few years. I get cold sweats all the time, shaking problems, passing gas, and it creates a bad discomfort in my stomach, which travels up and gives me panic attacks. I think I’m having a heart attack and don’t ever want to go back to smoking because before I didn’t know that it could be this bad. My friends always told me it’s just weed, you can’t get hooked. I wish I could tell them today that they were wrong. I’m going to continue to fight the withdrawal, I just want to get better. Reading this helped me understand what I was going through – very helpful. Cheers to the sober life. – Cody

    • Dr. J October 25, 2014, 8:05 pm

      Same here, bro. Medical marijuana/dabs withdrawal is horrible. I’m guessing the more thc it has or maybe even your level of tolerance is most likely the factors that give you stronger withdrawals then with let’s say mid-shelf or lows could give you. Point is: Everyone here is 100% I FEEL YOUR PAIN! This sh#t sucks. I recommend: Exercise #1, diet and lifestyle change, sex, yoga, meditation and breathing exercises. But mostly cardio will shake off those bad feelings, TRUST ME. The nausea is really the only one I have serious trouble with but if you’re not vegan/health conscience you could probably take some over the counter stuff for that.

  • shiva October 23, 2014, 3:27 pm

    Hey all. Smoked for 6+ years, like most all day, every day. Used it for different reasons, like treating my PTSD and depression, or just plain being bored some of the times. It did helped me tremendously in dealing with my demons and helped me learn not to take everything that happened to me so personally. Had great times with it as well. I had quit smoking before, but mainly because I would run out, and couldn’t get it for some reason.

    Experienced same symptoms, so kinda knew what to expect when I finally decided to stop. I’m a week into not smoking. Headaches are the worst part for me, interrupted sleep doesn’t help either, though one thing I personally really enjoy as an artist are the dreams, no matter how scary they get. They are so vivid! Went through couple days of mood swings, got some B12 vitamins. Helped me. Also helps yoga and meditation, and generally any exercise.

    I was into all that before, so just trying to continue as much as I can, though some days I just wanna stay in bed and wait for my headache to go away (still waiting, though making myself go work out today). The reason I stopped is that it was kinda getting old. I felt like it served its purpose and know I’m wasting more time, money and energy then I need to, and that all of the above could be used for something else. Even though, I don’t necessarily see myself quitting for good. I just don’t feel like smoking every day, once in a while though, like couple times a year, I could see myself doing it.

  • d October 23, 2014, 3:57 am

    This is the second time I quit and I remember it being bad but not this bad. I Can’t sleep, I’m down to one meal a day that I have to force down, I’m hot one minute then freezing the next. I’m only on day 4 but I’m hoping for these side effects go away soon, (mostly the nausea and loss of appetite because it is so discomforting). If any one has had similar symptoms and can shed some light on how long I can expect to feel sick to my stomach I’d appreciate it.

  • Tony BOO October 22, 2014, 8:26 pm

    I don’t understand the purpose of this post if individuals are going to tear one another down, we all came here looking for some type of uplifting or to even get educated on how to deal with this addiction. Can everyone just be a support system for the next person because we all know this addiction is hard to beat. I am currently trying to fight this addiction but its so hard I am thinking about seeking professional help. I don’t think I have the will power to stop on my own. Sad but true.

  • Shirley October 22, 2014, 3:45 pm

    Been smoking for 7 years moderately at first than increased. Ran out and decided to quit thinking no big deal maybe a day or two!! To my ignorant surprise…. been one week and went through hell… dizziness, disconnected and headaches… just feel like sh#t. I was really glad to read all of your comments makes me feel that I am normal and it is part of the recovery. Thank you to all of you who have made it better for me by being honest.

  • anonymous taylor October 22, 2014, 6:07 am

    After being a heavy smoker (day in day out when I wasn’t working) for the last 5 years my journey started when I moved out of my parents. I cannot afford the lifestyle I was living so 2 days ago I decided that was it. So far I’ve had ridiculous headaches when waking up and a distinct lack of appetite (struggled to eat 2 slices of pizza last night).

    My own personal opinion is it’s all in your head. I’ve got the motivation and the drive to stop this sh#t NOW, so if you honestly believe that you can do it YOU CAN! Like everything in life, it’s only as hard/easy as that little voice in your head is describing it! Mines telling me “you’ve got this” believe and you can do!!!!

    • you just plain stupid October 22, 2014, 8:34 pm

      This site is dedicated to individuals who choose to tell their story and encourage fellow pot users. How can the next person tell someone what they are experiencing is excessive or it maybe in their head? Are you in their heads or are you them? Maybe you psychic have special abilities. Just be supportive of the next persons situation.

  • miguel October 22, 2014, 3:33 am

    I’m 24 I’ve been smoking since I was 12. Just quit 3 days ago. Man it’s really hell what I’m going through. Makes me wanna go and smoke at least one joint. I smoked about 4 joints a day plus a bowl. Feel hot as f#ck. Last night I experienced insomnia. These withdrawals are real. I don’t know if I can actually quit. My head hurts idk why, I can’t concentrate. I need help for real, honestly I made a promise but I think I’m just going to call the weed man.

  • Cheryl October 21, 2014, 5:57 pm

    Its been 3 days since I last smoked, on day 2 the symptoms started, I woke feeling weak. A few hours later I got a headache that turned into a migraine, several hours later I was sweating and nauseous. I have smoked everyday about 8xs a day for 4yrs solid. I don’t feel good at all, but I do need to stop this abuse. I believe there is a such thing as marijuana withdrawals, because I feel them personally.

  • Sean October 18, 2014, 6:04 am

    For anyone that’s feeling like crap right now, I personally never thought I’d go a day without getting high. But I did. You got to admit that is an achievement all on its own. And everyday you add to it is a feeling of an accomplishment despite horrible dreams, night sweats, ect. Tighten up guys and let’s just do this.

  • Ross October 16, 2014, 11:41 pm

    I smoked weed for just over a year, about 2 grams a day shared with a friend sometimes and I have been feeling withdrawal symptoms from anxiety, depression to getting random outbursts of sadness and anger. It’s been about 2 months since I have stopped and most withdrawal symptoms are starting to calm down, but I still don’t feel 100%. I feel like I will never feel normal again, my anxiety is still pretty bad, I always think something is seriously wrong with my health if I have a headache or a random upset stomach. I just want to know when this will all end and I can feel normal again?

    • Mario April 20, 2016, 2:13 pm

      It’s still ongoing for me – almost a year going into 2. I was on pot every single day for almost a year. I eventually stopped, not intending to quit, I just couldn’t afford to since my lifestyle changed – new job, etc. Since then I almost never do it. On the rare occasion that I do smoke (social pressure) I’d get paranoid and even more anxious. I know what you’re going through. Totally feels like superman under a red sun. Powers gone!

      • Mario April 20, 2016, 2:16 pm

        Sh*t! I’m just glad I came here and now know that it’s a withdrawal. I was afraid this would be forever.

  • beezyboy50 October 16, 2014, 2:39 am

    I’ve smoked for 6 years all day everyday and the reason I started was to treat my depression. All I can say about my 3rd week going cold turkey is that my depression is starting to come back. In my humble opinion, marijuana withdrawals do not create new symptoms in ones body, but instead unchain symptoms held dormant in ones body that they may or may not have prior knowledge about. Hope this helps someone. PS: I’m smoking again because life is better with than without.

  • Sue October 15, 2014, 7:53 pm

    I am a mother of a 25 year old man who severely abused weed. Started when he was 17, then the last year he used to do 40 to 50 bongs a day. He has ended up in a mental hospital. Believe me since watching my son telling me he’s Jesus and there’s snipers on the roof / the governments out to kill him, totally losing all type of reality – don’t ever tell me weed is OK. It’s the saddest thing – he is diagnosed with psychosis and I don’t know if we will ever get our son back. Will his brain get better? Is there anyone out there who has also suffered this and recovered?

    • Sean October 18, 2014, 6:13 am

      Sounds like he was smoking salvia. Google it

    • Adam November 19, 2014, 9:48 pm

      Dear Sue, hearing this is terrible. Step one I recommend to you is to pray. Sorry if offended but from my personal experience it is a big help. The good news is that his brain can get better. There have been many reports of near fully or fully recovered psychosis patients. Step two is exercise, eating healthy (fruits and vegetables)and trying to get proper sleep. Step 3 is not abusing drugs such as hard drugs, weed, and especially alcohol. the only drugs he should be taking are those prescribed that may help. Recovery is possible and very real though. Although it may take weeks, months, or years in this case concerning the abuse done. but things can get better in time. God bless you and your Son and there is always hope.

  • gonads October 11, 2014, 1:07 pm

    I have been partying everyday 3 times a day for 18 years. I tried the vaporizer (not the same high), bowl, and brownie recipe to help my lungs out. I only stopped when I left the country, but still found some. I am a proud father of two and have to either buy my daughter her tenth b-day present or an ounce… I work 12 hours a day making fifty bucks an hour and am still in debt from wedding 5 years ago.

    Wife says we could be only owing 20k instead of 22k if I didn’t buy a QP a year for 4 years. The cost is minimal (I could grow), but the mental and health effects are enormous. I notice my teeth are hollowed out from a dry mouth (beer didn’t help), my central nervous system is wrecked, dark circles under my eyes, and mood swings until I get my fix. So easy to spend $50 a month and my dealer is just a click away. Only thing stopping me is my wife and my conscience. I need to invest that $50 a month for my child’s future, wedding, house, etc. Nobody tells you pot ruins your teeth and makes you look ten years older until it is too late.

  • lindsey October 11, 2014, 9:22 am

    Stopped 7 months ago after 28 yrs smoking half oz a week – I am so ill now. The sleeping probs only lasted 3/4 months but I have breathing problems, heart suddenly beats so loudly and you can see it jump in my chest. I have nausea, feel so fatigued, and have an awful taste and smell coming up into my mouth… mouth ulcers? I also have a weird left sided brain feeling a bit like someone dribbled an egg down part of your brain before heart kicks off. Serious episodes of confusion like who am I? Where am I?

    They only last for seconds but scary when your in your own home but don’t know it. Had month long halter ECG machine, head MRI and various tests but all negative apart from COPD/emphysema (mild 80% fever) which is the reason I stopped cold turkey on 18th march this year…the breathing wasn’t bad when smoking but since stopping I have days when I really struggle to breathe. A few steps does me in and I have to sit down. Has anyone else had these symptoms? and for this length of time? Or was the pot hiding something?

    Let’s face it we ignore/deny everything we can so we can keep smoking. I am happy I stopped – I finally enjoy things in life again and didn’t think I would lol. I’m no longer bored or scared that I don’t know who I am without it. I gained an extra income just by stopping smoking… most people have to get a 2nd job to do that! Anyone else had long withdrawal symptoms? Or know what might be wrong with me? Good luck to everyone you can do it.

  • Marijuana-user October 11, 2014, 8:15 am

    I quit 3 days ago and the withdrawal symptoms are massive. To be honest, it has ruined a lot of parts in my life. I only had stoner friends, lost a good gf, lost my personality, a lot of things basically. It’s hard, really hard when you don’t have a good set of friends, like me, cause you have to rely on yourself. I sincerely wish I had someone to connect with. This forum has helped a lil’ being able to read others’ comments. Please pray for me, cause I never wanna fall back into that ditch ever again.

  • Matty October 11, 2014, 3:39 am

    Hey I’m Matty, I was smoking every day since I was about 17-18 I’m now 31. Before I could not imagine life without that comfort and routine of smoking buds. I quit cold turkey about 3 weeks ago… the first week I had bad mood swings and self-harm thoughts. Now I’m very happy and finally realize I have a bright future beyond being toasted every day. But I keep sweating basically non stop every day… it’s intense and very annoying, but I just keep thinking I’ve come this far, why turn back?

    If the sweats would just go way, I’d be home free. I do miss the escape and comfort of being high, but there’s so many devices in the world to experience why just hide behind one because its easy and comfy? Life goes on, change is always a good thing. Just stay strong, each day opens your world beyond smoking, it’s really worth it, gotta be in it to win it.

  • Cayden October 10, 2014, 12:28 am

    The feeling of hollow hovers over my every waking moment, the anxiety eats me alive at night. I haven’t slept for four f*cking days. It’s good to know the road to sobriety is not paved alone. Best luck to all of you, and remember when it gets tough, just hold on a little bit longer and it’ll all be alright, everything will be alright.

  • Alew October 9, 2014, 5:46 pm

    Well my husband has been pot free for 2 weeks. Last night he told me he didn’t like me and that NO one liked me. He claims that quitting has been easy for him and that I am still not happy even though he quit. He has smoked pot for over 20 years. He has been with me for 14 years and has spent about 400 per month on it. I thought this would be a positive thing but I feel now he is so resentful towards me and now becoming hateful. I am tired!!

    • CrispyTenders October 20, 2014, 4:04 am

      400 per month for 20 years is almost a hundred thousand dollars!!

  • K.S.S October 8, 2014, 5:49 pm

    Wow agreed… I haven’t been on cannabis for 10+ years but I have been for 2-3 years and the pain is so severe I can’t even tell you… Anxiety attacks with just chest constantly hurting you swear as if your heart is falling apart… As if your life is falling apart… I wish someone told me about the effects of weed… Cause people out here think they aren’t real

  • Bridie October 5, 2014, 5:08 am

    Hi all. I just wanted to share my recent experience with everyone on here, I was a long term user of cannabis (about 10-15 cones a day) sometimes more, I started smoking at the age of 14 and am now 23. I recently decided to quit smoking as I kept getting sick. I couldn’t stop vomiting, abdominal pain, chest pain, severe dehydration, my kidney started to fail. I presented to Emergency with these symptoms and was diagnosed with Cannsbinoid Hyperemesis Syndrome. It’s rare, but it’s real. Very real.

    The condition affects the way your immune system releases the “cannabinoids” and ultimately they build up and cannot be released from your body like most normal smokers. This condition affected me so badly, I went through 2 and a half weeks of hot showers and living in my bath tub to ease the pain. This condition not only can affect you if you are withdrawing from pot, but if you smoke too much also. The only known cure for this is to quit. I was so dehydrated from these symptoms and vomiting that my kidney started to fail.

    Some people think marijuana withdrawals are “nothing” compared to other drugs, but unless you’ve felt this, you have no idea. The only thing that got me through this tough time was my doctor prescribed me Valium and Maxalon to keep the nausea away. Cannabinoid Hyperemesis Syndrome is bloody awful. It does pass, but with time and you MUST stop using immediately. Using in-between only prolongs the Agony. Which it truly was.

    So I just wanted to share my experience and make people aware of this syndrome which is absolutely diagnosable. My advice to anyone who is suffering from these symptoms is cut down and quit if you know what’s best for you. Also Drinking small amounts of Hydralyte (available at most pharmacies) and powerade, Gatorade, icy poles and watermelon really helped hydrate me in the end. I hope no one has to suffer these horrible symptoms I’ve suffered many times.

    Very proud NON smoker now. Cheers for reading. :) And good luck all you stoners!!

  • brbrose57 October 4, 2014, 6:40 pm

    I have been dabbing for 10 months smoking pretty heavy I quit almost a month ago. I took a hit last week thinking it would help my anxiety, but it made it way worse. I don’t feel normal anymore and I was wondering if being around the smoke affects me because I’m tying to get it out of my system but my bf and his friends are always smoking in the house does that affect me?

    • gonads October 11, 2014, 1:11 pm

      Second hand pot smoke can be harmful but most studies show active THC ingredient does not last long in exhaled smoke… brbrose57

  • Anna October 4, 2014, 12:55 am

    I am 31 years old and live in Scandinavia. I started smoking when I was 18. In the beginning not so much but without thinking about it really, I turned out to be smoking every day. My previous boyfriend and I smoked together which made it even harder to quit. And I was never fully determined that I should quit either. My studies went great, I even studied double courses and never had a problem coping with everyday life.

    When I started working I also managed to do a good job. (My boyfriend though, couldn’t. He failed all attempts of working and studying and mainly sat at home playing computer games..) Weed was my way to on one hand focus and not stress out, on the other hand to get away from anxiety. In the end both me and my ex kind of lost the zest of life and just smoked because that’s what we’d always done. Smoking weed also covered up the fact that I didn’t feel any love for him anymore. I was just stuck in a pattern and wanted to smoke to not feel and not having to deal with the difficulties of breaking up.

    After 10 years of a relationship with everyday smoking I decided to leave that relationship and also quit smoking for about 6 months. I thought I would never start again but one day I just started and I thought I could do it wisely and not in the same everyday-smoking-style. Well, I ended up smoking everyday again and now finally, a year later, I have finally realised this is an addiction to me, both physically and mentally. I always believed what people say about marijuana not being addictive, but now I don’t anymore. Yes, it can open up your mind, and yes, it can relieve pain, but it sure is a poison to your body.

    I’ve quit a few times before, but this time is the first time I felt physical symptoms and believe me, it’s been tough! I quit 3 weeks ago and in the beginning I woke up in the middle of the night sweating, dreaming terrible nightmares. I have also had, and still have, bad headaches, a sore throat and get cold sweats. I can sleep at night but usually wake up in the middle of the night feeling frightened because of my dreams. I also had stomach cramps and diarrhea in the beginning but it quit after about 10 days.

    I never want to go through this again, especially since I do it all on my own, coping with a tough job, and noone knows I’m going through this kind of rehab at the same time. So I am determined to stay clean. I started in therapy and I’ve decided to leave urine to get tested that I’m clean because I don’t trust my weed-loving mind. I blocked all numbers to dealers and have told people I sometimes smoked with that I am off it for real now.

    I still feel a bit apathic and I cant wait to get my zest of life back, the will to meet new people, meeting a partner or whatever. Right now I’m just focused on coping with all the feelings that I earlier could escape from with the help of my drug-of-choice…

  • Indica User October 3, 2014, 8:10 am

    From a 25 year smoker who was heavy user (Snoop Dogg levels) let me tell you i quit cold turkey 25 days ago and i still feel f#cked. Bad Headaches everyday for over 3 weeks, terrible sleeps, insomnia, crazy technicolor dreams, head feels like its swimming and getting squeezed in a vice grip, I am dizzy everyday, really dizzy. I was thinking of going back to very light use at some point but i am questioning that because this detox has been so rough and I really don’t ever want to feel this shitty for this long again.

    This cleanse is kicking my ass big time, the upside is I’m not overeating and have overhauled my diet big time and have lost 20 lbs. I still think cannabis is a great tool if you use it wisely and don’t abuse it. The oil helped cure some skin cancer on my back. It’s no gateway drug or any of that rah rah but the detox is no joke. I’m 42 year old man 6″1 207 lbs now. I smoked for arthritis pain and sleep and still think its a helpful medication but careful that you don’t abuse it like I did. Cheers

  • Nicole October 2, 2014, 1:46 am

    Hey All,

    Only a casual smoker on and off for the past 4 years, more so in the last two, but I am definitely experiencing withdrawals. Stopped smoking mostly about 3 months ago (only a few times a month), but the anxiety/sweats/irritability/nausea/insomnia/mood swings hit me like a freight train a week or so ago. They have since subsided, but I had one very rough week with a panic attack and all symptoms at once for a few days. Now it’s just a little apathy/mild depression that will hopefully get better and better with a healthy, active lifestyle.

    I am extremely sensitive to anything I put in my body and am not surprised it has affected me in this way even though I was a very light user of the drug compared to most (smoked maybe 20 days out of the month at my most frequent usage). I never intended to stop smoking, just was tapering off naturally due to life changes and less interest in it, but now have decided to stop completely after this ordeal. Choose sober, guys, it’s more fun :)

  • Scott September 30, 2014, 6:05 am

    I smoked daily for three years. I tried quitting a few times but hung on to my weed, just in case. I failed every time because I had access to it. This time I threw away my weed, pipes and grinder. Today is day 18 and my anxiety is out of control. I start a new job next month and pre-employment drug screening is a requirement, every three months another test, and randoms are always a possibility. If I had weed here I wouldn’t be typing, I’d be blazin. WEED IS ADDICTIVE, don’t let anyone tell you differently. Great article, it gave me some hope. Thanks.

  • 2 September 30, 2014, 12:02 am

    Iv smoked cannabis for just over 15 years everyday and when iv tried stopping I just get the sweats and I’m very moody, still never been able to quit the habit I’m now on day 2 and having same affects, but what I’m going to say now is very strange but when I go on holiday I’m fine no symptoms! Maybe its knowing you can get your hands on it when your at home and its always at back of your mind maybe that doesn’t help? But everyone is different that’s just something I noticed when I go away. And Negative people YES! my spelling and grammar is terrible feel free to point it out and blame it on how much weed Iv smoked PS GOOD LUCK EVERYONE

  • fnordfox September 25, 2014, 8:12 pm

    I can accept that everyone has different biology, and so not everyone will feel every symptom. I can also accept that all of these are possible symptoms. But do we have any corroborated claims as to just how likely someone is to show any of these symptoms? Seems all the comments discuss that people react differently without ever considering what ratio of people react what ways.

    I suppose it makes sense, given that intakes are so drastically different, but I am still curious. I only can attest for myself and those comments here that have given their situation. I had always heard that a withdrawal from caffeine was harder to cope with than one from marijuana.

    • JC September 30, 2014, 3:14 pm

      Withdrawal from any drug that affects the central nervous system is hard to cope with, and, yes, that does include caffeine and nicotine. As far as corroboration goes, that’s the whole point of this forum. You can see that many, many people are reporting the identical marijuana-withdrawal symptoms. When you accumulate this many reports, the case for marijuana being addictive goes beyond being merely anecdotal.

      As I say in my July 23 post, I’m sort of ambivalent about pot being legalized. I chose to stop using it, for my own reasons, and I suffered the withdrawal symptoms, in spades, that so many others here have experienced. My beef is with the mindless proponents of legalization, who claim that marijuana is problem-free and is practically a smokeable God and that anyone who thinks otherwise is a cross between a Mayflower Puritan and a Nazi. But I suppose that shouldn’t surprise me, since one of the things that marijuana robbed me of, when I was smoking, was the ability to think critically.

  • Nate September 24, 2014, 10:20 pm

    To answer Ricky and Daniel’s questions respectively:

    I have been a daily user for 10 years. I vaporized 3-4 times a day for the past five years and have been using concentrates and hash oil for the past 2 years straight. I am currently 98 days clean of all things cannabis. I can tell you with certainty that the withdrawal process can be hell. Of course it depends on usage, potency, length of time, etc. but I am still not feeling 100% like my normal happy form.

    Ricky: You are experiencing anxiety/panic attacks as your brain and amygdala balance out to normal. Without THC, your chemical balance of neurotransmitters is all out of whack. The only thing that will heal you is time. Trust me I went through it all; the severe anxiety, shakes, floating body feeling, severe surges of anger. It is all part of the withdrawal process so hang in there. The tramadol may have something to do with it too, but I was on nothing but weed before I quit and went through hell getting through the first month of withdrawals.

    Daniel: I too had strange vision during the first 4 to 6 weeks of being clean of cannabis. It is a stress response from your body. Without THC, your system is in shock and is sending out stress hormones like adrenaline and cortisol. These hormones cause many physiological changes some of which are vision issues. I had floaters like you mentioned and also a serous retinopathy, which is an accumulation of fluid behind the retina of your eye. It appeared as a big dark circle in my vision that almost looked like I was looking through 3D glasses. Thankfully that cleared up as well as the floaters. It is all part of the withdrawal process and will eventually clear with time. It is a very slow process though, so don’t be discouraged if it hasn’t gotten better in a few weeks. Like I said, I’m 98 days in and I know that I’ve gotten much better and healthier, but I also know that I’m not completely back to my normal self. Good luck to you all!!

  • Emma September 24, 2014, 7:08 pm

    I’ve been smoking for 20 years and have up 4 days ago. Ive got headaches, sweats, nothing to numb anything, I don’t think I can do it, I hate myself

  • Daniel September 24, 2014, 5:36 pm

    Ive quit cannabis for 2 weeks now and now my eye sight has gone like static and getting lots of floaters also i keep getting headaches has any 1 else experinced static vision n floaters after quitting?

  • Ricky September 21, 2014, 4:47 pm

    So been a weed smoker 12 years, since i was 15 apart from a period of a year between 16 and 17. Started smoking again at 17 and cant really remember going more than 14 days with it, but when i have felt great! I might add I’ve taken other drugs on fridays and Saturdays like cocaine, mdma, speed, mushrooms once, and alcohol in copious amounts. But all partying or trying new experience not through dependency mon-fri normal working man. Knocked most of that on the head 4 years ago when my first child came along.

    Anyway last 3 years smoked heavily right up to an operation 4 weeks ago for two slipped discs, I know at 27! Was prescribed tramadol as a painkiller smoked weed pretty much daily whilst on a constant 400mg a day although first two day my misses was accidentally giving me 800mg a day which we rectified (felt awesome I might add). 6 days ago ran out of weed, did not buy any more did not feel like it 4 days ago stopped taking tramadol.

    Last two days I’ve had brief moments of extreme anxiety when I say brief 2 mins max but my god those two mins feel like a life time, feels like someone is temporarily getting in my head and having a mess around at my expense. Weird ‘surging’ feelings and at those times extreme irritability anger and a feeling of being freaked out by all of this like my rational mind is unraveling. Normally have a strong constitution but this is weird, and as you can tell from the more psycoactive drugs I’ve took before mentally I’m strong enough to deal with it, but this feels different, has anyone experienced this?

    Is it the tramadol comedown or the weed or both, like I say weed is never been a problem b4. I’m just a little concerned.

  • penny September 19, 2014, 1:45 pm

    I have been smoking dope for 49 yrs, 17 when I first started, am now 65, oh dear! Have occasionally given it up but always back on it as I find life is full of the stuff that is on the website. so many people with so much feeling, both negative and positive and I have to live in a world of people. life is hard and full of do’s and don’t’s. gave up recently again and forgot I had given up and woke up one Monday morning feeling like I have never felt before. all I wanted to do was fall on my head and stop this awful feeling – and it is not mental it is emotional.

    Why do we persist in calling psychological feelings mental. Tis how we feel that is – the thinking comes after. the world is run by men trying to make money and control others – with guns often. our souls are in need not our mental abilities. Tis hard to be alive as a human being. reality is essentially chaotic and incomprehensible and humans seem to attempt to see patterns that would explain what it is all about. How puny and unimportant we are. The Chinese have a mixture of herbs used for opiate withdrawal which I forgot I had used last time but I am going to get some cos I am old and wearing out and need to sustain myself without dope – well that’s how I feel now! good luck to all!

  • Todd September 19, 2014, 5:42 am

    I can tell anyone trying to quit (from first-hand experience), that:

    1) It will seem quite sad to quit, and this is the hardest part for me. Weed is like a good friend, like someone who has always been there for you– and it will seem sad to not smoke it. And it’s true– it’s always been there for you, which will make it all the harder to let it go. You’ll remember all of the great times you had with it. I personally have ‘quit’ several times now. the past few times I made it 4 or 5 months and then thought “I’ll just smoke a bowl for old time sake, and remember the feeling”.. then it’s right back into the cycle. This time around, I’m at 4 months clean, and feeling good. I’ve had a few moments of weakness (I’d be a hypocrite if I said I didn’t), but doing ok. In fact, the few times I have smoked, I’ve remembered exactly why I’ve wanted to let it go.

    2) The first week is fine– deceivingly so, in fact. You’ll think, oh this isn’t too bad. The second week is hell, and that will last for a good 2 weeks. For me, that includes a complete lack of energy, depression and overall dull feeling. Really bad diarrhea (from what I hear, this is rare, but for me it is terrible, and lasts 4 or 5 days) But once you’ve made it 3 weeks, you will be on the up-and-up. I still remember the feeling of my real sense of humor starting to come through, and thinking what a good feeling it is to really laugh, or really make a good joke that is purely yourself, and not the weed.

    3) You may need to destroy your bowl, and burn your weed. Seriously, it may be the only way to resist the temptation.

    Good luck to anyone in the same boat. You owe it to yourself to give it a few months. From there, who knows? I know that I personally will always battle the urge to go back to daily smoking, and it will not be easy. All it takes is a rough day, or a bad feeling to have a strong desire to smoke. I just always try to remind myself of all the times I’ve felt like the weed was controlling me, and the feeling of freeing myself from it.

  • Mr S September 16, 2014, 7:04 am

    Hi Guys,

    Thank you for your information. Been smoking everyday straight for the past 5 years. Its really hard to come off it cause I love weed. The feeling of wake and bake + knowing your just chilled x 10 no f*cks given.

    Its been the second day of cold turkey & my cravings to punch a FAT MOUNTAIN is slowly increasing. But I also keep myself busy so the cravings go away. Other than that, I like to think I’m doing well for the second day.

    Mr S

  • Andrew September 15, 2014, 11:35 pm

    Started smoking casually in high school at about 15. Could control it fine and bought into all the “Marijuana is not habit forming” BS. I even smoked while studying for our final exams, ended up coming 14th in our year (of +120 students), confirming my idea that marijuana is not harmful.

    When I was 17 I left for uni. Didn’t smoke for a while as I hadn’t met anyone who smoked and felt like that part of my life was over. After a few months had made a few casual smoker friends and was back to smoking every now and then. Before I knew it, we were all smoking daily. Stopped attending lectures, would stay up all night and only wake up at about 3pm. Marks dropped. Went home at the end of the year and stopped smoking cold turkey and was fine, although I had serious cravings every now and then.

    I decided I wouldn’t smoke again when back at varsity, first day back was bonging it up with my friends. Instead of taking 2-3 months for a habit to form, I was back to my same old ways instantly. Failed a course and scraped through with the rest. Have basically smoked at least 3 times a day since. Got tired of basically not being able to function and stopped smoking 2 days ago.

    Have experienced excessive sweating, bad insomnia, stomach aches, reduced appetite and vivid dreams (most of which are about smoking). Obviously these are all pale symptoms in comparison to hard-drug withdrawals but are symptoms none-the-less. I regret allowing myself to get to the point where marijuana was affecting my studies and life but don’t regret starting smoking in a way as it has had some positive benefits on my life.

    I suffer from depression and the weed helped me through some bad times. I feel as if it has definitely given me increased insight. However, I come from a family of numerous addicts (from cigarettes to booze to crack cocaine and heroin) and probably shouldn’t have meddled with any mind altering substances.

    I hope I am able to maintain my sobriety but will miss the positive effects of weed.

  • unbelievaoble September 11, 2014, 2:25 am

    It is so remarkable that most of the remarks here are based upon peoples feelings of what they think is withdrawal. It would be no different if you stopped anything you have done for so long. You would miss it but true withdrawal- I dont think so. Everyone is different is what I keep hearing, but thats funny as real withdrawal affects everyone not some for instance, heroin, its true withdrawal, noone says ohh its different for everyone. This whole post and comment section is the reason people Lose Brain Cells. Sorry but you guys are pathetic….

    • JC September 30, 2014, 3:38 pm

      So, what’s the real definition of “withdrawal,” doc? I’ve known two smack addicts, in my life, who’ve gotten off the shit. One went cold turkey, and it was so bad that he went into cardiac arrest and has spent the years since in heavy therapy. The other went cold turkey, too, and just threw up a few times and sweated a lot. People lose brain cells when they let cobwebs form over their ability to think critically (and spell simple words such as “unbelievable”), which seems to be what you’ve done, and that, cowboy, is truly pathetic.

    • ChickenOrEgg? January 7, 2015, 9:16 pm

      To a degree, you’re right. Anything can be used as a crutch-chewing gum, tapping your fingers, grinding your teeth, weed, alchohol, soda, candy-it’s called an addictive personality. I have a buddy whose brother was killed by a drunk driver and his dad was an alcoholic. He’s never touched drugs or booze in his life but goes to regular AA meetings because he figures he’s got the genes to be an addict and never wants to start. He’s so adamant about it, get this, that it’s an ADDICTION for him NOT to be an addict to anything.

      Kind of funny, but at least he’s not coughing up chunks of rubber cement or making his liver into a river rock and running over schoolyards full of children without even knowing it til he gets home and finds the blood dripping off his bumpers. Your post sounds like you’re defending something you know down deep isn’t great for you, but maybe it’s not become a huge problem thus far in your life. Lucky you, hope it stays that way! But being a d*ck to everyone else is a symptom too and your lack of empathy or tolerance of other people’s problems, crutches, excuses etc. is kind of interesting.

      I’d ask one question: How’d you get here? What made you find this forum? Think about it. Best wishes to you always no matter what you think of me/us here on this site. I have the same opinion in a few cases with a few posts, like “gawd, you’re f’ed up from the bone marrow, the stuff you’re writing here is just a symptom, not the disease”. But you know what? I could be wrong. So could you.

  • Ex user September 9, 2014, 6:57 pm

    Good luck people, I have made it totally drug free. I’m a new person after having that poison for over 10 years, my taste buds have come back and most of all I ain’t dependant on drugs. Drugs don’t control my life anymore. If I can do it u can it’s all about will power keep on fighting and stay adamant to quit. You can do it.

  • David inkwell September 8, 2014, 7:57 pm

    If you have used cannabis to cover up other things like depression of course it’s going to be harder to quit. Nobody can tell how another person feels inside by reading these comments. Plus why would they lie? Bud may not kill brain cells but has clearly killed murdered some empathy, good luck quitting all who need it. Smash the bong and stay strong.

  • Nate D September 6, 2014, 9:15 pm

    First of all I just want to say thanks to everyone for posting their real struggles with quitting Mary Jane (Well except for the blow holes that “don’t have withdraws or issues from weed”). Like the 95% here, I too have found it extremely difficult to quit smoking/eating herb. I’m on day 6 of my sobriety and well it’s been down right hell. I’ve been a relativity active, healthy and happy 31 year old with a recreational habit of smoking pot and eating pot treats.

    I’ve been consuming pot non stop since the age of 19. The reason I decided to quit was for the simple fact I wanted out of a job that’s been dead end since I was hired. P.S. It’s very easy to say, “Why should I quit? I’m making a living and I’m comfortable”. But that’s just it. It was easy to say with the joint in hand but when you remove the THC tented glasses, life really isn’t as great as it seemed to be. The $300-$600 a month going up in smoke (quality over quantity). For what to enjoy my life, I think not. The problem was I wasn’t thinking I was hiding from the struggles of life.

    That all changed 24hours into my sobriety I couldn’t eat, sleep or think. I lost a total of 12 lbs in 48 hours from not eating and being dehydrated. I felt like I had the flu sweating like a pig, nausea, head aches, irritability, and shaking to name a few. Then the anxiety set in, I tried my best to stay in control of my mental state but working in a high stress job. Not good when going through withdraws, I ended up flying of the handle at work and quit my job for no particular reason other than the normal daily stress of the job.

    I felt completely out of control both at work and at home. Not only did the boss get what for so did my spouse. I do have to say I’m feeling more in control now that I understand pot is additive and there truly are withdraws. Having all this free time now to think clearer and being more active has helped me see the potential in myself to become a greater person. So to those that are struggling like me, we can make it if we don’t give in/up. Thanks again and God bless

  • mg September 6, 2014, 1:35 pm

    Reading all your comments and I agree 100% i’m feeling most of the symptoms mentioned, been smoking pretty much daily for 15+ years n I’m feeling SH*T, been bout 2 weeks without the erb n yeah struggling to be my positive outgoing self… I’m thinking though its gotta get better I did expect some sought of battle, always new the day would come when all the GOOD times would end and I would pay (in a sense) its cool though I’m a fighter and these down times won’t last forever, I’m excited to experience life without weed, apologies if I’m dribbling just glad I ain’t the only person freaking out alone. Oh n for all the comments about feeling no different on or off the erb blah blah blah, BS in a big way this sh*t is real but not impossible to get through, I got my reasons for change find yours and push on through you all got the ability prove to yourselves you got the strength. Hope n good things to all.

  • Samantha September 5, 2014, 2:38 am

    I’ve smoked daily for at least five years. Today I am 5 days off of pot. I’m experiencing same symptoms as when I stopped using opiates. I’ve been off pills for 8 months. Sweating and cold. Dizzy and light headed. Upset stomach and the sh*ts. Sore throat. Body aches. Can’t sleep. Not hungry. Major headache. My body is so heavy. I feel like I’m going to puke. I don’t know how I even functioned at work today. A cold is going around and I hope that’s what I have, but I know I’m withdrawing.

  • millar September 4, 2014, 2:48 am

    Hi all. I am a chronic, daily user (upwards of 4 grams) of marijuana. I smoke through a water pipe. I have smoked at relatively the same consistency since I was 20. At 25, my habit has developed and changed over the years. So I have been a heavy user for over 5 years, at times smoking up to a quarter ounce per day.

    In these times, I usually ran out of money very quickly- and smoking 7 grams of weed in the day, left me very demotivated- for everything including work. So you can see, in these times, the quarter day use couldn’t last very long. Financially and mentally. My mental health through these 5 years has affected my desire and need to consume marijuana. I am addicted to it, however, I always increased usage and my dependence felt far more real, in times of mental hardship. I lose my mind when faced with a night of no marijuana. I have not spent more than 24 hours off of this drug in over a year.

    I am one of the unlucky individuals who has Cannabis Hyperemesis Syndrome. It has affected me three times in 3 years since introducing marijuana in to my life. The intense sickness, is not enough to stop my habit. I am at a point where I have no idea who I really am anymore. My emotions are not mine. My feelings are a mess. I want a life free of addiction. I do not want to want marijuana. I already don’t want to be smoking it. But now I find, I do not want to want it.

    Withdrawal has been difficult in the past when I have decided to quit. Between 20-23 I saw my addiction as very very negative and I hated myself for smoking. I attempted to withdraw and detox myself, completely alone, 11 times in 18 months. The most time I achieved without relapse was 21 days. I have not done this, since October 2012. I would just find that after a couple of weeks, I forgot how much pain I was in from smoking. I forgot how much I hated it and I forgot that I wanted to be free of it.

    Currently, and for the last few days, I have only been smoking 1-2 grams, and only at night before I go to sleep. I have long been one to wake during the night multiple times, and smoke more to fall back to sleep. I experience extreme general anxiety, pretty much every day, regardless of whether I smoke or not. I would conclusively say, with confidence, that my addiction to marijuana has exacerbated any existing illness I had of the mind, and absolutely bred eternal fear and panic within myself as an adult.

    I am not sure if this can be completely corrected, but I know in my heart that it will not be too much longer that I am trapped behind this glass wall- observing the world and how it works- wondering in confusion why it doesn’t feel like that for me. Weed has saved my life many times, but it is destroying me.

    I am very open to chatting to people who are in similar situations or who just want to talk to someone. My email is s underscore e underscore millard at Hotmail dot com.


  • Adel August 29, 2014, 5:00 pm

    First I just wanna say that this post is the best I’ve ever read about hash and weed withdrawal difficulties (especially the comments). Now I feel really comfortable that there are people who are experiencing what I’m experiencing as a recent quitter. Although I smoked for only 3 years now, I’m experiencing really tough withdrawal symptoms; I lost my appetite, I feel sad, angry, lost and lonely most of the time, and I just lost the will to do fun or productive activities.

    I’m completely aware that it’s all a part of the withdrawal process, however, I wish I’d never gone through this. I’m not saying that I’m giving up or anything, but all of this could have been preventable through moderate consumption, so if you can’t control how much weed you smoke, you’d be better off without it. Finally, I believe that the process of withdrawal is a genuine exercise in self control and an opportunity to build a strong personality, that’s how I see it anyway and I guess that’s what helping me coping with this harsh transition.

    I wish good luck to anyone trying to quit, and I’m grateful to everyone here for sharing their experiences, it’s really helpful to people in the same situation just like myself.

  • eblis August 29, 2014, 2:48 pm

    It’s interesting how ppl blame others everytime..If it’s hard to quit.It’s hard bc you smoked in the first place.Your choice. Don’t insult ppl that don’t smoke. And don’t be envious on ppl that can smoke when they want and can quit when they want.

  • V August 28, 2014, 6:33 am

    I must say, I pretty much have dibs on a little bit of each individual posts here. I’ve smoked for 15 years. Pretty much every minute of the day and/or night. I was always lighting up, regardless if I was driving 15min or 3 hrs. I’ve used tincture, tried everything regardless of cost to see light at the end if the tunnel, brownies at family functions to be discreet. I’ve quit many times but it never lasted long before I started again. I’ve spent a readily of $300-$1000 per month for supplies. When the good grade wasn’t available I’d settle for bunk weed but I always had a stash.

    I would even get depress or smoke more when i know I’m about to run out. I was chronicly ill. My body was dying. Little did I understand at the time..grief had taken over me and I was literally so depressed that I made my body sick. I was nautious every min of the day so my doctor had me on phenergan for 8 years to buy me time until they could figure out what’s wrong and how to treat me. I turned to weed for relief in so many ways to cope with life. Everytime i came I to the medical field setting then they would suggest i quit. So i do but things would get worst. I was always trying to kill myself.

    I vomited everything I ate and anything I didn’t eat. I saw no point in living when my body is a wreck. I was vomiting air when I had nothing left in my stomach. I was rushed to the hospital countless times to be ressessatated. I exhausted my finance to seek medical help for my illness but it was all hopeless. I had so many doctors and multiple 2nd opinions it was a living nightmare. I wanted to die every sec of the day. I never slept. I couldn’t eat. My stomach wouldn’t hold anything. It was a vicious cycle that just kept repeating. I almost on several occasion drove myself to a state that I can legally end my life. Where do I begin.

    I was abused so much started with childhood on top of everything, rape, child molested, beaten beaten beaten..my doctor said my body just braced as much as it could..the aftermath was a living horror..I didn’t know how to live with myself, the grief tore me up. My depression from losing a baby took over me. That was the turning point. The doctor telling me if I bear child I could die, they could lose me. A life with no children was pointless to me. To me children are the future..without them there’s nothing. I must have lost my mind and sat in the same chair for weeks not knowing my own name… Just tears rolling down my cheeks ..that’s a I had.

    My mother just got hit by a drunk driver and she’s in ICU ..not knowing if she’ ll make it. I knew weed was wrong, but to survive myself and stay alive I’d say fuck it and light away. I got a cat in hopes it will help lift my spirit. Then a dog. Hopeless. On worst days I’d feel so guilty and want to quit weed but suicidal was worst at the other end for me. My doctor would tell me how I’m still alive up to this day is a miracle. He tells me if I think suicidal is not fatal don’t kid myself.. That I’m worst than a loaded weapon. Everytime I saw him he would tell me this. Most of the time It meant nothing to me. The void it in supersedes everything.

    I drowned myself. Weed was the only thing that kept me alive for another day of torment. I was less than 70#’s. Basicly skin and bones. Malnourished in every way. I’d even throw up water. Desperate to gain weight I resorted to weed to get any appetite to eat. I’ve crossed path with many medical staff..some was absolute that I quite..some said fuck it if it keeps u alive don’t feel guilty about it..live to survive another day. After I smoke I would ramble on nonstop as if my body is trying to shed stress. Unfortunately, I just stopped eating period. When I tried to eat and i’d throw up. When I don’t eat I throw up. Desperate to numb the pain I turned to weed.

    I balled up everyday. Hide in corners of the house ..idk why. My esophagus was fucked up. My intestines were fucked up. Family death after famy death didn’t make it any better. Everyday I just wanted to die. My therapist taught me tools to help me survive..but she was against weed..I’d skip seeing her bc I know she’ll push for no weed and I’d be downing a bottle of pills and slit my wrist. She taught me to Call my worst enemy even if I had to in order to survive my suicidal attempts…. I even ran out of ppl to call. I had less friends everyday that went by. Shame guilt all tormented me. I’d smoke. I’d smoke to sleep, eat, cope with anxiety and fears..smoke to stop shaking.

    I was never sober longer than a minute. One day I met my current doctor … He saved me. He finally was the first physician who could help me. I asked him about antidepressants and told him my experience with meds and depression. He adjusted dosage to my ideal weight so I don’t get poisoned like the previous attempts by other 2nd opinions. Now I take remeron. It’s the only thing that shuts me down to sleep and the only thing that gets me to eat. Of course I still smoked weed. I just could eat if I didn’t smoke to catch the munchies. The meds took a while to kick saturate and kick in. Without weed I couldn’t eat. Yet, I was too ashamed to tell him.

    I was afraid he’ll tell me to quit or pass judgement that I’m a junkie or/and then I have nothing to save me from myself when I’m in that dark place. I tend to forget to take my meds…antidepressant or I’d stop taking my meds on certain days whether I felt a bit better or I was afraid to be dependent on it. Or afraid I can’t wake up. The thing is, the medicine had it’s side effects. It’s like a state of induce coma. Sometimes I can hear my surroundings but I can’t move. And when I take it I would be knocked out for 24 hrs or longer. I couldn’t make it to work. I’d wake up fainting at times bc my body is so fatigue. Constant blackouts. I’ve fallen pretty bad depending on what position I’m in or where I’m at when I blackout, during which I also had fainting on top of the vomiting and nausea.

    Sometimes I would just drop and I’d wake up not knowing what’s going on. Yes..a nightmare I’m just skimming the top when I mentioned vomiting. I also did have chronic diahrea. Like I said my body was dying. I needed a family or someone to take care of me bc I would even go on myself in bed bc I blackout woke up so fatigue I can’t move a muscle. Close family thought I was faking it. I withdrew deeper in my depression. More shame and guilt. I smoke away to numb it all. No one understood what it’s like to drink an antidepressant that was like a induced coma. I learned to stack food beside my bed b4 I went to sleep. If wake up starving and eat like an animal as I shake. And try to eat as much as I can without vomiting. I slowly learned to cope ..my thoughts aren’t cohesive when I write..I ramble too.

    I’d shake so bad when I awake ..at times I’m literally crawling like an animal trying to get to food and water when I awake. Most days i don’t make it to the kitchen. I cope using weed for every pain in had in g.i., anxiety, fear, uncontrollable cryin or screaming in terror.. When I did have any wits to turn to it. I’m so addicted to weed but it’s the lesser poison as my option. It wasn’t until about 10 years went by that I met my doctor who even began to give me some relief from the chronic internal pain to all the nausea vomiting diahrea constipation ibs depression. He cried. He said he wish there was more he could do for me. I thank him.. I was in tears..I was so greatful to have found him.. He’s the only physician out of countless physicians I’ve seen that made any progress with me to give me any relief.

    Most of the other doctors tried but instead made me more sick. My G. I. Doctor could only put me on nexium as a bandage to try to buy me some time. His hands were tied. I was greatful that he at least tried. He was very compassionate. 10 years of constant vomiting diagreah ….the list went on. He also found that another doctor was sued for malpractice and he had also seen me once but dismissed my illness and declare I was faking it. He sought to try to cure me more realizing i was already in that very same clinic and yet I’m back again for another 2nd opinion.

    The one day I had strength to get outta bed and drag myself to make it in the hospital without shitting on myself but yet that other doctor didn’t try to help me but dismissed me bc he claim he didn’t find anything wrong with me. At 70# it kinda hard to miss how under weight I was…My g.i. Dr. did 2 scopes on me..one for each end . The 2nd one they had so much trouble trying to wake me from anesthesia. After that he said he will never put me under again. I hurt my family bc they had to endure me going through all this.. Killing myself over and over again bc I didn’t want to go on living like that and all that mess.. I really couldn’t even stop from my sufferings to even think about them.

    Today, 15 years later, I still battle it.. But I’ve made progress. I continued to smoke to cope and I can now eat without weed. I’m at a heathy weight. My blackouts, fatigue, ibs, diahrea anxiety, fear, depression… To name a few..has been as low as 1% occurance. I’ve been eating without weed. My anxiety is very low. I’ve quit cold turkey..though I’m not sure if it’s safe for me to quit this time for my safety..so far I’ve been clean for 5 weeks. My mind is stronger this time around. I don’t want it. I experience withdrawal symptoms but I’m pushing through. I do get the odd dreams that Daniel mention where I can go in and out of it.

    I don’t pay much attention to it bc one of my other symptoms during my battle was I would relive my rape, beatings and molestation in my vivid dreams…to the point that when I awaken thrashing …I couldn’t tell the difference between what was real and what was a dream bc it was so real to me. Shamefully, I had several incidents of it during the worst days of my battle, the worst one was I was hitting punching kicking my husband thinking he’s my abuser. I couldn’t tell the difference. He was very hurt, but not bc of what I did, but bc for a moment he realized how bad I had it and I was not faking it. It means a lot when ur family can actually be there for you.

    As painful as it was, I was lucky he didn’t leave me. He didn’t give up. He was against me smoking at first but eventually he understood what benefits I could receive from it and if I can get through it I can deal with the addiction later. So yes, he became my enabler to smoke. Some days he would tell me no matter how horrible u feel, just don’t think.. Just smoke. Quitting right now is hard. But it’s my strong Mind that keeps me focus. You have to want it enough and stick to ur guns. Prepare yourself mentally. I’ve tried quiting many times, so that has made each attempt a bit more ease than the prior but this time I think I truely can safely quit and not worry about my safety.

    My depression is in check. I’m in control. I’m experiencing pretty severe withdrawals. Weed has made me hormonally imbalance.. I’m breaking out along the jawline and neck hairline. My menstrals are heavy, painful, and lasted 12 days, severe cramps for 3 days. I have mood swings. Happy a moment and agitated the next. I had the cold sweats during the first week, entire body. Breakouts with cystic acne on all facial zones. Fever blisters inside my mouth and even on my tongue. The peculiar dreams I can live with even with restless sleep patterns. Only bc at least I can tell what’s real and what’s a dream. I’m not trapped in EMDR sessions with my abuser.

    I few upset stomach and difficult bowls. I have a hemeroid. Surprisingly, after 5 weeks of quitting I realized these are my withdrawal symptoms from quitting cold turkey. I have no idea what else I’ll experience. But so far I don’t have the urge to smoke. I do however consider slow weening so I’ve been researching info. I wonder if I should smoke to give my body a bit relief. I’m leaning towards sticking to cold turkey. I’m waiting for a call from my doctor to see if he wants to treat me for the viral infection I have from the stress of quiting weed is tolling on my body. I hope this helps someone out there. Sorry I put such a long comment. It feels kinda good bc I’ve never even remotely told my story. Ty for putting up with me rambling.

    • millar September 4, 2014, 2:56 am

      hi there V, would you be interested in private chatting? Im intrigued by your post and have some things to possibly talk to you about that may help you. It sounds very much like you have experienced many bouts of CHS. The mental deterioration can definitely be caused by CHS and not knowing what it is doing to your body.

      Unfortunately my opinion at the moment, is that weed is causing you to feel all of what you are feeling and if you were to cease completely- in time, so would the negativity and pain you are experiencing. I do not know this conclusively, but you sound so so similar to myself.
      Anyway, if you would like to chat, let me know!

  • Amy August 27, 2014, 7:58 pm

    My boyfriend is trying to stop smoking. He has used basically all day everyday for 10 years. His withdrawls are awful. Is it better for him to quit cold turkey like he is trying to do, or gradually? Any thoughts would be greatly appreciated. I think its as hard for me to watch him go through this as it is for him to do it.

    • Nate August 28, 2014, 1:55 am


      I am in a similar situation to your boyfriend’s. I have used daily for about 10 years, and I have been a user over all for 20 years. I am exactly 70 days without cannabis after quitting cold turkey. I must say the withdrawals I went through were horrifying. I am just starting to feel half-way normal after 10 weeks! your boyfriend may be different as far as recovery time. I personally would recommend cold turkey quitting. It is harsh, but once he is through the suffering of withdrawal, he never has to look back. If he attempts to quit gradually there is more likely a chance of relapse or him not quitting at all.

      Again, everybody’s situation is different, but I was a heavy, daily user for ten years and am just starting to feel half way normal after 10 weeks. I have read many accounts of people taking months and even up to a year before their withdrawal symptoms were completely gone. Not to sound alarming, but as I’m sure you can already tell with what he is going through, cannabis withdrawal is the pits.

      Hang in there, and reassure him that the symptoms do go away, slowly, and in time. The last thing he should do is go back to smoking if he has quit. It will only set his progress back or even make things worse. Good luck to you both!

  • John August 26, 2014, 6:32 am

    Hi, looking for some advice a friend of mine has just quit after smoking quite heavily for about 6 weeks she was smoking around 2.5-3 grams per day she had also been a heavy pot smoker for about a 6 month period last year she then quit only but took the habit back up she is now quitting again as i wasn’t around last time she went through withdrawal just wondering what are the likely withdrawal symptoms she’ll go through?. As i notice alot of other posts are from people who have been smoking for years just wondering if it’s different for someone whose only been smoking for a short period of time?.

    • Nate August 26, 2014, 1:44 pm


      Though her daily use is heavy, 6 months is not that long. Everyone is different. If she smoked tobacco too, things may be different. She may very well experience some withdrawal from both, but I would doubt she will experience severe cannabis withdrawal symptoms. Sleeplessness, irritability, anxiety, and depression may be some of the things she experiences for a while. From what I’ve seen, most of the painful, long-lasting physical symptoms come with heavy use over many years to decades. Good luck to you both.

  • Quitting Mary J August 24, 2014, 8:00 pm

    I started using Mj back in high school; back then it was a bag of shake for $20 & much much lighter stuff than what’s out there today years later. I have gone years at a time without using…then used again..then stopped again because I couldn’t find access or life got too busy to use.

    Now, summer 2014, after 5 years of using top grade best medical marijuana bud..I have realized how deeply Mj has impacted my life…bounced my emotions…from glorious highs to deep desperate weeping isolated bottomless pit lows punctuated with nausea & wretching. All this complicated by the chronic pain of old injuries that were at least temporarily relieved by Mj. Further complicated by my own emotional complexities & tendencies to rebel.

    I have been slowly reducing my usage..weaning down & using the lighter THC levels of Mj to avoid the horrid symptoms of abrupt withdrawal. Still I experience fluctuations in mood…easily frustrated & agitated. I couldn’t bring myself to deal with the business of managing my life…so there have been considerable losses. I’ve experienced sweating at the slightest activities, headaches and significant stomach cramps & frequent loose stools…it has not been fun. I’m just blundering my way thru this…two steps forward..one step back…but I KNOW I can get my life back on track.

    I’ve had real issues with deep depression but I’m not willing to give up…I’m trying to make this as easy on my system as possible..things don’t look as bleak as they once did…I have renewed strength & hope. I ‘d say one of the biggest things that helps is having supportive people around you who will listen patiently and without judgement or any harshness. Avoid controlling negative people, avoid partyiers at all costs and get medical and psychological help to get yourself on an even keel.

    I also avoid righteous people with overly religious ways…those folks can really toy with your head…find what balances you and make it you refuge. As days go bye I am less and less drawn to use and it is so nice not to feel compelled to use & actually know it will make you feel worse if you do..not better. Watch you don’t substitute Mj with another addictions…weather it be sex, shopping & spending, others drugs or alcohol….over eating..over doing anything..work towards balance & health on all levels…emotional, spiritual and physical.

  • Pawan Arya August 22, 2014, 10:07 am

    I was in mental depression when I started marijuana smoking. And continued with it for 2.3 years now and finally I decided to give it a break and not quit at all. Soon after I smoked my last joint from very next morning I went to exercise and did jogging for around 45 min with gaps at 3 minute intervals. My stamina is completely lost now and on same day after few hours I felt severe chest cramps and hearth beat raised.

    I got tripped up and thought I was gonna die today and soon consulted a doctor. Today it’s the 3rd day after I quit smoking and feeling very intense. Chest cramps still persist but not of that level at very first day of quitting and exercising. At night, before sleeping my heart pumps at enormous rate but it soon comes to normal. Shivering a bit is also seen.

    Mood swings are common at times. I am also a tobacco chewer. I didn’t consulted doctor for chest checkup and still waiting until this effects wipe off, but if it does not, I’m surely gonna consult specialist. I used to smoked on daily basis approx. 3 joints a day. Not facing any chest pains but feel like itching and cramps near my left chest lower part below heart. Looking forward to some good advice.

    • Quitting Mary J August 24, 2014, 8:04 pm

      I hope you can stop chewing tobacco…causes mouth cancer. Wishing you hope and recovery. Also one of the many reasons I quitting Mj is my concern for respiratory health…have to wonder what it’s doing to my throat & lungs after years of use.

  • mike August 22, 2014, 6:17 am

    I have been smoking for about 15 years daily. I have had times where I have quit using pot. The only time I didn’t have many withdrawal symptoms was when I first stopped smoking. But then I was much healthier and exercised more than the average Joe. This time the withdrawals are pretty intense to say the least.

    I am exercising to help cope, and it helps a great deal, but i’m not a 18 year old kid with a lean body anymore. I have had most symptoms but no nausea or dizziness. I am about a month and a week clean and am still going through some withdrawals. Withdrawals can last up to 3 months for some people. All I can say is push through it and accept the consequences of smoking too much weed.

    For those of you who think pot has no withdrawal symptoms I think it is time you took a few bio chem classes. It really makes you look like a ill informed idiot to make such claims. Good luck to all of you :)

  • raj August 19, 2014, 8:51 pm

    i have smoked weed everyday ……for the past 15 years…..max in this duration i left smoking for maybe 2-3 months…..and that too when my whole group left…..this addiction is so bad that i can hardly withdraw…today is my third day of not smoking and i cant take it….i am fighting with almost everyone i know for no reason…..my vision is different…..i feel hot and then cold….my dreams are scary and i cant sleep much as i get up in max hour or two….i feel sleepy the whole day….can’t finish my meals…… all those who are suffering the same…..i pray for them too…. god make us strong so we get through this tough time. all the best.

  • Matt August 19, 2014, 11:28 am

    Hi everyone, I am 19 years old, I smoked weed everyday or near enough everyday for about 2 and a half years from about the age of 16. (I am 20 in December). It got to the point where I was smoking a 20s plus a day and felt like I needed a daily dosing every night because that was just my routine everyday. It effected me at college as I dropped out but luckily got a full time job. The weed effected me at work, I couldn’t concentrate and was consistently late. I am not exactly stupid but I got in with the wrong croud probably and all they do is smoke weed. These people who I thought were my friends, really weren’t and they were in it for one reason and that was the weed.

    I lost good school friends through weed and effected my relationship with my family.last Monday (11th August 20) I smoked my last ever bag and it got to the point where my parents found out everything, obviously they were really upset (I never thought I would see the day but I had my dad in tears when he found out the extent of how much I was smoking up) I have gone completely cold turkey since then and it is a week later. I have experiencing the problems from the article above, I am sweating a lot more and am really struggling to get to sleep at night. It feels as if I am completely empty and although the cravings were a lot worse in the first 2-4 days I am still craving it now but not as much.

    I feel depressed and sad but have been doing lots of things to keep my mind off it. I have managed to be in contact with my old friends which is really good but my old weed smoking friends I have completely cut off and they don’t really want to know since I told them I have quit smoking weed. It is tough but I am moving on and I wish I didn’t waste 2 years of my life smoking weed and regret picking up that first joint not knowing it would lead to something to big. I just feel a bit lost without weed but I would also recommend getting e-cig with a flavour. I have a strawberry one and whenever I am craving I just smoke that and also normal rollies.

    I am just looking forward to saving my money and buying back the things I sold for weed like my TV, Xbox, iPad which I spent my hard earned money on in the first place. If someone would like to talk me I would encourage it as I don’t really have anyone I can talk to about this. [email protected]. Thank you and the above article was a good read and helped me.

  • Nate August 14, 2014, 3:09 am

    I have been using cannabis since I was 17 yrs old. I am now 37 and have been using daily for the past 10 years. For the past 5 years I have only vaporized high grade medical cannabis. For the past 2 years I have added hash chips to about 1 in every 3 bowls. My consumption has been about 3-4 vapor bowls per day at about 7-10 hits per bowl. I will also add that vaporizing, for me, is a much more dangerous way to get high as it is main-lining THC straight into the blood with little to no burn off. Plus, you can take 10 hits of smooth vapors without feeling anything, until ‘BAM!’ you realize you have gone too far and are roasted to a quivering vegetable. At least smoking, you can tell almost immediately that you are good and can stop. Anyway, I digress.

    So I have been without cannabis for 56 days exactly. And I must say I haven’t had one craving. What happened to me the last time I had gotten high was so traumatizing that I never want to feel that again, and have been struggling for the past two months just to feel half like my normal self.

    To make a long story short, vaporizing the past 6 months or so, had left me many times numb in the body and limbs, while quivering and shaking with anxiety. No longer was I getting an enjoyable high from my use. I was a puppet to the routine of it and really didn’t even feel that good overall anymore. I was on edge, over anxious, out of shape, and unmotivated. Well, one fateful morning 56 days ago, I had the worst experience of my life. I packed up a vapor of about 3 varieties of cannabis with some hash chips sprinkled on top. I took my usual 7 heavy drags and turned off the vaporizer. About 10 minutes later, while washing my hands, I blacked out. My vision went white, I fainted, and I fell to my knees. I came to consciousness about 15 seconds later and felt my heart beating so hard I thought I was dying. My entire body went numb from head to toe and I was curled up in the fetal position writhing In agony. My spirit was no longer connected to my body and I thought this was the end for me. I crawled around on the ground for about 3 hours trying to find relief but none came. It took about 6 hours before I was finally able to settle down. I decided from that point on it was time to give up cannabis.

    So I went 2 days without and thought, ” this isn’t going to be so bad”. Well, on day 3 I woke up in a severe panic. I couldn’t feel my arms and legs, I had severe dizziness and could barely move my body. This was the beginning of my withdrawal hell. For the next 2 weeks, I was stricken with severe anxiety, no appetite, and the worst dizziness ever. My dreams were demonic and so vivid that I could not leave them even after I had awaken. I also had a heck of a time trying to get out of bed most mornings as I was extremely groggy and spaced out. Weeks 3-4 of withdrawal did not get much better. Extreme dizziness, numbness and tingling in my limbs that would come and go, fatigue, anxiety, insomnia, and waking in the middle of the night in a panic to name a few symptoms. I also would get severe head and neck aches about 3 times a week that would make me have to lie down. My mood was in the dumps and I felt that I was dying from some disease. As I did more research I finally put 2 & 2 together and realized I was withdrawing from cannabis. I had been to the ER twice in one 24 hr period; once for atrial fibrillation and once because of a panic attack so severe I thought I was having cardiac arrest. I was also to my primary care doc 3 times and they didn’t seem to have an answer but to give me Ativan for anxiety, which I’ve used only for some of the most extreme panic attacks as I do not want to get hooked on anything else.

    So, I have now gone through 8 full weeks of abstinence and I still do not feel close to normal. The past week was actually half way decent compared to the rest of my struggles, but today was horrible. I am beginning to feel severe depression and emptiness. I woke this morning with extreme grogginess and dizziness and that out of body feeling that I though I shook 2 weeks ago. From what I’ve read, recovery is an up and down roller coaster of a process. This has been a roller coaster from the depths of despair as far as I’m concerned.

    I have almost come to the end of my rope so many times with all of it. I have researched to the ends of the internet everything about cannabis withdrawal and realize that the symptoms are very real, not only psychologically, but also physically and spiritually. Plus, the duration of withdrawal can last much longer than the typical ’30 days to get the THC from your system’. I am at 56 days and still am wondering if something else is seriously wrong with me, or if I’ll ever feel normal again.

    My prayers go out to anyone having to go through the nightmares of withdrawal be it a long or short journey. If I would have know this would be the outcome of my usage, I would have never started, or would have made it a point to practice extreme moderation in my consumption. I hope that the adage ‘time heals all wounds’ applies to this, because this has been the worst 56 days of my life and I hope that with each passing day, I am healing back to my normal, happy self. Good luck to us all!

    • Matt August 19, 2014, 11:44 am

      My thought go out to you and I hope you will be alright. I’m sure with more and more time you will start to feel more and more normal. I smoked it everyday for 2 and a half years and I feel dreadful so I can only imagine what you are feeling like. I didn’t use vapours however but used to often hit a dozen bongs a night and I have only gone cold turkey since last Monday! Good luck to you and fair play for realising you have to quit. Matt

  • D. August 12, 2014, 8:56 pm

    Hello all. I’ve been smoking for the past 20 years, and regularly smoking very high-grade for the past 17, about a quarter a week. Today is day 6 of sobriety for me, and the last five days have been awful. Not so awful that I needed to check myself into rehab, but not far off. The worst part by far has been the cravings, but the rest is no picnic.

    Other symptoms which I’ve been struggling with have been headaches, digestion issues and insomnia. The insomnia has been pretty rough because I watch my one-year-old daughter full time. I’ve been sweating like a stuck pig and I’m showering like twice a day. I’m running to the bathroom all night long. There’s been some depression, but honestly I’m used to that (lifelong issue). And through it all my brain just kept on craving that sweet sweet reefer.

    Well I must say I woke up today and all that has diminished. I doubt I’m out of the woods but for the first time I don’t want to smoke up. The concept of riding out the detox actually seems more appealing to me than getting high, which has definitely not been the case all week. Last night the cravings were at their worst, and today they’re barely there. Physically, I feel like I’m getting over a bad case of flu – like it’s the day after the fever broke. I don’t know what tomorrow holds, but since forums like this have helped me get to this point I figure I’ll try to return the favor in some small way.

    These things have helped me: 1) Constantly watching movies. The more engrossed I am in a film, the less I’m dwelling on what I’m going through. Without my TV I don’t think I’d have made it this far, it really is a temporary vacation for my brain. 2) Nyquil. Lots of Nyquil. Lots of Immodium, antacids, and ibuprofen. So far I have not needed any medication today (knocking on wood). 3) Detoxifying agents. I’m chugging cranberry juice and every so often drinking 2 tbsp. of Apple Cider Vinegar mixed with 8 oz. of water and a splash of honey. Also constantly drinking water. 4) Pushups. When a really bad craving hits (and that is often) 20 pushups will usually take care of it until the next one comes along. Last night I must have done 200. 5) I’ve read countless forum postings about withdrawal. The internet can be a wonderful thing, and in this case it’s like a worldwide AA meeting, but for stoners. 6) Eyes on the prize. I just keep on repeating the mantra that “this too shall pass”.

    And that’s pretty much it. I’m hoping that it just gets better from here, but it’s hard to predict – seems like everyone’s detox experience is a bit different. Good luck, God bless, and thank you to everyone who shared.

  • curty August 11, 2014, 9:47 pm

    Hello People.

    stopped cold turkey and i had a couple cones with a friends 4 days ago (so had done 33 days clean) and OMG all the anxiety comes rushing back irritation, insomnia, dizzispells, sweats all of it. i am so lucky to have a amazing partner who treats me well and doesn’t just say oh well that’s your fault. people weed is a drug i smoked for 10 years everyday and i used to fiend a hit to the point i would scrape the bong and hit the resin this i am not proud of but it is in my past and that’s a place i don’t want to revisit. i take my hat off to anyone that is trying to stop smoking weed, its not easy but very rewarding. i am also 300 pound so getting it out of my system will take a while because THC is stored in fat cells but the point i am trying to get across is don’t give up keep going on because once the with drawls stop everything will be good as long as u keep active once you have stopped therefore tiring your body out to the point of wanting to sleep, and also sweating out THC by going to the gym.

    good luck to any one trying to stop or stopping cold turkey i wish you all the best.


  • Doug August 10, 2014, 4:47 pm

    So glad i found this sight! I am 33 years old, and have smoked pot everyday 5-6 times a day since I was 12. I have quit Cold Turkey 30 days ago. It has been HELL!!! I feel lightheaded/Dizzy everyday, I am tired after I eat, my digestive system is so out of whack, I have the disturbed sleep and vivid dreams as others have mentioned. I have severe anxiety and had to go to ER due to believing I was having Heart Attack. I have been to my PCP 6 times in the last 30 days trying to figure out what is wrong with me. I have completely ignored this could all be just from quitting marijuana. So far the symptoms have not stopped or slowed down. This sight has given me some peace of mind. Will I ever feel normal again! Since I have relied on Weed for so long, do I even know what normal is? You all are in my prayers, please keep me in yours.

  • amanda August 7, 2014, 8:22 pm

    I am two days in of quitting after smoking multiple times a day for 6 years. I quit during that time while I was pregnant, but started back up as soon as I could. I suffer from anxiety and weed has been my security blanket since college.
    I’m thankful I found this site and read all of your comments. It is nice to not feel so alone. I feel horrible. Physically and mentally. I have been holding back tears all day and I have lost my cool and raised my voice at my son. I feel like a horrible mother but I keep trying to tell myself it will be worth it in the long run.
    If I could go back I would have never started smoking pot. Unfortunately I can’t go back, but I’m moving forward. One sweaty hour at a time.

    • Matt August 19, 2014, 3:07 pm

      Keep going Amanda you can do it! I am in this with you and I can’t sleep and when I do get to sleep I have weird dreams and when I wake up I feel completely empty and dead!!!

  • Pete August 7, 2014, 7:25 am

    Started smoking at age 18 when I moved out – I smoke the equivalent of 3 bowls + a few joints of potent BC bud, usually sativa, daily. I’m almost 28 now and I wake and bake with a bowl, smoke on lunch break at work, and always have a J rolled for the walk/drive home, then smoke myself useless once I get home. Weekends are typically a hazy write off where grocery shopping and laundry fall by the wayside quite often.

    Absolutely no self control – if there is weed around and I am coherent enough to roll/pack, I smoke.

    My addiction has never interfered with work, but it has interfered with my personal life – I am stopping now because I lack motivation; weed only increases my latent antisocial and lazy tendencies. Sick of getting so stupidly high that I lie in bed motionless in bed for 2 hours after midnight staring at the ceiling contemplating whether I can muster the will to walk 5 feet and brush my teeth tonight or not. Sick of not going out, cancelling on friends to stay home and smoke alone, and even if I do go out, being too high to function acceptably. Sick of not having the self control not to get high before, during, and after EVERY occasion, no matter how mundane. Watching life pass me by through smoke tinted goggles.

    Consumption has been non-stop over the past decade, save 1 month to clear my head after a break-up about 2 years ago. I unknowingly experienced withdrawal during that time, but attributed it to depression related to the break-up. I’ve had intermittent (short, week long max) forced breaks due to travel, or events, but never had issues with withdrawal if I knew I would be able to get high again in the near future. I was usually preoccupied with whatever I was doing in those cases anyway.

    I am currently on day 3 of cold turkey after full, regular use, and am in pretty rough shape; same symptoms as everyone else:
    – non stop tremors in hands and arms
    – hot and cold, flushed one moment and shivering the next
    – insomnia
    – irritable
    – extremely vivid dreams (indistinguishable from reality) whereas I never dreamed while smoking
    – blurred vision, trouble focusing visually, teary itchy eyes at night
    – crushing feeling, feels like lungs are limited in capacity, beleaguered breath

    Vindicating to see I’m not the only one – I probably should have weened myself off like everyone suggested – instead I ramped up my intake right before stopping. Bad move in retrospect…

    I actually plan to make this only a temporary break, I’ll start back up again in a month or so, with the ultimatum that I either moderate or quit for good if I can’t control myself.

    This page was very illuminating – thanks for everyone’s posts that preceded mine, some if for nothing more than a laugh! :P hopefully my two cents benefits someone….

  • Magenta August 4, 2014, 2:20 am

    This is Day Nine, and I keep returning to this article to remind myself I’m not alone. I’ve smoked pretty much constantly for the last five years, and sporadically before that. I’m incredibly physically ill right now. Vomiting, diarrhea, night sweats so bad I’m changing the sheets constantly, not to mention the emotional irritation! First two days I had a HUGE headache. From then on I’ve had mostly gastrointestinal symptoms, which makes sense with my medical history. I’m missing important events because I can’t go 1/2 hour without something coming out top or bottom. The insomnia sucks, especially when the two hours you do sleep leave your bedding so damp you can’t use your pillows. Everyone’s body and history of use is different, but I want to punch some people in the face for telling me I’m not in withdrawal, I must really have some other problem or drug habit. Nope. Just the pot. I’m grateful that the symptoms are not nearly as bad as opiate withdrawal, because I’ve gone through that three times. I have a chronic pain condition, and I HATE the side effects of opiates. Right now I’m planning on using again, but I’m second-guessing that. I hate drinking all this Gatorade!

    • Jay January 22, 2017, 11:47 pm

      I know this post is old but it resonated with me. The pot part. Did you ever get over the drenching sweats? This is so bad for me that I cannot go 1/2 hour without one and it’s so debilitating I have to lie down each time. I’m homebound. Please tell me you got over this.

  • raskan August 1, 2014, 11:32 am

    First of all
    It is good that you are here in this page which means you are doing right thing in the process of quitting Weed.
    2- Some comments are not hopeful for people who want to quit or already quitting so basically you don’t have to believe them or compare them to your condition .
    3- I tried to quit weed after I smoke it everyday for almost 14 months , the first time I couldn’t and in the second time I couldn’t . Then I move out to a place where the weed is impossible to be there and I made it (15 days weed-free) I had trouble with being angry sometimes and had unpleasant headaches and some times bad night dreams . I also had some memories problems and sometime shaking but in total all theses symptoms are normal to coop with if you really want to quit .
    Here are some hints for real people who wants to quit from the experience I have had and I have heard from a friends :
    1- if you decide to quite I advice you firstly to lower the dose so for example for me I did like this ( 2 joints a day for 2 days —> then 1 joint a day for 2 days —-> then 2 joints for 3 days —-> then 2 joints for one week —-> then 1 joints for week .THEN believe in your self and STOP it , I know it was long plan but I was so weak to control my self and my mood and the point here IN lowering the dose is to keep the motivation element valid and effective .
    2- Be honest and tell your friends who used to smoke with them that U ARE LEAVING THE WEED WORLD and Try not to be a lone ..find friends Who are weed-free and stay as long as u can with them.
    3- at the first week of quitting try do daily sport at least 1 hour it is important and effective in speeding up the detoxification and important TO EASY THE SYMPTOMS and try to keep it as normal habit .
    4- Trust your self and trust your ability and tell your self you been born without this shit so you don’t need it and also it is important TO TELL YOUR SELF THAT YOU ARE NOT WHO YOU ARE AT THE FIRST WEEKS OF quitting Weed it is just withdraw symptoms ..keep saying that your self .
    5- Pay attention to your diet it is also important element just keep it as healthy as you can .
    6-(optional and works with some people ) if u used to smoke weed mixed with tobacco then also stop smoking tobacco unless if you really in need for it then just smoke a cigarette as a motivation but not weed so you can easily reduce the need for weed .
    7- for headaches take some pain killer especially at the first week and try to avoid them as much as u can .
    8-( optional) 8 you have insomnia try to change ur bed or move it to different corner so it has no memory for the past or even try to sleep in a friends house if you really had bad insomnia so you are not alone
    9- it is also important to keep your life stable and worth – full so you don’t have to use weed to relief it .
    10 – finally , Trust me it is hard at the first days for some but you will feel happy after you win the war against weed ;)

    Sorry for my English ..but it is not my native language …

    Keep going guys ,,,

  • Robert July 31, 2014, 4:17 am

    Why would you want something that changes how you act, talk, this stuff I call it the devil once you smoke it you think you no everything and all of a sudden you even become a holy godly person pot weed what ever you wanna call it ruins your brain and brain cells can ruin your marriage and loved ones also it takes over you ! Why would you want some thing that takes over you ! ? People look and turn to drugs to try and run from there problems or etc . Your health is suppose to mean everything to you your family and children and grandchildren before pot weed will ruin your hole life ! And I hate when people say just try it lol stupidity stop letting the devil control you

  • cmo July 30, 2014, 10:43 am

    ive smoked for ten years, and have quit ? TIMES.. people, the withdrawals are very real. ive had them all from terrible night sweats to seriously thinking i was losing my mind.. but every time i think im bout to die, my symptoms disappear and im TOTALLY fine within bout 7 days. in fact, ive been through it so many times now, that i actually know what phases are coming up and look forward to them. so why do i start again? simple, i like to smoke. now, im a mental person so the mental effects are hard for me. my minds power is everything to me, and the first time i quit, i thought i was going to be brain dead and stupid for the rest of my life. when in fact, this experience was prob the best thing that ever happened to me, because i learned the power of the mind and how to control it. even got my degree in biochemistry. And thats really what u have to do when going through this. keep telling urself that it is part of the process and u WILL get over it. dont be negative about ANYTHING. the human body is so incredible. dont let ur mind control you, you control you..

  • NL July 28, 2014, 9:14 pm

    60+ quitting again. Smoking way too long! I can’t tell you how happy I was to find this forum. I thought I was going crazy after quitting and having all the nausea, sweats, anxiety loss of hunger etc that others have mentioned here. Several times I’ve tried and failed because of my weakness and not being able to get past the symptoms. I’m going to succeed this time (at least I’m going into this time with this thinking).

    I now know I’m not alone with feelings and will continue reading each and every comment and try and get insight from most of you. The haters out there are easy to spot and I’ll ignore.

    Thanks again for all of you who have shared and tried helping others. I appreciate it if that means anything.

  • Kar July 24, 2014, 3:40 pm

    As an experiment I’ve been vaping high end weed for approx. 2 weeks (attempting to create brain changes in a concious and controlled manner), intermitidly on a weekly basis prior for the last year. 3 days ago I ran out and have had severe nausea around dinner time. I had no idea why I felt sick or what was happening until I googled withdrawal symptoms. I will now be more aware as I carry out my experiment. Thanks for the article.

  • JC July 23, 2014, 8:03 pm

    Nice to see this forum. The libertarian part of me applauds the current state-level push for the legalization of pot, but the pragmatic part of me worries about more and more people experiencing the very real and debilitating effects of marijuana withdrawal, which I and most of you here have. I guess one way of avoiding withdrawal would be to keep smoking, and legalization may just make that a real possibility for many. For many more, though, this won’t be an option. You’ll always be able to get your weed cheaper from your dealer than you will from a state-licensed pot shop, but the stuff still costs money, and there will likely be a time or two in your life when, as I did, you’ll have to choose between paying your utility bills or paying for dope. (Yeah, I know — “You can grow your own for free” — but most of us have thumbs that are about as green as Santa’s beard.) Then, when your friends get fed up with you mooching weed from them, you’ll be visited with the Welcome Wagon of anxiety and depression that all new neighbors in the Land of Sobriety are treated to. The bad news is that the withdrawal, in most cases, is pretty hard to handle. You’ll be amazed at how much your feelings of well-being, self-worth, and good old-fashioned coolness were dependent on your inhaling smoke from a burning plant. The good news is that, as with everything in life, withdrawal’s not permanent. You can soldier through it. Potato chips will never taste as good again, Monty Python won’t seem nearly as funny, and you’ll wonder why you thought the Grateful Dead were so awesome, but you’ll have a renewed sense of optimism, more energy and confidence, and no more worries about utility bills .

  • vic July 21, 2014, 2:29 am

    reading these post are sureal [excuse my spelling] i began smoking when i was 16 i am now 57 years old. i had minor asthma as a child i now suffer sever asthma and copd [test show i have lungs of a person 107 years of age]. i have tried to stop before and did for about 3 or 4 months, upon getting pulled over and busted i have decided to stop it has been almost a month. i already suffer anxiety and depression mostly due to the death of my son. i was addicted to cocaine and used it everyway that one could. i stopped cold turkey years ago. but i always had my vice of pot. i realize you cant stop unless you want to. however its not so much the urge to smoke its all the withdrawel symptoms that i have to deal with. i sweat my sleeping habits and now i have high blood pressure. i guess my point is if you do smoke pot it does have effects on your everyday life. the memory loss i have can never be replaced, and i dont care what ppl say it does effect brain cells. however it did help with ny cronic back pains and the stress of my job [which is a business i have ran for 30 years and sucsefuly] but truthfully its because i couldnt pass a drug test. sorry to ramble just needed to vent. so to my fellow smokers dont let it take over your lives and good luck i truly feel your pain. wish me luck, and thank god i have a family that stand behind me and beside me.

  • Jason July 20, 2014, 12:19 am

    i have smoked for 8 plus years using a bong and did this daily. I convince myself it is harmless. I have quit shortly on a couple of occasion and can tell you for certain, withdrawal is real. I generally know what im going to have to go through and its not fun. I actually have a system to beat my withdrawal as quick as possible. I sweat, but I get cold sweats. I wear a sweater and wrap myself in my blanket and hope try to sleep. I feel like I can sweat it out and get through the process faster but it may just be in my head. The worst part is the anxiety..wow, its hard to explain other than you feel scared, worthless, lost, like a failure, confused all wrapped in one. I stress that if you feel this anxiety try not to be alone it is one million times easier to get throught if you have someone with you. If you are alone, the feeling is compounded big time. Anyways my withdrawal usually only last 3-5 days and then after that its a cake walk for me. The problem isn’t getting off, its STAYING off!

    • Matt August 19, 2014, 3:23 pm

      Jason, this is exactly the same as me! I smoked everyday for 2.5 to 3 years and I have gone cold turkey for 1 week and today is the 8th day! I agree that the first 3-5 days are the hardest, I was literally craving a fat bong so badly but I just fought through it! I don’t even know how I did – just sheer will power! I still want to smoke it but now but the cravins are still there for a bong or a zoot. I think I can do this but the problem will be saying no when it is offered to me. I just don’t know if I could do it.

  • Just T July 19, 2014, 4:24 pm

    I’ve been smoking all day every day for only one year. i don’t think that pot is the worse drug ever, but i have relapsed at least 50 times, can’t sleep at night, don’t feel like eating or working out anymore, and have really strange dreams. There’s nothing to blame besides the pot.. there is definitely withdrawl. A lot of times i feel pointless trying and i should just smoke my whole life, but it’s the devil and i want it out of me.

  • JohnD July 18, 2014, 2:14 am

    Quitting sucks. Smoked on and off for 17 years.. Mostly on.. Ever seen “Reefer Madness”..? Well, I agree with most, that 30’s movie was a joke. I say the “madness” starts after you quit.. Jeez o mighty… lol..

  • Bob July 13, 2014, 7:51 pm

    I smoked weed for 35 yrs, I am 55 now and have never seen a doctor.I have never taken “presciption” drugs as they will screw up your body.I don’t get sick and am perfectly healthy. The Government does not want it to be legal because all of the pharmisutical companies will go out of business will fail! as so will the doctors. All I know is when I stop, (because I can’t find any) I do get withdraw and it is not fun. Weed keeps me healthy and happy. I work my best when stoned and get alot accomplished. I will never stop and will probably live to be 100. we only use 10% of our minds, but weed stimulates your brain and opens up parts of your brain You usually don’t use, makes me more productive and more open minded. if You take presciptions, flush them and buy cannibis you won’t regret it. anyone who smokes habitually will agree. closed minded people will not. Period!

  • JB July 13, 2014, 5:19 pm

    day one for me after smoking daily since ’92( several failed attempts never going longer than 4 months). i’m 40 years old now and don’t like the way it controls me. I also cant imagine my life without it. that’s scary. I prefer weed over pussy and i’m hetero. I was a isolated smoker for the most part only did alone cuz I was using it to suppress the negative feelings I have toward myself: low-esteem and lack of confidence. this sound familiar to anyone?

  • Mr Blue July 12, 2014, 9:20 pm

    Thank you so much for this, I was terrified of the unknown when first deciding to go cold turkey and believed I had schzifrenia to panic attacks but this puts everything in perspective, very helpful

  • Adam S July 10, 2014, 4:26 pm

    Wow! What a blog! What amazing stories and tips so many of us addicts have to share with each other. I’ve learned more here and I share the extreme discomfort many of you have experienced and are experiencing. My heart goes out to you with the ‘roller coaster to hell ride’ Things in life give us the catalyst and motivations to move on from “medicating” the dependence. As one poster noted, inaccessibility for travel is a factor for those who become dependent. Going more mobile as changes happen in your life, mine will be for practical reasons in that respect and out of love.

    I’m 38. I’ve been smoking since 16. I got into growing and breeding with an elite co-cop across the US. I was the snob or snobs for cannabis, going on relentless pursuits for the best, like G-13. I even have Strainbase submissions because of my pin-point accuracy. Nevertheless, I was partnered, and they got to the point where they said, it’s time close the grow down. Way too concerned with accidents or disasters (electrical,fire, water ect) So we agreed to just buy it. Towards my mid-later 20’s my attitude changed and getting ‘high’ or stoned wasn’t important, but that I was getting enough medical value in its effects. I already suffer from G.E.R.D/IBS/anxiety and social disorders. I’ve seen it as multi-purpose in conditions that other medications don’t offer relief from. After growing, I bought a QP a month just about of reg/middies, at the rate of 3.5 g’s a day. Without getting into a lot of details that go off topic, my ex partner read something that spooked the hell out them and requested I try to quit. It involved money, a substantial amount of capital for future business acquisition. I decided my future was more important than medicating all the time, so I thought maybe we could move to something nicer with the money saved from the smoke. So I went ahead and began the process. The first day is EDGY and cravings like mad, and it builds up. You notice your whole body is out of equilibrium. Moody, snappy, emotional distraught of life and the world. It continues, the body sweats, severe stomach cramps, body aches, restless/uneasy feeling, disjointed, crying fits, horrible nightmares and vivid dreams. Anger outbursts, rage, appetite deprivation, nothing is ‘enjoyable’ anymore. It got more intense with each day. I found only 1/2 Valium could keep my sanity and clam me down. I already am lean and fit, so I pushed myself hard in working out. Took sweat baths constantly. Everyone has great tips! Water, exercise, walking, new activities (get on a roller coaster for an endorphin/dopamine fix!) but only few mentioned SHOWERS. HOT SHOWERS, but I’m about to share something even better than showers or baths…Jacuzzi/Hot Tub! Yes, folks, I’m not kidding. The condo where I live has a cement bathtub for one and not great with jets, but it WILL RELAX you way down. If you have a condo with one, USE the dammed thing! IF you have a home and can afford to put one in the backyard, DO IT if its not already there! IF you can put one inside like a bathtub, get that done unless you have one! IF your only option is a health club, then sign up! It’s the best investment you will make in your recovery, because they do the ultimate in tension and stress reduction. Trust me! Jump in one when you are ready to just explode at everyone and everything and you’ll be like OMG I feel so much better, for now. It comes in waves and builds up again. At nights I’d wake up from dreams and run to shower for hot water immersion. I’d scream, cry and shake like I was being tortured standing under the water.

    One day the tension got so bad that I snapped hard as my Valium was being controlled and monitored. Verbal exchanges that turned physical. I got back handed hard into the nose and was bloodied. That set me off further, so I went and called the cops and brought them over, not even thinking about the contraband lying around on the coffee table. The two cops put it together and used coercion for a confession to give up the stash or they would get a warrant to turn the whole place upside down. I had about a mason jar filled to the top. The jar was slightly covered covered up in bed, and I think my ex partner was about to give in when I came back… Too late, and I gave in and handed one the jar. He told me “this isn’t COPS the TV show and you aren’t worth the time – we just want the the big guy! No arrest made. Just a report filed and was said I had to make a buy from the person who sold it to me with further instructions. Yeah, I had agreed to the buy, but to end this part, the search was illegal and unconstitutional. The case was dismissed!

    After about a week it got so bad, my ex partner started looking into rehab facilities and a ploy to keep me out of doing the buy should the call happen. We thought we found something good and made a long trip down to Palm Beach S FL over several days. When it came time for admissions, most of the staff had taken off for the weekend and very unprofessional handling. It gave us 2nd thoughts to subjecting insurance to claims. I continued to have these extreme swings in moods, a few suicidal thoughts. I only found solace in sleep, but then the dreams kept waking me up in a fit of terror and panic. It kept going on for about 2-3 weeks, and lessening after hitting a peak. It wasn’t over though. The dreams and crying finally ended, but what came on full force was overwhelming anxiety from that point on.

    I was over the withdrawal by the 4th week, but like many noted you find that your personality is missing/hollow and things you associate with smoking such as car rides or trips, video games, movies, music and so forth remind you of the inclusion of smoking in those activities. It’s not easy. If you have stashed or hidden anything at all, your mind begins to hunt and compel you to search those spots or find a few roaches you want a hit off of. It’s also not easy if you are in a difficult relationship. Some environments aren’t conducive to recovering at all being high stress. Not completely over things after 2-3 months, I went to see a counselor to talk with. He recommended Kolnopin and Buspar to clam me down from high tension. My primary physician was reluctant to write the Rx for me. I told him I quit smoking and that I was so anxious and uneasy. I just couldn’t relax at all! Thinking these meds would really help me, I went and got them filled immediately. When I got the Klonopin, I tried that first…10-15 mins later I’m dizzy, I can’t think straight, I’m filled with angst. I run to the shower again to see if I can clam down. This medication made things WORSE for me. After getting out of the shower, my eyes started roll back and drool came out. Walking out of the bathroom I collapsed and just foamed at the mouth. My ex partner just exclaimed “THATS IT! I can’t have you like this anymore” They knew someone that a friend knew that was a smoker and contacted them for supply.

    They came over with something. I rolled up reluctantly considering how far I came (wonder if I didn’t give it enough time ? ), and after 2-3 hits, EVERYTHING, and I do mean every aspect equalized in my body. I just couldn’t believe how this stuff restored the balance, but Rx medications threw the body way off, even worse. I didn’t want to get stoned or blitzed, those days passed. I just wanted to keep the balance or equilibrium in the body from feeling I was going to really lose it. I started with 0.5 a day, but over a few weeks time that went back up to 1.8. I’d roll tiny pin blunts by breaking one paper in half. I would keep myself much more moderated and regulated, trying to make myself go hrs and hrs without smoking it. I’ve done better, have gone up to 12-14 hrs before I reach the edge of the cliff at the times. I’m at a minimal stage now as onset can begin quickly with withdrawal. I’m only staving it off currently!

    The economy collapse of 2008 brought changes with it for me. I’ve had to venture off into dating and meeting someone from online. Many suitors just can’t stand a smoker. It doesn’t matter if it’s cannabis. There are accepting people out there, but the stigma still rules even in 2014. I’ve used it medically on this 2nd go around since 2008, but it has stood in the way of my future and a better life. Recently I’ve connected with a person who seems to like and accept me. plus we share a lot in common, but being high profile with yachts, private jets and global travel I’m staring down the barrel of the gun again. They have emphatically said no smoking on the boats as they will not risk crew lives. They told me they find all smoke offensive smelling and allergic to it. They fret over the legality issues as well and they would rather I be high on life than to medicate.

    I’ve decided after another 6 years, that my life that is soon to come will be completely impractical for cannabis smoking. I don’t want to be worried and concerned where/how to get it being “jet set” in many locales of the globe. It’s one thing to make a trip, which there are ways of bringing your medicine with you, but it’s another to be jumping here and there, being on the go a lot. Now it’s time to let it run it’s course out of me being a hinderance. Upon learning the pace of life I will be leading, I’ve further reduced down. I no longer try to smoke all 1.8 for the day. I try to leave something remaining into the next day. I try to teach myself not to use all of it. I haven’t stopped yet, but I’m preparing myself as I tapper down. It may not be as severe this time around I hope because of the tapper, but nonetheless the symptoms are very real and disrupting for longer than you initially realize. To be honest I’m scared!

    I’m very happy not everyone has to go through the hell some of us must, but don’t equate yourself to us! We all react differently due to body chemistry! We are all DIFFERENT and NOT THE SAME as those who don’t have to feel withdrawl. Nobody is going to tell me it’s all psychological when I feel the physical pains and mental anguish. It’s very real, and lets face it, even cannabis is not that harmless. No drug is harmless. Legal or illegal period. Cannabis is great multi-purpose medicine, but for some of us, we grow a dependence to it and it becomes it’s own chaos. Our brains are already hard wired for cannabinoids stimulant. For some it’s just not a big deal. They take it or leave it. For others it becomes the center of our lives, dictating how we live and limitations that prevent us from having it as part of our daily lives. I don’t NEED cannabis once it’s been completely purged from the body and no remaining traces left. I’m tried of being worried about the “ride to hell” if I don’t have it or how to sneak it. I just don’t want to have to be concerned or worried that I’m going stark raving mad over cannabis. I just want to feel NORMAL without cannabis and the misery of it’s withdrawl!

    Here’s some of my tips that were helping :

    The first being long HOT WATER immersion! The best being able to use a jacuzzi/hot tub regularly that combines, massage, heat and steam! You’ll thank me for this one!

    Find NEW interests to take away from those you associated with smoking . It doesn’t mean give them up, but complement to keep it mixed up in a cycle.

    Focus all your rage and anger into your workouts. Blow it off by pushing yourself to the max!

    Prepare people around you that you aren’t going to be yourself for awhile. Inform them of the symptoms you will show, so they are aware its not you and the brain recalibrating off cannabis chemicals. Inform them of this blog so they understand, rather feel confused thinking you’ve gone mental. I just don’t want to feel it’s only the medicine/drug that keeps me balanced and sane

    And whatever you do. Get rid of everything once you start. Don’t be me with a blow up that leads to consequential circumstances, especially if you are living with someone.

    I will be joining all of you very soon, and this time I intend to stick it out for the betterment of life and a future. I have discovered a study done on Gabapentin and Nabilone for reducing withdrawl in cannabis. I intend to take the study to a Dr who’s been quite liberal with Rx pad and hopefully they will take compassion on me and my desire to give it up. IF it can ease the severity, then I think it could make all the difference in getting through.

    Good luck to all. Keep the support rolling through here! :D


  • Will July 9, 2014, 10:44 am

    I’m visiting today because I’m now 10 days weed free. I smoked it just to chill out, relax and get a better sleep, had done so for the last 10 years, I didn’t smoke all day everyday and never let it interfere with my work therefore kept it for the evening, 1 or 2 before bed and as much at the weekends as possible. I’ve decided to keep smoking cigarettes during quitting this time and I’ll tackle that when I feel my body no longer needs weed, as it’s hard enough to give up nicotine let alone both at the same time. During the first few days of quitting I felt good and had a lot of energy that was not normally there, although I didn’t have any appetite I generally felt good about it, things seem to have changed now and coupled with the fact I have a fair bit of debt I’m feeling depressed, aggressive and generally feeling like what’s the point to life, I’m arguing with people over the silliest of things. I know that this will pass as my body adjusts and know that I need to distance myself from the drug as far as possible, I tell myself I’m 10 days now, what’s the point of going through this again? I stopped last year for 3 months and experienced all this and I’m thinking to myself why am I putting myself and family through this again?? This time it’s gone for good. I lost the opportunity of a job I’ve been waiting on for the last 3 years as part of the induction was a drug test. This job would have gave me security and a much larger wage that would enable me to clear my debts and start a better life.

    I ask myself is it really worth it? I managed just as well and if not better without the drug 10 years ago? I’ve developed short term memory problems and problems with attention span which I now relate to these ten long years of abuse.

    It really just is not worth it

  • Trev July 5, 2014, 10:11 pm

    After readin these comments it sounds like the problem isnt marijuana, its people who think they know whats best for everyone else. I smoke marijuana every day with no ill effects. If i dont feel like smoking it, i dont. But when someone forces me to not use an organic plant, i feel very distressed and that is when i experience these “symptoms of withdrawl”. Marijuana helped me overcome social anxiety, and depression when my father died. I have seen drugaddicts but i have never heard of or seen a marijuana user as a drugaddict. We dont lose our minds and break into stores to get money for our next fix. I am disgusted at the thought of someone telling me what i can or canno do and i will never stop using this wonderful god given flower.

  • james July 5, 2014, 2:00 am

    I’m on day two of sobriety after 20 plus years of 24/7 high. I made heavy duty stoners look like lightweights. 600-800 dollar a month addiction. Yes it’s embarrassing to admit. Yes I feel like an idiot. Right now my withdrawals are pretty serious and I’m having a very hard time. Please wish me well in my journey through hell. I’m doing this for my wife andchildren. They deserve better than what I have offered thus far.. I am a addict.

  • Trish July 4, 2014, 12:09 pm

    I have smoked Marianas since I was 13 and now I’m 33. I quit for 1 year then went back to smoking around 5 grams a day sometimes more sometimes less. I have decided to quit and I have severe withdraw. I have digestion problems and a severe headache. All the aches and pains are killing me. Any long time smoker will have withdrawals. Short term smokers will not have severe withdrawal if they have any at all. Good luck on everyone’s journey on becoming weed free.

  • martin July 3, 2014, 6:40 pm

    I’m on day 14 cold turkey…been a heavy weed smoker 2 grams day min. for 25 years. Been tired of it for a long time now…..I am on cyprolix (30days now) and I’m doing well…I have not had an urge to toke since day 2…vivid dreams and tired is all I’m going through…I can deal with that…my spouse toke but we have a strict rule…I don’t want to see it or smell it…I also have my own tin of weed and pipe which I loaded on day 2 (but didn’t smoke). I’m keeping it cause I know I have it and could use it, but have made a purposeful decision not to…sort of self empowerment ..hey if it works , why not…..also having a goal helpS..I want to get my a/z licence…all in all very easy, not sure why I waited so long. good luck everyone.

  • Ray July 2, 2014, 5:51 am

    I have been a stoner everyday since I was 16 now I am 24 and haven’t smoked for two month the first 10 days was extremely difficult with severe symptoms such as irritability headaches cravings and anxiety but thankfully I had the good network of caring people supporting me. The best way I find to deal with it was going to the gym and focusing on improving my health and avoiding all dealers and those who I use to smoke with. For two years since graduating I was unemployed however since I quit smoking I was invited to a lot of job interviews and just landed myself a sick graduate job in Investment banking. Shows what you can achieve without weed!

  • Charlie July 2, 2014, 2:38 am

    At last stopped the weed after 2 years and was feeling the symptoms so decided to have heroin as a substitute to get rid of the withdrawal symptoms and I now feel much better. So for all you people out there who ate trying to quit heroin is your best bet. If you still feeling the symptoms then try some crack with it it will help calm your nerves good luck

  • PS4 June 25, 2014, 5:04 am

    I have smoked for over 10 years. Sometime as much as going through an 8th a day. My wife and I have finally decided to stop together, and it has been a challenge. Despite what everyone says, get yourself a few gallons of green tea with no sugar or caffeine. Whenever I detox I use it and I feel replenished after a week of heavy pissing. Exercise, and remember you can do everything you did with a blunt in your mouth! Except there is a lot less paranoia, and people can’t bust you for shit.

    • steve July 2, 2014, 11:51 am

      Hi Guys
      I have been smoking every day now for almost 29 years. I have always worked in full time employment and been a keen gym user I have run my own business for the last 2 years which I am highly motivated about. Over the years I have given up weed on three separate occasions on average about 10 days each time and all of which were incredibly hard. Finally I have had enough last week I started to get chest pains and this has really turned me off smoking again so I quit there and then ok so the old side effects kick in like night sweats and headaches but this time I am going to stick to it and will be going back to the gym next week once my chest infection is better as I am on anti-bitotics at present. This time I will stick to it I also visited my Mum in hospital last week who has been a 20 a day ciggie smoker all her life she is now 74 and has tubes in her throat to feed her and supply her with oxygen after having throat cancer. If that isn’t enough to turn me off smoking then nothing is I am prepared to conquer this terrible affliction once and for all. It is all down to the individual.

  • some1 June 24, 2014, 4:18 am

    Apparently I have been a passive smoker because of a neighborg smokes quite extensively and due to airflows in our multistorey app. all the fumes come to my apartment.

    As symptoms I have had visual snow: halos, difficulties with black&white contrasts and I got my first visual migraine attack four years ago, apparently when the neighbourgh moved in.

    Also, I have had these problems that I don’t see things, I mean I see them well and clear, but don’t make a connection with what I see. I have learned it is due to kannabis making you to focus more on the visuals and disconnecting the rest of the brain from what you are seeing. And I just hate that. I’ve couple times been almost under trams and lorries, because it just slows your reactions down. And I do roadcycling, a lot. I’ve learned I have to be extra careful, but sometimes it just does not help either if I forget.

    And one day just recently I was late for work because I just got lost in time. A very weird experience.

    Now this guy has been away couple of days and last night I was sweating a lot and having the weirdest action dreams and kept waking up. But otherwise I have had this great feeling of normalness back! I don’t feel like wordl is muffled but feel like I used to be. Can think clear and don’t have weird emotianal up and downs and unpurposeful things going on, bit like being mildly drunk I guess. I can plan and think ahead. A very nice feeling overall indeed. I hope the neighbourgh stays away long.

    Guess it is quite unusual to get effected by passive smoking, but I am sensitive person for any kind of substances. Like black pepper if I eat it makes me wake up and not getting sleep. Also tobacco does the same. I only need to be in a room where someone has smoked and even if there is no smoke left I cannot get sleep. I can stay awake two to three nights no problem. My friends know not to some around me. : )

    Maybe I just need to start taping the door so the fumes don’t get in or something. Or move. The problem with the latter is how to find a place where there isn’t a similar problem with neighbourgs.

  • AJ June 23, 2014, 12:41 pm

    For everyone here experiencing withdrawal, keep your heads up, we’re all going through more or less the same process. For some of us, it may take a little longer to get healthy, or the symptoms may be a little stronger, but as soon as you decide to leave the cycle that the drug creates, you’re most definitely on the track to full recovery. Step one in the process is to accept the signs your body gives you in order to let you know it doesn’t like what you’re doing to it (dizziness, anxiety, etc.). Like the article says, do not freak out and do not lose your cool, these are only reactions sparked by you deciding to get a substance out of your body that it has become used to taking. The simple fact that you’ve made up your mind to quit is the sign that you’ll get over the withdrawal, and trust me, it won’t take that long to feel better. Check your progress after 3 months (it may take a little longer to clear completely but don’t worry, by this time no matter how long you smoked you will feel noticeably better) and seek medical attention if the anxiety gets annoying. I didn’t smoke for as long as a lot of people (almost every day for 3 months) but I did abuse the drug in the sense that I used it to be more social at parties (I’m a student in college) and to “relax”, eventually developing quite a dependence for it, hence why I’m experiencing withdrawal symptoms despite not a very long duration of using. Its’s been 4 1/2 weeks and the dizziness is pretty bad in my case but I accept it and it’s starting to get a lot better; good hydration, sugars to raise blood sugar levels, eye drops to clear vision, and calming your body all help this particular symptom. Speaking of hydration, eating well and drinking plenty of water just help you feel more healthy overall regardless of weed withdrawal, as well as sleep and exercising. Try to excersise, and more importantly get adequate rest. I support all of you, you’ll all be fine don’t worry. You’re not “losing your mind”, you’re only going through withdrawal. It’s simply your body adjusting to changes. Heck, everyday clean is actually having the opposite effect, you’re actually “getting your mind back” even though you never lost it to begin with, you just smoked a lot of weed and got kind of groggy because you’re body got used to the high dopamine then come down cycle, and it’s a lot to put your body through if you think about it. Just a reminder, people who are crazy/lose their minds are not aware of it. You’ll be great, don’t worry. God bless you all and seriously, if you would like someone to talk to everyday about the process contact me at [email protected]. I’m no expert on drug rehabilitation but I like helping others and never want to see people struggle, especially with things I know from experience may be hard. Keep your heads up guys!

    P.S Don’t forget to seek the right people and socialize. Cut out the people that may hold you back from moving on, not in a vain sense but just so you can avoid environments that aren’t conducive to your recovery. Help them once you’re in a position to but also remember you can only help those who want to help themselves. It may be hard to socialize with all of these things slightly out of wack but do it anyway. The right people/relationships will always pull you straight out of any bad mental state, including anxiety and depression (hence why they always say all that hypothetical kid in school who was depressed and antisocial really needed was a couple good friends/relationships) It’s definitely a rewarding experience. However, all in all just keep your heads up guys!

    P.P.S That was a long PS sorry guys hahah

  • Taylor June 22, 2014, 9:02 pm

    I’ve been smoking all day everyday for 14 years.
    I am on day 5 without smoking and I have got many of the symptoms.

    I have never taken pills for headaches before but I have the last 2 days. I’m sweating a lot and becoming dehydrated.quickly. Insomnia is a serious problem. If I’m deadbeat tired, i call asleep for a couple hours. Wake up and can’t fall back asleep. Fell asleep at 10pm. Woke up at midnight and couldn’t fall back asleep for 8 hours

    Small amount of irratbility.
    Cold turkey is brutal. Might ween off…

  • Wishvam June 22, 2014, 1:17 pm

    hello all,
    Its my third day and I am feeling a lot better tapering off. Its just the similar feeling that i use to get when i started smoking(More confidence).I use to smoke 8-15 joints per day and its for 3 years. Now after just three days I decided to taper off , I reduced to 3 joints per day. Hoping to reduce it to one joint per 15 days. I believe then it isn’t matter to quit.

    It all started when i took a ibuprofen while i was heavily depressed despite being HIGH. The combo gave super panic attack and Depersonalization issue.(It seems ibuprofen takes all High at once)
    Its as if i lost my identity. I forgot who i was and how i use to be, believing and living with imaginary characters of mine.
    I then decided to stop and enter the reality. So the Things i do are

    1. Maintaining a journal of withdrawal symptoms and mental health.
    2. Doing simple tasks at craving time that I sure can complete and as I look back after completion I would have skipped One interval of intake.
    (and this helps me. I decided to taper off.)
    3. Having sticky notes in frequent place we see, highlighting the cause for quitting. (i use notes in my laptop which is my frequent place),

    Again that’s a working procedure for just me. I tried to quit 3 times and only this method is working. Hope it might help some.

  • clancy June 20, 2014, 5:33 pm

    this may give inspiration to a few. i’m 60. i have been smoking pot for 45 years. i had a 6 month break 19 years ago, that’s it. moved to colorado 6 years ago and know many growers here. needless to say, this is the best pot we have ever seen in our lifetimes. i smoked morning to night. i am self employed so that is not a problem.

    recently i have had a heavy feeling in my lungs and what was getting to be somewhat of a chronic sore throat. I exercise regularily and was suddenly starting to feel a bit more fatigued…. so I quit 6 days ago.

    the first couple days was a little rough, but I immediately began feeling better about my health. some kind of intense anxiety and whatnot… just drank a couple beers when that started spiking, and just focused on good diet, etc., which I normally do anyway…just a bit more.

    well, 6 days in and I didn’t wake up thinking about my first cappucino and morning bowl. I didn’t even think about it until about noon yesterday, after I had gone on a bike ride, and I felt amazingly great.

    I never liked vaping. I like the great tastes of all the great flavors we have here and only liked flower. Last night we had a big dinner party and the pressure was a bit on. I came downstairs and did a vape hit and just got whacked.

    I was a bit worried that I’d be craving again, but this morning all is good and no desire. So my way of thinking is…. the vape, with long ass tube a long way from my lungs, is child’s play compared to burning doobies the entire day. I have that go to… when I feel the urge, and feel my health will not suffer from a vape every once in a while, but I can feel the dependence fading.

    Glad I did this, as it lets me know how I stand emotionally, etc., without pot continuously. it’s a whole way of life that you give up. and granted, i cheated a bit, but i am staying within my goals and headed in the right direction. I have enough loyalty to myself to not let this turn into a health issue, and feel i’d be letting myself down if i fired up at present, so all is good. head is good. concentration and motivation up slightly. and my nose is smelling shit that i haven’t smelled in years. seriously.

    piece of cake. something new. try it…. well, try it if you are 60 and have smoked your entire life. it’s sort of a no brainer that your lungs can’t hold out forever.

  • jesse June 19, 2014, 2:39 pm

    nobody quitS smoking marijuana because they want to, they quit because they have to. For example, getting a new job, being on probation,or having a child, marijuana is the greatest thing in the world and everyone should love it and never quit, I have recently been put on federal probation and I quit cold turkey. I’ve been smoking marijuana heavily
    (14 grams a day) since 1999 and I’ve experienced no withdrawals. eat s*** and die if you are anti marijuana

  • Bree June 19, 2014, 3:19 am

    I quit 17 days ago after having smoked regularly for 4 years . I have bipolar disorder and all the withdrawl symptoms I have anyways … The reason I started smoking in the first place was for depression, anxiety, mood swings, insomnia, pain in my body and stomachaches . I would say the marijuana improved these symptoms by about 50% , making like feel more tolerable . My biggest problem is I hate people and don’t like Leaving the house because I have fits of rage and anxiety … I would smoke in order to get myself pumped up about leaving . These last two weeks have been absolutely miserable ; I am definitely having bad withdrawl symptoms . It’s confusing though because I don’t know if it is my disorder or the withdrawal .
    I’m being forced to quit ; it is not of my choosing . I plan to be off it for at least four months to try to see what I’m like “normal” . But I plan to smoke again because I love it and don’t see how it has any negative impact on me . Except for my liver health . Trouble is I am also an alcoholic and now that I can’t smoke I am more likely to binge drink…
    Just felt like venting I guess but also maybe looking for answers from someone else who experiences mood/personality disorder and has experience with the drug .

  • Sarah June 16, 2014, 6:19 am

    OMG it’s only been 2 and a half days, and I’ve experienced insomnia, dizzy spells, severe panic attacks (just had one 2hrs ago), crazy jitters, the shakes, feel like I’m freezing or I’m sweating profusely, clammy hands and feet, irritability, and that’s all I can think of right now. I’ve been smoking on and off for about 5yrs, but the past year I started smoking 5 grams in 6-10 days. When I’m not at work all I do is smoke. I’m planning on getting pregnant and that is why I’m trying to stop! I can’t believe this is happening!! There’s been times in the past where I didn’t smoke for several months and I would experience these symptoms to very mild degree (except insomnia). It is kind of scaring me :(

  • Anto June 15, 2014, 9:27 am

    Hello Goku.
    I am in the exact same situation here with DP/DR and intense anxiety and concentratiin problems. How you are doing so far?

  • Danny June 15, 2014, 8:19 am

    After smoking almost an 8th a day, everyday of the finest you can find in Vancouver, BC — I’ve decided it’s time to kick the habit. So far I’m on Day 2; 2:00am as I write this actually… Guess that makes it day 3!

    I woke up this morning to anxiety. My heart was pounding pretty hard and I definitely wasn’t at rest. Even now I feel a slight bit of discomfort, however I’ve definitely eased up since earlier. My friend hosted a BBQ for her husband and, since I’m visiting from out of time, I’ve been staying here (day 3 now). I stayed indoors and ate alone as I really didn’t want to be in a social setting; felt like I had butterflies. I actually hung with the kids instead and played video games to try and relax… But I still experienced the underlying effects of quitting in cold turkey fashion.

    I’ve enjoyed smoking weed and at ~$3/gram you can see why I had no desire to stop–simply too much enjoyment for such a small tag. It was like an escape. But you know what? It’s not worth it. Maybe you have a great connect, but you will pay a higher price in other ways.

    I encourage everyone who quit to keep at it! And if you haven’t yet, then I pray you do. With every toke your dreams go up in smoke.

    [email protected] (if you ever need encouragement just holla)

    All the best,

  • andres June 14, 2014, 7:36 pm

    day 3 of quitting and feel really bad, stared smoking after high school, 2008, now its that i decided to quit because im tired how this herb got a hold of me, im tired to see life passing by and im not doing sht, most of the people i knew went to college got degrees, some are now even married, but here i am same place, watching life passing by without doing anything but get high everyday, 3 times a day, didn’t want to go to collage cuz all i wanted was to get high, didn’t wanted to socialize cuz all i wanted was to get high, got to stop or else im going to die, 3 years ago, i stopped getting high from regular joins and small bong rips, so i stared doing the “gravity bong” to get bigger hits, so my tolerance is off the roof , now day 3 cant sleep, cant eat, stomach hurts, cant stop sweating last 2 days i woke up soaked in my own sweat, depressed, and today as i was taking a shower, i stared getting tingly feeling in hands and legs and all the sudden, the biggest cramp ever, in my arms, both of them, they locked up in a claw position for like 5 minutes, it was really painful, now im shaking worse than an earthquake, i really hope i can make it.

  • Dallas June 13, 2014, 11:47 pm

    I’ve been smoke free for 5 days now and believe me, I’m struggling. Over the five plus years I spent smoking, I’ve managed to quit 2 times for about a month, this being my third. The last time I quit my symptoms got so bad that I heavily considered suicide and ended up in a mental hospital for a week. One would think that I had learned my lesson, but only a month or so later I fell back into my old ways.

    Here are a few things I’ve learned about quitting that may help some of you. I do realize that body chemistry differs from person to person. I’ve had friends who seemed to have no trouble quitting while I felt as if my world was crashing down around me.

    1. Loss of appetite: To me this is key to marijuana withdrawal and overcoming appetite issues have greatly eased the process of quitting for me. The brain requires a certain amount of nutrients to function normally. If you’re skipping meals because of nausea, you are more than likely further inducing your brain’s inability to function. It’s like hanger (hunger+anger) on steroids. Find foods that are easy to trick yourself into eating and consume small amounts throughout the day. These are some things I keep when I’m going through withdrawals: pickles, fruit, chicken and tomato soup, smoothies, yogurt, and some rice dishes. Fall back on your comfort foods and you may be surprised at how much better you feel. Also, don’t force yourself to eat when nauseated. Find a way to break the anxiety before attempting to eat such as taking a hot shower or going for a run to break your anxiety. Try to be patient.

    2. Exercise: I’ve also found exercise to be a great help when withdrawing. You’re not going to feel like it at all, but force yourself to go outside to take a walk or go on a bike ride. Over the time you’ve been smoking, you’ve been building up and storing more and more toxins in your body. Due to the weed itself or just because you’ve become lethargic. The more you sweat, the better you will feel. I’m not sure how scientific this is, but I believe that the night sweats we experience are due to the brain fighting to force the poisonous build up out of our bodies. By sweating through exercise, we help to speed up the process. Also, the high that you’ll get from exercise will be somewhat comparable (hardly) to the high you’re used to. It’s something to look forward to at least.

    3. Water: Drink lots of it! Make sure you’re constantly hydrating.

    4. Distance yourself from those who continue the habit. As strong as you may think you are, you’re not strong enough to keep yourself from smoking when hanging out with friends who are. It’s the addictive personality that many of share that keeps us coming back.

    5. Keep yourself busy. Focus on work, school and if you have nothing to do then force yourself out of the house. Laying around does not help to speed up the process.

    6. Breathe.

    I hope these tips help some of the withdrawal symptoms many of you are experiencing. Unfortunately, there’s no miracle cure and even when following my own advice as closely as possible, I still struggle with mild insomnia, nausea, erratic thoughts, anxiety, night sweats, depression, etc. That’s what I get for not moderating my use and I’ve paid dearly for it. Thanks for reading. Good luck to you all.


  • Chris June 13, 2014, 7:03 am

    Hi. I first want to say thank you to everybody who shared their experience, it has been invaluable to me, especially knowing I wasn’t alone or going crazy or goin to die! I have been a total stoner since 13, I am 33 now. I smoked about a quad a week or more of California chronic. The best I could get. 3 ft glass bong in my house and an arizer solo everywhere I went. I started before I left the house to work, smoked at work, after work etc…. I don’t drink or smoke cigs so to my totally sober wife this seemed ok and not a prob. After having my second child six months ago I started questioning my life etc and thought it was time to live in the present instead of being ripped out of my ass all the time. Nobody seemed to mind since I was the typical super happy no prob stoner dude. But the last few sessions of ultra strong weed and had gotten me so high I could barely tie my shoes.

    I decided it was time to quit or slow it down so I really cut back, it had never been a prob before for me. I smoke about a quarter a week or more.

    This was about a month ago. I stopped smoking in the day and would only smoke in the eve after the kids where in bed. At this time I started being really cranky, lost my appetite, started worrying about ridiculous things and stopped enjoying activities I used to love doing. My bike stayed in the garage. I was wondering what was up, never even thinking that my herb habit had anything to do with it. About eight days ago I stopped completely beacuse it up just became a pain to go wash the bong etc.. Whatever. Then it really started. Panic attacks, racing heart. The disassociation. Omg . I thought I was dying of some unknown disease. Like really dying. Wouldn’t leave the house in extreme fear of something bad happening. Pure fucking fear. Hot flashes, my stomach in knots. Depression , sadness, hating myself. Thinking I was going crazy. The gym I go to displays everybody’s heart rate on the screen with your name, I’d be at 120 just standing there. I talked to my lady about depression, anxiety was freaking me out clutching the steering wheel of the car with white knuckles , driving ten miles of side streets cause I couldn’t get on the freeway. Feelings i couldnt admit to anyone because I’d have a panic attack. I wrote letters to relatives I hadn’t spoken in years with apologizing for trivial issues. Thinking I was getting fired from work for dumb matters when the work was better than ever. Waking up terrified from ultra vivid nightmares and acting like nothing was going on beacuse I really though I was going crazy and didn’t want my family to think I was nuts. It seemed like Donnie Darko was my reality. The paranoia was relentless. I couldn’t watch end of the world apocalypse types shows with out totally freaking out. It really felt like my world was flipped upside down and I worried I was developing some type of mental disorder. I though I was having a heart attack and this is all in the last week. My buddy came over , we puffed like old times and a couple days ago and I didn’t even think twice. He came over so we could ride our bikes and after we smoked a j on the porch I told him I was too tired and sorry. The truth use was freaked out we where goin to be runn over and die beacuse a moth flew in out faces and it was an omen. He left and racing thoughts flooded my brain. I didn’t go to sleep till 3 am only cause I forced myself to lye down and close my eyes. My daughter woke up crying she’s a baby and I hopped out of bed and ran freaking out like we needed to evacuate the house. My wife realized there was a problem. I was really scared for my life in a way I had never experienced. Four hours ago after writing my stepmother whom I hadn’t talked to in four years a very emotionally charged email I decided on a whim to google marijuana withdrawal half believing it was a myth. Not even realizing that it might be connected to what I had been experiencing. I have a half oz of the best weed ever in my garage and will prob give it away to my buds. I never want to experience this again. I just wanted let everyone know that just knowing what was happening to me was a. Huge comfort and relieved the anxiety of just not knowing what was happening to me. It was half the battle. I know now it will get better and will never look back. I might puff here or there in future but not for a long time. I want my body and mind to heal and be what it needs to be. And I have a newfound respect for mental sanity, lol.

    All I can say is thank god for this article, and forum posts. It has giving me the comfort of knowing what is happening to me, that I’m not alone and it gets better. Thanks! I will update my experiences as my withdrawal gets better. I run a lot and it seems to be one of the only things that helps. It gets me tired so I can sleep and I releases my runners high that make me happy and not scared. Positive thoughts and all my love!!!!

  • Alex June 9, 2014, 4:17 pm

    Thank you for this. Although I am envious of those that dont experience withdrawal from this drug. It is a real problem and I think more positive articles like this should be out there. Warning people that moderation is key is dam good advice and spreads across almost every topic. Those calling this bs should go to a local rehab and see just how many types of maurijuana support programs there actually are. Dont be willfully ignorant. Thanks again. All the best to all y’all.

  • just joshing June 9, 2014, 1:42 pm

    I had breaks from smoking, every year for the last 20+ years.
    Some of the comments here reminded me of this

    • Sarah June 16, 2014, 6:33 am

      Lmao, thanks for this!!!! This made me laugh so hard!! It’s 1:30am and I needed to smile since my entire day has sucked (day 2 of detox).

      “Have you ever sucked a dick for marijuana??? (Chapelle thinks about it and answers no)!! Boo him” hahahahahaha *dead

  • Ben Hew June 8, 2014, 11:20 pm

    I’ve been cannabis free for just over a month and most of my withdrawal symptoms have left (thank god). Initially for the first 3-4 days I was actually very happy and had a lot energy…Then came the vivid dreams, the insomnia, the awful paranoid and social and generalized anxiety (I actually believed my new work colleagues were talking about me and discussing how weird and how mentally unstable I was. Which was not the case) the depersonalization and the depression. It was awful, one of the worst experiences of my life. But as I said most have left now and I only suffer with mild anxiety which I know for a fact will leave eventually. I also found that I was having some involuntary thoughts which wasn’t nice either? But anyway, I wish everyone the best of luck on their journey to quitting! It’s a tough one! But you must stick at it, the reward at the end is priceless. Clarity. I quit personally because I was having really bad anxiety, I used to smoke and then not talk to anyone and just go upstairs and google whether i was insane or not. It was fucking me up big style. I smoked for 4 years almost everyday varying amounts. Its not worth it and i wish i had never started. It does nothing but distort your sense of reality. Cannabis may not kill you, But it will kill the person you used to be.

  • Erick June 4, 2014, 4:28 pm

    This website really helped I quit smoking and I was getting all that crap it says. I was freaking out. The headache, puking, not eating right sweating more than usual… Thank you mental health daily.

  • H June 3, 2014, 10:11 pm

    Like many of you I’ve been a stoner for well over 15 years. I’d just like to share my experience of withdrawal. All the above symptoms mentioned I’ve experienced to, crying, depression, severe anxiety, irritability to name but a few. What I did to combat the withdrawals was to change my entire lifestyle. Begin by changing diet, vitamin supplements such as omega 3 to help with the headaches, vit b,c and d to boost your neuroleptic nerve function combined with a fat free diet. Drink only water and green tea( for the thiamine natural relaxant).Caffeine and sugar will make insomnia worse. Try cranberry juice to detox the toxins in the liver. Exercise every day to relieve the tension and anxiety. Plus THC is stored in the fat of your stomach so you need to burn that fat off to get the withdrawal moving along quicker. Sauna will all help to remove the toxins left behind. Acupuncture and holistic massage also have immense benefits.
    Join a twelve step fellowship ie Alcoholics Anonymous, narcotics anonymous or if you have one locally marijuana anonymous will support you through this. The power of other addicts helping one another through this transition is awe inspiring. Remember we didn’t become addicted over night so easy does it. One step at a time, you’ll succeed if you really want to! You use you lose! The thought of attending meetings will often scare many people it did me, however, to conquer your addiction you must go to any lengths, do what you have to do. You’d of gone to any lengths to score skunk treat your recovery the same way. My sponsor always says to me, when I’m having one of those days, ie anxiety crying etc, “it will pass” and he is alway right. Remember are brains are sensitive and take time to readjust after constantly being sedated by skunk. You will recover! Finally, are stinking thinking never got us anywhere while we were smoking skunk, you need to change the way you think about things, make this change by following the twelve steps or find a counsellor who can give you some cognitive behavioural therapy in order to do this. Choose life, not a life of smoke smoke smoke like I did for far long, life’s short embrace society and life on life’s terms and live free! Respect to you all for doing what your doing it takes courage hope and strength to beat this, and the end reward will be something to behold! Stay strong. H

  • Daniel H June 1, 2014, 9:07 am

    I’ve been smoking for 12 yrs, I’m 25 now for the past 3 months I’ve been fighting my self to quit but everyone around me smokes n it’s pretty much just givin to me so it makes it much harder I’m going to quit I really want to … I’m going to do it for my family my daughter …but for Most of all ME …I’m addiceted and don’t wanna be but my temptation is strong but I need to grow up and put that immature high school play time drug down and really get a grasp on life I don’t like to b dependent on pot to make me feel more comfortable to go out into public it’s like I’m afraid of the world witch is funny because I used to be a MMA cage fighter not scared of anyone or anything till about 2 yrs ago I got shot for 10 dollars of pot … but ironically it helps me coup with the anxiety and tension I now feel from the world I want help I need help I wanna quit I need to quit just don’t know how to or were to start… I think I’m my biggest problem not the pot

  • Nona May 28, 2014, 7:21 pm

    I am on day 64. I smoked resin for the first 8 years until the supply started to run dry and a good friend started to grow his own weed and smoked that for 9 years. I smoked anyone under the table and enjoyed every joint I ever had, I loved weed and thought it loved me too. I gave up for 11 months when I fell pregnant and managed to stay weed free for 2 months to breastfeed, but the urge for a joint was too strong so weened my son off and got back on the weed. I enjoyed a good 5 year stretch of smoking every evening managing to fit 3-4 joints in every night. I knew I had to give up as I was starting to feel guilty about smoking weed as my son was starting to grow up and didn’t want him to see me. I had experienced the odd dry spell and had no withdrawal symptoms whatsoever. One night after smoking my heart started racing, my pulse was 110 and not going down, I ended up staying up all night. I now realise I was suffering from a panic attack due to my racing heart. I went to the doctors the next day for an ECG and it all came back fine and the doctor also sent me for tests which also came back fine. Due to this episode I decided to give up weed for good. Having never experienced withdrawal symptoms before (even when pregnant) I was shocked at the severity of my withdrawal, which I can only make sense of now that I am “clean”, I experienced severe anxiety all day and night, couldn’t eat and had a racing heartbeat for about 10 days. I had a constant feeling of impending doom and could barely function. The withdrawal symptoms lasted for about a month my sleeping leveled out quite quickly but I was such a light sleeper that anything would wake me up. Now at day 64 I can honestly say I am over it, I sleep like a log, no longer have dizzy spells and the anxiety has completely gone. Having never had a problem with weed I was surpised at how quickly this changed, I was that person who thought people were over reacting when they said they had a bad reaction to weed and thought they were exagerating. I don’t think weed is necessarily bad but I do believe your reaction can change rapidly. I passed all my exams and held down a respectable job and no one knew about my habit, now I just feel different I’m still the same person doing the same things just minus the weed, my partner still smokes and that’s his choice but me giving up hasn’t changed our relationship. It is hard to give it up but you can do it and come out the other side. Good luck to all those who are in the early days, it is hard but keep focused on being weed free, those who don’t want to give up keep an eye out for your body telling you it’s time to give up.

  • Nick from London May 27, 2014, 7:08 pm

    Hi I’ve been experiencing really horrible symptoms after quitting smoking weed. I was a heavy smoker for 7 years smoking all day, I do work but I finish quite early around 12 pm so it gave me the rest of the day to get fucking high. I’d smoke at least 7 joints a day more at weekends of strong skunk. I didn’t realise I was compensating for emotional difficulties by smoking it would give me a captain America sort of shield that blocked my problems out instead of facing them. Well I’m on my 4th day of not smoking weed and I’ve honestly never felt like this before. I get really anxious and start to panic, I make up stories in my head I I get a pain anywhere in my body I automatically think he worst, I’ve been experiencing chest pains, palpitations,dizziness, panic attacks, blurry vision, sleep problems, concentration problems, fatigue etc etc. Anyone that says they think its easy to give up is fucking stupid its one of he most if not the most horrible feeling I’ve ever had. I’m glad I found this page it has helped me loads listening to other peoples stories and some similar to mine might have to get somethin of the doc to take the edge off of quitting, this is not good!!!!!!!!!

  • Liv May 26, 2014, 4:54 pm

    Don’t know wether people still post on this, but I came across the article and honestly can say it’s the only article that has helped. Also reading all the past comments being posted.

    I quit after having a bad experience with the drug, I’ve been clean for nearly a month now, I’ve experienced all these symtoms and still experiencing them. Had panic attacks for around 2 weeks after smoking, thought my heart was coming out of my chest, depression, blurry vision which I thought I should see what’s up so I got tested. (later found out I needed glasses though for reading haha) major headaches and head pressure which has recently cleared up thankgod, horrible vivid dreams, which actually makes me confused where i actually think ‘ has it happened or not’, they have slowly been getting better and starting to feel like I can sleep all the way though. Used to shake so bad that I couldn’t barley hold a pen, hardly shake anymore which is great! Keep overthinking things. Anixtey has been getting better-ish I’ve recently noticing I’ve started sweating a hell of a lot more, which is horrible. The worst thing that I am currently dealing with is where I feel like I’m living a dream, it’s awful, it mostly happens from waking, just want it to go, but I know that it will slowly but surely (hopefully).

    I defiantly feel a lot better than I did when I first stopped. Time is the biggest healer. After reading this article I am so thankful I’m not going crazy or dieing and it nice to know that people are going though the same as me! It so reassuring! I would never go back to smoking that stuff, or advise anyone to do it. I only started doing it a lot more due to my brother passing away just over year ago and it seemed to help with the grief a little. I’m glad I’m starting to get clear, and I hope everyone who’s posted is on there way to recovery, I wish you all the best of luck, everything is going to be okay.
    (Sorry if there is any spelling mistakes haha)

  • Bert May 26, 2014, 12:37 pm

    Hey all,
    I’ve smoked the herb since I was about 17. Today I’m 30, a chronic smoker and I’m pretty sure I’m dealing with the stereotypical “30 years crisis”. I’m single, have no long-term job, no kids, etc. Looking back at what I’ve accomplished and being very disappointed with it, I’ve decided it was time to start this new decade on the right foot and that means cutting the herb.

    Now just so we’re clear, I’ve never blamed weed per se for the the situation I’m currently in. Always viewed it more as the consequence of deeper problems, rather than the cause. I’m a VERY anxious person when sober. Pot always helped me to keep focus and not lose myself in constantly imagining the worst-case scenarios all the time.

    Of late however, it’s dawned on me that a shift had occurred and that weed had most likely become a cause rather than a consequence. I’m excessively apathetic, never exercise, hardly leave the apartment unless necessary, take no initiatives what so ever, etc… etc… etc… When I wake up in the morning, one of the first things I do is “wake and bake” thus setting the tone for the remainder of the day. I.e : laziness, apathy, etc. By 4:00PM, I’m so stoned I can’t do anything but fall asleep. Things like walking my dog or brushing my teeth feel like mountains I need to climb.

    I feel as if I’m waking up and realizing that my chronic smoking has kept me a bit to focused on certain menial things, leaving me oblivious to the fact that years were passing by and I was simply drifting through them with no proper control on what I was becoming. You know that feeling you get when you hear about something, think it’s recent and then realize “Damn, that happened 6 years ago? Wtf have I been doing?!”

    I’ve never been the type to bury my head in the sand and say “Pot isn’t addictive”. Hell, if caffeine has withdrawal symptoms, pretty sure it’s safe to say pot does to. And it does. I’ve been dealing with most of all those you’ve listed above. However, don’t know about you all, but personally, I find the physical symptoms (relatively) easy to deal with. My issue is with the psychological side of things.

    I realize today that over my numerous years of chronic smoking, I’ve come to associate almost everything in my life with pot. Car ride? Need a joint. Listening/playing music? Definitely need a smoke. Gaming on a computer? DEFINITELY need a smoke. Watching a movie? Not without a joint… And the list goes on and on and on. I feel as if most of the things in my life lose meaning if I’m not smoking a joint while doing them.

    Evidently, my social life follows the same patterns. For years now, most, if not all, the people I’ve hung around with were chronic smokers. My best friend and closest confidant is a chronic smoker to and, as if that wasn’t enough, he’s of the type that buries his head in the sand (He’s of the – Pot? Lol, that’s not addictive, try smoking cigarettes and you’ll see what addiction is all about – type of rhetoric)

    I feel as if, were it only for the physical symptoms, I could of tackled my addiction years ago (yes, I’ve tried quitting multiple times before). It’s the mental construct I’ve built around weed that is my biggest hurdle. As if, by not smoking, the life I’ve been living for the past 15-ish years is meaningless.

    During these past years, I have not smoked every single day. There have been times (very seldom) where I went 4-5 days without a smoke, others where I went 12-24 hours. The big irony? Most of the times, it was harder to endure 12-24 hours without a smoke rather than 4-5 days. Why? From my experience, it’s because during those 4-5 days, I was in a different “routine”. Often, it’s because I was away with no access to bud. Sometimes, I was just so busy I did not have time to stop and properly smoke. It’s only after that I would realize “Hey, I just went for 3 days without a smoke and it went well!” The moment I settled back into my routine though… I was done for. 12 hours without the bud felt like eternity.

    Now, as stated above, none of us react in the same way. It has A LOT to do with body chemistry. However, if I were to throw my 2 cents into the lot, I would strongly suggest breaking up your routine. Take on new activities you don’t associate with smoking. Try hanging around with different people (if at all possible) that don’t smoke. Keep yourself busy as much as possible. Once you’re confident you’ve gotten through most of the physical symptoms then consider picking up those pot-associated activities you put on hiatus.

    I think the main reason why I never succeeded in the past, is because I wasn’t willing to break up my routine. Therefore, at some point, I would falter. Now, I’m going all-in. Going back to school, moving to a new place, dropping my current job, slowly but surely putting some distance between me and my pot-smoking friends… if this doesn’t do it, then honestly I don’t know what will.

    So yeah… all this to say that physical symptoms are one thing, just don’t underestimate the psychological side of things. I’d wager that for many, it’s a bigger hurdle than all the rest.

    To all those out there that think all this is a non-issue, good for you. You need not bother with us, clearly you don’t have these problems. This is not meant to be a pissing-contest and you’re no better or worse for not having any issues with quitting pot. However, I’ll be venturing a little guess. Why would you be here in the first place reading these posts? To flex your muscles and show the world you’re better and don’t have any of the issues being discussed here? Doubtful… you most likely have much better things to do with your time (if not, I’m sad for you). My guess is that deep down inside, you do have an issue, you know it but you just won’t admit to it. That’s ok, I’ve been there, done that. Somewhere down the road, when you stop, look back and realize what you’ve wasted, I’m pretty sure you’ll change your mind.

  • SA May 24, 2014, 5:01 am

    Just re-read what I wrote yesterday, should have proof read – made a couple of typos, I think the most important one is the last sentence, what I meant to say was “try not to think about bullshit and dwell on the good instead” (cross out ‘less’, I wish I could edit my post but I don’t know how to do it here) lol I think it’s obvious but just wanted to clarify so it makes more sense…

    Still staying clean here, it’s been getting better, after almost 2 months I just have to battle with cravings when they come up when I feel down or anxious (there has been less of them though and I feel more stable overall) , but if you think about it feeling down or being anxious is normal sometimes to a certain extent of course, but it’s natural sometimes. Smoking weed is just one way to get yourself away from those feelings, there are many other ways to do it that are much healthier for you and don’t include any side effects, like doing something you enjoy (other than drugs lol): hobbies, meeting people you like or in my case maybe making new friends, playing some sports. I also feel that dwelling has to do a lot with intense depression or anxiety, if you think about it, there is a point in time when your anxiety or depression goes from you feeling normal to ‘oh my god I am freaking out’, pay attention to how you feel if you start heading toward that downward spiral, most importantly don’t dwell on it more, distract yourself with something and also take a deep breath, or a bunch of them, keep continuously breathing, put some feel good music, but most importantly don’t dwell on bullshit, the more you do, the bigger the problem is going to feel inside your head, at some point just tell yourself that whatever it is, it’s not worth you freaking out about it and freaking out is not going to help anyway and just try to find a solution to whatever’s happening or just think of something else, breathe, exercise, feel good music, go running all the good calm soothing stuff.. get down with it.. that’s what helps me..

  • zombietoke May 22, 2014, 8:11 pm

    i have smoked weed since being 17, back then it was crap resin, then through my 20s it became plant, then i grew it in my 30s and since then i’ve been smoking 2-3 stupidly strong spliffs a day, without fail. It all became too much, smoking was no longer what it was and it just caused me to start freaking out. I used to love listening and making music while stoned, then it became horrific, sudden bouts of utter panic, dizziness and a feeling of passing out. Then it started happening while driving, while at work, just randomly at any time my mind idled. I was forced to stop smoking, but that nearly caused my mind to break down. so i’ve been reducing and reducing, hardly have any now, just the tiniest bit (match head size) and it instantly sets me off in a state of panic. I have a stressful job, and it can be wiped out at random times with utter panic. It was getting better recently after about 2 weeks of hardly smoking any. Tonight though i can feel a wave of panic in the background, i’ve not smoked anything…. I started to panic about the panic. i know its all in my head but i cant stop any of it. Doctor gave me betablockers to take if the attack starts, i’ve resisted on most occasions but i’ve had to have half a tablet yesterday and today. I feel fucking terrible. I think i’m dying it’s so severe. What the fuck do I do?, someone please help. This is absolutely terrible :(

    • SA May 23, 2014, 6:46 am

      Hello Everyone, I’ve smoked weed for over 15 years, heavy pot smoker here and grower, in my early 30’s now, I did manage to quit several times (largest period was 9 months), but fell back into it because what I found really difficult is the dullness I felt after I quit, although withdrawal symptoms were not a lot of fun either, I had depression, anxiety, extremely vivid nightmares, stomach pains, headaches and craving to smoke of course. I also use other drugs opiates, coke, hallucinogens a lot of times just almost anything I can get my hands on. But I’ve decided to quit about 7 weeks ago after a friend of mine overdosed on coke and opiates, we abused it for a couple of days non-stop and he just went a little overboard with it, thankfully he is ok now, we had to rush him to the hospital. But even before that I was thinking of slowing down on weed and everything, mainly weed though because that’s mainly what I smoke, I would sometimes take a break for a day or two without smoking and basically try to push it out for as long as I could. But 7 weeks ago I stopped completely and been clean of everything for 7 weeks now not even drinking alcohol, clean entirely. I just want to say that it’s been hell, depressed, anxious and all the symptoms I’ve described above.. I’ve been doing it alone, don’t have any friends here or a girlfriend to support me or any family out here and I also had to look for work during that time because I really need a job because I am really short on cash right now, (which is another reason I wanted to quit because I thought I would be more productive), still haven’t found a job but been trying my best. One of the main things I want to share here are the things that helped me so far to stay sober for 7 weeks, I would say number one thing that helped me was exercise, running/walking doing any exercise outside helps a lot!! First of all weed is stored in fat cells so by exercising you’re burning the weed stored in your body getting rid of it and it also feels really good after exercising, it’s a different type of ‘healthy high’ it really helps. One other thing for all the people having panic attacks here, I believe it has to do with breathing a lot, I’ve noticed that when I have a panic attack sometimes I actually stop breathing all together, so try to keep your breathing leveled when you feel a panic coming on, running and exercising also helps with this by the way because when you’re sitting on one place you have a tendency to slow down your breathing sometimes. Another thing that also helped me are cleansing supplements that detox your body, I would suggest to look up some natural supplements online, something that you wouldn’t be allergic, there are a lot of natural products out there and just to take them everyday, i took them even twice a day, just depends on what type of things you’re taking but just look up online for detoxing cleansing supplements and order some or buy them at a store (They’ll cost a lot less than the cost of a bag of weed each day and they’ll help you, but you have to continue to take them for a while, I’ve been off for 7 weeks and I am still taking them) Another thing that helped me is to get busy with something find a hobby or something in my case I got really busy for work, picked up some new books and also got hooked on a video game. Give it some time, for me it’s been 7 weeks and truth be told I still fell really dull sometimes and often I wake up and smell the raisin in my pipes or the crumbs of weed I have left. But I stop myself from smoking because even though I still feel dull sometime I do feel better now much less anxiety and depression and sometimes that has been replaced by a very paranoia free anxiety free happiness. I’ve completely forgotten what it feels like being happy when you’re sober, let me tell you it’s different and sometimes I find that I enjoy it even more. It’s a much more stable happiness without mood swings or paranoia, plus I’ve been more productive and definitely clear headed. So I want to say that it does get better but you have to stick to it, keep yourself occupied with something you like and just give it time and focus on the positive, try not to think less about bullshit, dwell on the good :)

  • John May 18, 2014, 2:40 pm

    I have good news for those who are experiencing severe withdrawal symptoms. I am here to tell you that you can quite with almost no or minor withdrawal symptoms. I had been using it for 15 years almost daily, and I am clean now. In about 4 months ago I decided to quit, but the symptoms were so strong (I had all the above symptoms) that I couldn’t resist and I started again after 3 days. A few weeks later when I was able to quit smoking cigarettes using nicotine patch, I decided to make my own HTC patch. I went to Youtube.com and learn how to make “pot butter”. Then bought some empty capsule form pharmacy and fill them with pot butter. I made 3 type of capsule. 1- Full of butter, 2- half full, 3- only one drop of oil. When I was emotionally ready to quit again, I took one capsule every morning and night for the first 3 or 4 days and then only one capsule at night right before going to bed. The capsule didn’t make me Hi, I even didn’t catch a buzz, but it magically helped me to quit. No bad dream, great sleep every single night. All you had to do was after a few day switched to capsule #2 and a few day later capsule number 3 and a few days later I just stopped. You can adjust the time and intake based on your own need. Just remember this capsule should not make you hi, If it does then reduce the butter. Don’t forget to eat lots of green salad and drink water as much as you can. I also started taking vitamin D and C daily (vitamins were great help also). Good luck.

  • Will May 17, 2014, 6:25 pm

    I smoked off and on for the last 30 years. I quit for about 5 or 6 years, but have been smoking for the last 20 before quitting again 2 months ago. I smoked about a quarter oz every three weeks. I maintained a good job and am currently a VP. I quit mostly because I don’t want my kids to know. They are 10 & 8. I still plan on having an occasional hit now and then if I’m with a certain friend who smokes all the time, but I won’t have any in my house anymore or buy anymore.
    I’m not sure if I had any side effects other than the first week. I had a desire for it but it’s waning. The temptation is still there.
    I was curious if anyone else has experienced a sensation of your heart skipping a beat. I assumed this sensation is from my occasional anxiety attach. I get these sporadically, but often go 6 months without one. I manage through them and they have not prevented me from going to work or working out daily. But they are irritating. So if you have had this type of sensation after quitting, please comment and let me know.
    P.S. for all those posting, I do not see any benefit of you bashing other posters. This is supposed to be a helpful blog and every one is different.

    • Dave November 26, 2014, 9:09 am

      Hey Will. I feel exactly the same. Quit smoking 3 days ago and my heart races for no reason. I then notice it and it scares me, and causes anxiety. But then I get even more afraid, wondering if my heart racing is caused BY my anxiety, or whether my heart racing CAUSES the anxiety. I would hate to think that I have lost control of my mind to such an extent that I can’t control my anxiety. I was the happiest care-free person ever before smoking weed. This is the first time I’ve had to deal with this issue.

      I have quit before for a year, and gone on holidays for months at a time with my only symptom being night sweats and slight appetite loss. This time, though, is different. I am afraid to be alone. I am afraid to not be busy with something, because then it feels like I will notice my heartbeat and get anxious and fearful once again. It is terrible. Will this go away? Can anyone tell me that this will go away after a month or even after 90 days?

      My withdrawal is so serious that I don’t even crave weed. I am actually afraid of it, almost as if I have been conditioned against it now. I literally start feeling panicky if I think about bud… So going back to smoking does not seem like it will be an issue to me – God-willing. But this heart racing/anxiety, is not normal for me, I am not an anxious scared person… This is not me. I just hope it will go away. Someone please tell me it will go away and that I will feel normal.

      To all those who decided to quit, I want to send my positivity to you and pray that God will help you in your endeavor. The people who say weed is good for are people who are interested in one thing only – money. They just want to line their pockets. I can personally say, weed is DRUG. I’ve been through it, loved smoking and advocated pot to everyone. I was dead wrong. I have already apologized to all those who I LIED to by telling them weed is OK.

      It isn’t. 1000000000000 great highs aren’t worth it when the future you is suffering. When you’re there, suffering, you won’t even remember all those highs you had. You will just feel terrible. Thanks guys, best of luck to all of you.

      • Sese February 1, 2016, 10:51 pm

        Dave… I was very happy to read your comment. I am actually strapped to a heart monitor for 21 days. I had a severe panic attack which included hyperventilation. It caused my body cramp up and I had no control over my extremities and was temperarily paralyzed. It was terrifying as I was conscious through the whole thing. My heart races and I check my pulse all the time.

        I smoke since age 12-16 at 16 I went to a rehab facility as I was also addicted to several other substances. Never considered weed a drug. I was completely sober for two years and when I was 18 I started smoking and drinking again. I am now 26 and 13 days sober. I have had about the worse mental thoughts and because I am an advocate of self searching and reaching highest consciousness my body started to reject the weed.

        As you said something that once calmed and soothed my life now sent it into a whirl wind. I would get anxious from smoking and slowly stopped. I have no cravings. And did believe I was crazy as I didn’t think your could withdrawal from weed. Physically and mentally go hand in hand. I can assure you, it will pass, but you need to help it along the way. I do a lot of guided meditation and am constantly keeping myself busy.

        It’s a process but I’ve gone through worse and just keep your face to the sunshine and you cannot see the shadows. The world is much different and I believe your body is telling you you don’t need to smoke anymore. Think about it as a cleanse. Focus on the pain welcome ask it what it is trying to tell you.

        I am very thankful that someone experienced to the tee what I am going through and I have so much hope of an awesome future! Positive thoughts to all life is beautiful and it’s not about the destination it’s about the journey.

  • Mark May 15, 2014, 5:52 pm

    Thank you so much for writing this article. it is great to know that i am not alone. I have smoke every day for around 15 years (roughly 15 joints a day). I quit 11 days ago and it has been very very difficult. I have experienced every symptom you detail above, the worst of which has just beena dissasociation from my body. My body is tingling and my face feels constantly in a haze.
    I love smoking cannabis, but have gotten to the point where I have to acknowledge thati asimply not responsible enough with it. This is again anotherproblem of it being illegal where I live. There is no control of the THC levels I consume and, each year, it gets more and more difficult to get stuff which doesn’t come laden with crystals.
    Anyone claiming it has no physical addiction is a fool and has no respect for what they are putting into their body. As for all of those who are going through the same thing, I wish you the best of luck and leave you with the message that you should not give up on your journey to quit. We all began our journey of quitting for a reason, these awful withdrawal symptoms are nothing but justifcation for those reasons.

  • dedanburydlette May 13, 2014, 1:55 pm

    I have smoked pot since my 13th birthday, I am now 32. I have quit for a few month here and a few years there. The only withdrawal symptom I get is night sweats until it is out of my system. No other problems. It is silly that people are being assholes to others who haven’t smoked long. It doesn’t matter the time or frequency used, ALL OF YOU “veteran smokers” are forgetting everyone is different and we are all effected differently. Sounds like you are trying to make it into a competition and that is sad… For the people who are having mental imbalances and emotional problems, go to your local pharmacy/drug store/ etc.. and buy a supplement call 5HTP, it helps replenish seratonin and dopamine levels. As for stomach cramps and diarrhea invest in some Pepto.. There are easy remedies for most of the symptoms. Most addicts prefer to be miserable in there recovery though, so it is in your hands to embrace recovery, suck it up and deal with it or make yourself and your loved ones miserable… Good luck!

    • David, Liverpool, England July 3, 2014, 2:15 pm

      Wise words. Well said mate.

  • Valentina May 12, 2014, 9:20 am

    I’m 16 years old and i’m having severe (not extreme) withdrawal symptoms. I have been smoking for atleast 2 years now. I quit about 3 days ago and it’s unbearable to me. (I really wonder how meth/coke addicts get off that shit, wow.) I’m sweating, extreme stomach aches, nausea, irritation, anger, even more depressed than i already was , no hunger, even less motivation, severe anxiety and panic attacks (atleast that’s what it feels like). My family says the last 4 days i have been UNBEARABLE to live with. It gets me so furious to see comments about “Wussies, try meth then tell me what you think” this isn’t about meth or coke or whatever, it’s about WEED. GTFO, what are you even doing here? Anyways, i snap at people and the least they say to me, i’m irritated as hell. So WHOEVER ignorant person said you don’t have anger problems when quiting, you OBVIOUSLY haven’t been smoking ENOUGH or long enough. I smoked EVERYDAY atleast 2 grams, in 24 hours. Mind you, i was 14 at that time. I had to quit school because my memory loss was so extreme i could not remember ANYTHING i learned at school the day before. I went from grade A student to grade D. I’m going back to school after i have quit this toxic shit. Legalize weed? Are you people really that fucking stupid? Holland (Where i live) is FULL of psychiatric clinics FILLED with kids like me who’re now FUCKED UP and have disorders because of this. I wish i never started. Weed IS a gateaway drug, it IS. Due to smoking constantly everyday weed felt like a cigarette to me. I didn’t feel anything anymore, so i started taking EX to feel like that “first time”. Man, this drug fucked my life, but i’m happy i realized that not too late. Please, don’t let your kids end up like me.. Watch out when they go out with friends, watch them when they get back home, look at their eyes, their actions, their movement. Please, it may feel good at the moment an takes your depression away for 1-3 hours but in the end you won’t feel anything and get even more depressed.

  • T May 10, 2014, 3:45 pm

    really pleased to have found this information. Turns out my 20 year old son has been smoking daily for 3 years. Recently he has blacked out and had a kind of fit and the doctors could find nothing physically wrong with him so have suggested it is the dope. He immediately decided to give up (the fits were scary) and currently he seems to spend the whole time in tears and is struggling to go to work. it has been 5 days and we have assured him it is temporary and he’s doing the right thing. Just hope he sees some improvement soon!

    • Adam June 29, 2014, 5:51 pm

      T I am 20 years old as well and am going through the exact same thing as your son. Is he doing any better after quitting?

  • Anthony May 10, 2014, 8:26 am

    Good article. I’m on day 14… Biggest change for me is at work, I’m surprised by the amount of things I can do in a day just after 2 weeks of quitting. I think weed just set the bar too high for most other tasks to compete with so I never bothered doing anything else. Guess this is a similar concept for most drugs. Main downside to quitting is the grumpiness and sleep issues :-< hope the grumpiness isn't just me though. What made quitting a lot easier for me was I needed a catalyst I.e big change, in my case I moved into a new place.

  • Mun of one May 10, 2014, 12:14 am

    I have been smoking the last 16 years of my life, I also been addicted to other drugs during that time but weed has been the most consistent.i managed to gave up when I was carrying but fell back into it once I gave birth, it is my 6th day of being clean and my insomnia is off the hook and my mood swings are just terrible, I gave up smoking nicotine the same day so smoke free for 6 days yay me! My partner still smokes and has no intention of gaving up which makes it twice as hard as my all my habits have to change I met him through mj), I feel like I’m going crazy tbh, I’m like a live wire I wil kick off at the slightest off things with my partner, the thing that’s gripping me the most is sleep deprivation, most of the comments on here have been inspiring to hear about people who have smoked for 10/20yrs + and have given up for more than 3 weeks knowing that there symptoms have faded, makes me determined to see out this phase, I do not want to be a stoned mother that is my motivation just suffering badly with side affects at the moment

    • David, Liverpool, England July 3, 2014, 2:09 pm

      Just keep doing what you’re doing. I also have to watch my other half smoke while I’m trying not to. Lets just hope they take inspiration from us! I hate the thought that either of my boys could find out I smoke weed. Drugs are drugs aren’t they!? I certainly dont want them following my stupid path.

      Good luck, and if u fall off the wagon, it’ll hang on ’til you jump back on.

  • Rob Fia May 9, 2014, 1:33 pm

    Just want to add this, I used to be addicted to heroin, but for reasons, maybe psychologically, maybe because its the last crutch i’m kicking free, I’m seriously struggling to quit smoking weed, the nausea is awful, the lack of appetite makes you feel a lot worse too, I recommend long walks to anyone whose quitting to flood your brain with the endocannabanoids its depleted, and good luck to everyone!

  • Saudi boy May 8, 2014, 11:15 pm

    I have been smoking hashish for 9 years, I was smoking in the daily basis. I moved to USA, WA where is marijuana is legal. I smoked marijuana here for 2 years. Also I have been smoking regular nicotine for 12 years. I decided on 10 of march that I will not smoke again ever in my life. I bought quarter ounce that day and I smoked it for one week then I took vacation for week to Orlando. I was very busy. The nicotine withdrawal disappeared and when I get back to Seattle I didn’t feel any pain or headache. I changed my routine, I go to the gym everyday. I didn’t use any kind of medicine or drug. I know that I am going to miss my Mary Jan but I have to do it because I want to be healthy person who can leave until 100 years. I know marijuana has no harm to our body but the problem when I smoke it I may smoke nicotine back again. I almost forget to tell you one to two glass of wine before you go to bed it is good idea. It is about 2 months from the last joint I smoked and from the last nicotine cigarette and I will keep continue.

  • Jk May 7, 2014, 10:43 pm

    Hi, been smoking for about 20 years. I’m always after the best bud, smoke it everyday, moody and irritable if I don’t get a fix but hate myself for doing it when I’m stoned. I have two kids and a lovely wife . It has been a week since I quit and yes it’s bloody hard! I keep telling myself that I havnt quit and all I am doing Is taking a break to cut my intake down. Do you think this is wise ? I keep thinking I will smoke occasionally and not everyday like I used to?? Has anyone done this? I am really skinny and I’m glad that going to the gym has helped people. I guess I am just being a pot head by not wanting to give it up completely. I like getting stoned!! I am worried what the future holds for me. Help!!!

  • Wayne May 6, 2014, 9:23 pm

    On my 2nd week of going cold turkey, Been smoking weed for around 20 years off and on but in the last 3 years I became a very heavy user (for me) doing around and ounce a week, on my days off I just sat playing xbox and smoking constantly till the early hours. My withdrawals have been bad. I have sharp pains in my head that come and go out of nowhere, my heart races for no reason on an evening when I’d usually be smoking the stuff, stomach cramps and have had 2 panic attacks (I just sat in the shower both times and it seemed to help). I want this to end, I just want to feel normal again and not like I’m on the verge of a heart attack. When I’m out walking (I live in Yorkshire, England and walk 20+miles a week in the countryside) everything’s fine, but when I’m alone it’s very scary. I’m a 38 year old man who will admit to shedding a tear or two in the last couple of weeks… I’m determined though but I hope the withdrawals decline soon, I’m no fun to be around right now and I hate feeling like this. I will also add I was a believer in the bullshit of it’s not addictive, that is total crap. This is the hardest thing I have ever done, but reading most the comments on this forum has really helped, I like all you guys am not alone, Thank you.

    • Will May 17, 2014, 6:31 pm

      Keep up the good work. You will get better. We need others to share and discuss. This forum is great.

  • ninze May 5, 2014, 1:22 pm

    Ive smoked weed for 3 years now. I actually had no plans on quitting until I went on vacation to a country that prohibits any marijuana use. I was staying there for 3 weeks. A day before leaving, I ran out but I decided not to buy anymore because I was leaving anyways. I was in the airplane and OMG just only a day and a half without weed and I already have headaches, stomach cramps irritability while I was in the airplane. Imagine seating inside in a plane for 13 hrs. Straight with severe headaches plus 3 more hrs layover in an airport and another 2 more hrs. Of connected flight with constant motion of the plane. I was dying. Im on day 3 and headaches, nausea got severe. Im am glad i if found this website. Its tuff, though I didnt plan on quitting, but forsure I am now. Fuck this, im goin to ride this until I get better. I will get rid of my bong and start a healthy life. I feel that my brain is swollen. Not to mention muscle weakness and loss of appetite. Thank you all for sharing your experiences. Its an eye opener. Yeah weed is good but I love myself this has got to stop. My heart goes to all you. lets do this goodluck to us :)

  • Ricky May 4, 2014, 10:00 am

    Half of people on here are full of wind and piss…cant believe people that are finding it hard to stop after smoking it for only 2 3 month..u shouldnt be on here ..as for the guy who smokes an oz a day thats proper bullshit..youd be dead mate….ive been smoking it myself since I was 17, 18 im now 31 with three boys and a missus thats close to been a nurse..and now ive decided to stop cant believe im saying it but im fed up of been lazy (never been out work like) with the kids and what to do more for them and myself..also I was constantly pie eyed smoking bongs mainly 1st and odd joint.(preferred bongs for more stronger and quicker stone) and as I got older it started to be a shotti pipe..id smoke 1 to 2 grams a day and it got to at worst 2 to 3 grams a day in last 5 year.It was getting to a point where even the top graded stuff jak chronic blues etc all high in thc wasnt hardly stoneing me wasnt happy until I had 5 pipes on bounce then I was stoned and happy for 1 hour, then same again an hour later becoming a vicious circle…so ive decided enough is enough 7 day of stopping now and im experiencing digesting problems mood swings.nausea and proper mad dreams as well as problems sleeping.no headaches though as yet.im determined to do it and will for my kids and the moaning missus…ill not lie to you all I could murder a pipe…..lol

  • Gordon May 3, 2014, 6:59 pm

    I quit smoking pot 4 days ago. I have anxiety and insomnia like no tomorrow. I smoked pot to help deal with anxiety, and in general to help deal with the stresses of life. I smoked pot for 21 years. This article is helpful because not only does it inform me of some symptoms to look out for, but also encourages me to keep going. I’m in therapy, and have learned some simple meditations. There is no looking back. :D

  • Andy April 30, 2014, 5:11 am

    Hey i smoked marihuana for 5 years fairly intensively (3-10x per day) and realized it makes me do shit A LOT SLOWER like seriously. I was passing off homework to smoke grass like a dumb ass. and i am in art school now so thats fine and i picked up smokin again (smoking weed is fine) for a few months and just quit. and i am getting muscular tension all over my upper body esp. my back. i think marijuana is a more powerful medicine then many believe and although it may be fun it could be compared to masterbation when using it alone— all gain no pain. which as foreseeabley could become an issue. Rats in labs with dopamine inhibitors will literally keep pushing the same button until they die just because they get a ‘free rush’ from the button pushed. similar idea- marihuana is fine for you but an immense distraction. case and point i have lots of muscle tension after my 2nd day marijuana free.

  • Rkatelyn April 29, 2014, 11:37 pm

    Im only 23 years old and have been smoking since I was 14 when my mother gave me my first cone. My partner and I have decided to give it a break, mostly my partner. It is interesting reading your comments, people that have been smoking for 20years. Ive always known that I can easily quit, but my problem is that I really dont want to quit. When I got pregant I stopped cold turkey at age 20 after smoking everyday. I have now not had any for the last 2days due to mainly my partner wanting to quit. I did not think I would feel like this, I feel upset, short tempered, very aggitated and its effecting my daughter and my relationship, also my 16 year old brother that lives with me. This is difficult! But reading your comments has given me a little insignt that I do need to stop.

  • David, Liverpool, England April 29, 2014, 6:47 pm

    I’m into week 3 of yet another attempt to quit weed.

    I’ve smoked for 20 years. Every single day, quit attempts aside. For some time, the paranoia and lethargy caused by smoking weed has been affecting my life terribly. Having to leave the house once stoned has become nigh on impossible, and the veil of respectability in holding a steady but dull accountancy job for 17 years began to slip.

    I quit for 3 months in 2013. I was that determined, I didn’t notice many symptoms at all. Or maybe I’ve forgotten them already? Anyway, they were the best 3 months I’ve had in years. I was more outgoing, coherent thoughts, paranoia disappeared, reconciled with family I hadn’t seen in years.

    But my partner continued to smoke. Every day, I knew if I wanted a J, I only had to look in her bag for a biy of weed and a packet of skins.

    So I fell off the wagon, and all the old symptoms/problems came crashing down on me like a tonne of bricks. I want to blame her, but I can’t really can I? I can’t force my will on another person, it just gave me an excuse in a moment (leading to many more moments) of weakness.

    This quit attempt feels much harder. Getting asleeps fine, but the quality’s awful. 4 – 5 hours a night maximum. Temper snaps at the drop of a hat, feelings of utter despondency. I know what the problem is. I’m waiting for a 2013 style miracle, while kicking myself for putting myself back here.

    The only thing I know is that the only person who can help you is yourself.

    I’ll sort it, I like a battle. Just a bit sick of setting myself up for the same fight. The war with weed, in my opinion, is mostly in the brain. Therefore, where there’s a will, there’s always a way.

    That’s my moment on the psychologist’s couch over. Fight the fight people. We’ll win if we really want to.

    • Razzle April 30, 2014, 4:25 am

      Hi David. I’m on day 32 of clean living (but, hey – who’s counting :). I can relate to a lot of what you’re saying, having been a pretty serious smoker myself for the past 10+ years. My withdrawal symptoms have waned considerably since the first couple of weeks. Focus on today and your hopes/goals for the future, instead of feeling remorse or regret for the past. You can feel proud and strong about your new direction – that’s one way of reframing that has worked for me. Smoking pot does not reflect a lack of moral fortitude. I think many of us here on Gloom’s page would like to use pot in moderation, but for a variety of reasons find that difficult or impossible. As you have learned for your past experience – you can do this! I wish you luck & all the best.

      • David, Liverpool, England July 3, 2014, 1:59 pm

        Thanks for the kind words Razzle. I’ve had set-backs, but I’m getting there. Unfortunately, contrary to common perceptions, cannabis addiction is as real as any other, so just as an alcoholic can’t have just one drink, and a smoker can’t have one sly cigarette, so it is with us pot-heads (in my opinion anyway).

        Just overcame a massive urge to chong with 30 minutes skipping in the garden. The neighbours think I’m mad, but it certainly helps.

        Just gotta keep on keeping on. Good luck my friend, and thanks again.

        • Razzle September 11, 2014, 6:54 am

          Hi David! How is your journey going? I agree with your recent comments that for people like us weed seems to an all or nothing proposition. I, too, returned to my old familiar ways for the summer. It was a conscious decision – after exactly 10 weeks (on the final day of the school year) I began smoking again. I knew that having taken a long, healthy break once, I could do it again. Surprise, surprise – after 3+ months the physical and mental sludge was back. I don’t know about you, but the worst part of my complicated relationship with pot is the mindless eating! The 10 pounds I had lost without effort after quitting found their way back on my bones, and that, frankly, is a super bummer! I knew I would be stopping again when school resumed & my students came back. Not easy to commit to the mindset I require to look forward (and not behind me at the dispensary a few miles down the road). However, I bit the proverbial bullet & sweated through the first day (already several days ago). Is it a coincidence that my quitting this time is overlapping with the hottest days of the summer – today was 102 degrees! – or is it the universe emphasizing the lesson for me? Some kind of cosmic karma? I’m not trying to be flip or disrespectful – just attempting to laugh to keep from crying :) Anyway, the posts are great & I’m thinking/wondering about you & wishing you the best.

  • Retro April 29, 2014, 1:39 pm

    I’m totally going through this right now. My big scare is that I have this traveling dull pain in my chest/lungs that would come and go. Its been 11 days. Went to the doctor to get x rays and blood work. Waiting for results. Possibly a chest infection. Listen to your body people.

    • Mike May 1, 2014, 3:42 am

      20yrs smoker-3 weeks clean and I have had these same scary symptoms ,also went to doctor -had an EKG-chest x ray-and blood work done -doc said I’m all good -still dealing with chest dicomfort around the heart and the pain seems to move around -I was given a script for ibuprofen -it seems to help -and ill tell you to keep your mind occupied and don’t dwell on the pain or it will magnify-time will heal you -be patient and good luck to you, your not alone or falling apart! ;)

  • CaliGirl April 25, 2014, 11:38 pm

    I just put it together today, I thought I was going crazy but it all makes sense now. I’ve been smoking since I was 16 and I’m now 37, made the decision to go back to school full-time so I decided to quit for good. Didn’t think it was possible but wow o wow I have been having some major weed withdrawals: headaches everyday, sweating, shakes, decreased appetite and the biggest urge to take a puff. I know it’s going to take a while to get over this but I can do it. I had tried to quit in the past or just reduce it but as soon as the headaches began I would start up again. LOL….I don’t hate you mary jane!!

  • Tomas April 24, 2014, 1:33 am

    Oh, yeh, hope to achieve the piece of mind one day not to want to smoke weed at all. Step buy step I guess

  • Tomas April 24, 2014, 1:20 am

    Just finished reading all of the comments here. Was not sure what was going on with me the last few days. The comments and the article really helped. I myself have been an on and off user for the past 8years (on and of meaning that I would blaze for 6months non-stop then quit for month or two, feeling paranoid as shit…and start all over again)

    AS for all the smokers the begining is the best- u feel awesome all the time and u get to a point where u dont and start asking is the pop culture lying?becauses government sure does…the answer – moderation. Should have realized it years ago.

    weed is not magical its just a drug, a wonderful one, but u get dependant, the worst thing for me is getting up, I wake up affraid of…of something, of life of the shit i have to do and i just want to go back to bed to not feel anything. Exercising helps, but its so damn hard to make youre self do that, but when u do it, it feels great.

    One thing i noticed, the longer period that u smoke the longer it takes for the withdrawal to start and longer to end (if u smoke for couple of months it can star a week or couple of days after), if u were realetively clean and smoked some, the withdrawal starts the next day, but passes in a couple of days (just for user who are or were dependant, not talking about people who can moderate themselves)

    All in all two weeks sober, hving other mental problems besides weed, nees to clear my head if I want to get my bachelors, hope a bicycle trip with my friends wont ruin it for me, cause there will be some smokers…got to be strong.

    Love and peace to all you wonderfull people!

    P.S. want to be a moderate smoker, love those months when I can do it, hate the moments when i realize taht i just tricked myself…

  • Ktrell April 23, 2014, 8:57 pm

    I knew about some things stated but alot I didn’t. Some good info though. 10 points from me

  • Thomas Lartin April 22, 2014, 10:57 pm

    My fiance’ just mentioned to me only minutes ago that it has been 1 month since she quit smoking pot, for myself I occasionally use my vaporizer but it seemed to quite a different story for her with marijuana. Marijuana always effected me differently, but it was after we would smoke and how she craved it that really set us part. She would become a monster without it and if I mentioned that to her she went into the most convicted state of denial you could ever imagine. So IMO it is physically addictive but the part that was a little unexpected and really defined to me exactly what psychological addiction is. To actually see this in front of me my face defined to me that drugs become a crunch that people get used to. Once you take that crutch away they are fine for awhile after the initial detox but in times of extreme stress revert back to that impulsive person or behaves in an uncontrolled way. This has been a very wild ride for and she happened to stop seeing psychologist for awhile in that time too, now that she made a new appointment she seems calmer and I think everything will be fine.

  • Cameron April 22, 2014, 9:02 pm

    I smoked at least two or three grams a day of the best bud I could possibly find, for roughly two years nonstop. Although it isn’t as long as some on here I did do tons of concentrates as well. In one night at one point a buddy of mine and I took 3 hits of probably the best LSD I have ever had and smoked 5 grams of shatter. I am a little over a week into my cold turkey quitting of any marijuana related substances and I can say without a doubt this is the most mentally taxing thing I have ever been through. I experienced a hardcore valium and hydro withdrawal a few years back when I was prescribed them due to a crushed second lumbar(they cancelled my prescription without letting me know or lowing dosage.) Reading all of these comments has brought me so much more peace of mind. I was going crazy thinking something HAD to be wrong with me. I just need to keep my mind off the fact that I am no longer smoking. Thank you all for your helpful comments.

  • Julia April 22, 2014, 4:19 am

    Everything said on here was very helpful. Im glad the struggle is real and not in my head….ive been an all day everyday smoker for 9 years now, and im trying to quit bc im pregnant. Ive been trying to quit for 3 months now, and today was the first full day without smoking, its been extremely hard, about half way through the day I would get the symptoms and break down and smoke. It just sucks because I used marijuana to help me eat sleep, and to stay calm and these are 3 very important things while pregnant, and I cant do any of them unless I get high :( I love smoking, probably above anything, but if I knew I would have to quit and how hard it was gunna be I would of never started.

  • Frank April 21, 2014, 12:34 pm

    Oh also you will start dreaming again (or remembering them or whatever), which I actually find really unpleasant.

  • Frank April 21, 2014, 12:32 pm

    Marijuana withdrawal is the real deal. For me it only lasts a few days and I’m a heavy pot smoker. Diarrhea is at the start and all the usual problems follow. You have to be aware of how angry you’ll get. For me withdrawal is only a few days though. But a couple weeks later I’m like this planet sucks and I like weed a lot. Also for the first time I have been experiencing a new withdrawl symptom where I guess all my nerves, and so my whole body more or less, sort of feels like it is crawling and itching and it is very uncomfortable. Cocaine user etc. withdrawal comments aren’t really all that relevant in this thread I would say.

  • jack April 21, 2014, 12:41 am

    Been smoking pretty regularly for the past year and I’m having issues with this withdrawal shit. I noticed weed started to affect my thoughts, or rather my thoughts on weed were not positive for me generally. After a couple of bad trips where i thought i would die of a heart attack or go insane I decided to call it quit, atleast for a while. Now it’s been two months and I still suffer from feeling disoriented mentally, mood swings (these fuck with my mind), and some anxiety.

    Had a couple of panic attacks, sometimes I feel my mind is a mess and I’m scared of going insane. Some times I can’t seem to control my thoughts and this scares me the most. The mood swings are so shit, one moment i feel like all these bad feelings and thoughts are but a little bump, then an hour later I’m balls deep in negative thoughts I can’t shake out of my head.

    But after reading this article I guess this is rather normal. I seriously hope so, because I’m in dire need of some convincing that this will pass, I’m scared I’ve fucked up my brain for the rest of my life and I’m only 18. I can’t really talk to anyone about this either which makes me feel even more shit since I keep thinking about these things and not getting any input from others or closing statements. I just hope my mind settles and this anxiety and fear of losing control of my mind will end.

    I used to smoke like 3-4 days a week for a year, with some breaks. But this is the first time I’ve felt this at loss of control and scared. Anyone with some reassuring words or tips? I could really need them :( before I found this site i was starting to question these symptoms to my personality and my surroundings, which scares me, because I’ve never felt like this.

    • Cameron April 23, 2014, 2:14 am

      I know how you feel. I’m 19 going through the same stuff. Partially I think it has something to do with the fact that this is an extremely stressful time in our lives. Running around outside and lifting weights actually does help. It keeps your mind off of things. Just try your best to do something to keep your mind off of it. When you start to feel a heavy punch of withdrawal, just try to find a quiet place in your head. It might be hard at first but with some deep breaths and closing of your eyes it helps a lot. Just don’t psych yourself out, you can get through it. I dealt with a valium withdrawal and it felt like it would last forever. It didn’t. I hope I helped settle your mind. Seeing another person my age on here gives me a great deal of happiness knowing I am definitely not going at this alone.

  • Jan April 19, 2014, 8:54 pm

    I am 33 years old. I am ending week 3 after stopping cold turkey.
    I smoked cigarettes and a LOT of joints of the best weed I could get my hands on. Half a pack of cigarettes a day and 15-20 joints for the last 18 years, about 3 ounces a month (or 100 grams a month) So I stopped smoking both in 1 day.
    I have had minor mood swings and depression, however less than when I was smoking!!! I have a e-cig to maintain and build off gradually my nicotine addiction. I have been much more active and eating a lot more, however I have been losing weight, probably because my metabolism has gotten faster. The worst symptoms I am experiencing are now, starting week 4.
    I have lots of flatulence and my digestion is slowing down. On week 1 I had minor flue symptoms as well. Sometimes I do wake up in the middle of the night sweating and it is difficult to go to sleep again. Today was such a day.
    After 3 weeks my head still feels cloudy, I don’t think this will change in the next week. Withdrawal is real but mostly because your body needs to readjust at first, the brain, I see now ,will take even longer to adjust.
    My advices. I am focusing on the good stuff. The smelling, the breathing, the vivid dreams, the energy after waking up, the taste of food, much of which had deteriorated strongly.
    Drink a lot of water, before and after eating, move around as much as possible, don’t sit and think. Go into nature, smell it and taste good foods. Have 1 or 2 beers a day, it will make you hungry. Work out, but don’t overdo it. Ride a bicycle or go swimming. Most importantly, find love, tell people you love them, tell yourself when you love something or someone.

    • Louise August 4, 2016, 8:33 am

      Jan thanks for you post. It really struck with me. I have been a long term smoker over 20 years and have MS. I have given up cold turkey and am happy and proud that I have so far gone 3 weeks. When it gets tough I’m going to read your post for strength. Thank you.

  • Radd April 17, 2014, 7:29 am

    I smoke about an 1/8th a week or a little more and have been doing so for over 10 years. Recently, I took a trip to japan where I knew I would not be able to smoke. I experienced a lot of these withdrawal symptoms you’re all complaining of but I only had one to two days of them. This thread had me freaked out my trip would be ruined but it was only about a day and a half of symptoms. Im onn day 7 of my 9 day trip right now and have zero cravings. I will definitely continue to smoke when I get back but I wanted to point out that withdrawal from marijuana, in my experience, was pretty mild for a habitual user like myself.

  • Vanessa April 16, 2014, 5:39 am

    I wish i would have saw this months ago. Its been 6months since i had a bad panic attack when i smoked weed out of a bong for the first time. Ive slowly been returning back to normal but not quite 100% yet. Im waiting to be 100%. I used to be so scared that i was going crazy. But ive embraced that its going to be a process now to getting back to my normal state mentally

  • dave April 15, 2014, 11:19 pm

    hi people, firstly apologies for spelling and grammar. i started smoking weed when i was 15 and i liked it because it made me not care about the bullying and depression i went through during school (i was a short, shy,quiet kid, an easy target for arseholes) I just thought “yeah whatever, dont care now” but i turned out i have an addictive personality and i loved the “dont care” (still do/did) so i carried on smoking for another 12 years everyday all day. I decided to quit cold turkey a few days ago and its not nice. I never did get past the depression but now its worse and can’t see it getting better in the near future. pre-existing mood swings are even worse and insomnia has kicked in, its affecting relationships with family and the few friends i have. The tiniest little annoyance will send me into full rage mode and i feel that its just a matter of time before this rage is directed at someone i care about or someone higher up the ladder than me at work. I believe that people experience withdrawal at different levels of severity and that i’m at the bad end of the scale. Just thought i’d share all that with you guys

  • Carrie April 15, 2014, 5:26 pm

    My 17 year old son is going through bad withdrawals does anyone know when I’ll get my son back. He can’t even carry on a normal conversation . And no sleep for either of us because of his anxiety doctor said use meletonan for sleep aide but it don’t work on him.he was acting like someone on meth at first so I drug tested him and only mj in his system. He only smoked for a year .hope this helps a mom out there who is up all hours of night, he’s only 3 days sober today

  • Marni April 13, 2014, 10:54 pm

    I’m glad a page like this does exist as I know I’m not going through this alone.
    I started at 16 now i am 28 so 12 years. For first 5 years it was occasional but the last 7 years its been all day everyday. I’v wanted to quite for a while, however depression found me constantly lighting up at least everyday 2-3 times a day. I especially needed in the evening to relax. On day 7 and today The withdrawals seems to have slowed down, less irritated, appetite increasing but stil ll not able to sleep, im sleeping 1 hour a night if that which makes it hard for me not to get a joint. But i will be honest i have not stopped myself from will power but i came down with an awful virus which had me bed bound for 4 days, since getting better i have cravings but because i have not ever been free for more than maybe 12 hours before i had to take this opportunity to quit. Im scared of losing weight, suffering from insomnia, but i have tried to look at the positives. Oh and iv saved at least £200 since going smoke free.
    Those of you who think u can not do it, i felt the same and i know i have not yet succeeded but i will try my very best by replacing my evenings going to the gym , reading or even cooking as that what i enjoy. i used to enjoy nothing but smoking , but recently have found new things to do.
    Good luck people

  • Stephy April 13, 2014, 8:12 pm

    I’m so grateful to have found this site. I’ve been a heavy user since 16 years old now 34 years old. I quit for one year in my early 20s but my stoner dad pressured me to smoke a joint which resulted in instantly starting up smoking 4 times a day. That was 11 years ago. I graduated high school and university with good grades and moved on to work in the office world. Waking and baking before work, no one had a clue. I got to the point that I was smoking to not deal with any personal stress/annoyances and realized I never travelled or did anything cool that straight people do. I’ve basically wasted the last 18 years of my life living a lie. So with a lot of procrastination I have finally got rid of all my stuff. It’s been 2 weeks sober and it sucks. The anxiety is gone but I’m sooo bitchy, and don’t enjoy anything anymore. And I miss my BFF Mary Jane. But I don’t want to be a loser like my dad so I’m hanging in there. Hoping it won’t take 3 months….god that seems like ages away. I have a beautiful life with a wonderful partner but I don’t appreciate him right now. One thing I noticed for sure is how emotionally immature I am since I never dealt with my emotions. I’m a whiner and don’t deal with stress at all. I’m not gonna take anti depressants or Valium since it’s still masking the problem. My goal is to come back in a few months to tell you all that life is really beautiful sober like my mother says. I’m still not a believer, but I want to believe.

  • Matt April 13, 2014, 12:37 am

    User since 4 years. I’ve tried keeping dry periods (like a month or two of no pot smoking) ever since I began. Now those dry periods last in terms of days. The longest was in January this year for 3 days only. I’ve been high more or less since then. Its my first day quitting cold turkey. I filled up my fridge with food from the money that I would have used for weed. I have $20 to spend for the rest of the month and a carton of smokes. Paid the rent, bills, and any other commitment. And I haven’t slept in 30 hours. I hope I stay strong. If I relapse, I’m getting help.

  • Meagan April 8, 2014, 1:14 am

    Today is the day that I have decided to quit using marijuana. I have tried to ween off of it before, and experienced all the withdrawal symptoms within a few days. I have been a avid user for the past 2 years, almost 3, and smoked everyday 3+ times/day. In the moment, its really fun to spark up a joint. But once my high hits I’m always extremely paranoid, hungry (for junk food), and beyond exhausted. I also get into very dark moods when I smoke now. I am no longer liking what smoking weed has been doing to me.

    Its nice to see that users that have been doing it for 20+ years can stop smoking cannabis. Truly makes me believe that I can stop too. Its literally been my life for the past 2 years now…

  • Sally April 7, 2014, 10:36 pm

    Its been 1 month since I quit. I’m still feeling like my memory sucks and ability to focus and problem solve is not there. I’m hoping things improve soon. I lost a lot of motivation and drive. I don’t want to be this person… I need to snap out of this funk.

  • Razzle April 6, 2014, 3:41 am

    Thank you for all of the informative articles, Gloom. I’ve especially appreciated the readers’ comments regarding mj withdrawal. I’m on day 8 of my detox journey, after 15+ years of smoking, with breaks taken during pregnancy and my kids’ early years. After a back injury two years ago I got a medical mj prescription (thank you, California) and never refilled the Vicodin prescription from Kaiser MD. While I’m grateful not to have fallen under the spell of that very addictive painkiller, I did end up using mj more than I had thought I would, smoking up to 4 grams per week, which I now know (after reading comments) is not super heavy usage (about a half gram per day). But it seemed like my little brass one-hitter was going from morning to night, every day, until all I felt was sluggish – I began avoiding normal tasks, like grocery shopping & regular errands, and some of my friendships were put on the back burner, as I became less social. I am 46, with a wonderful (straight-edge) husband and two beautiful kids. Yes, I missed out on some experiences with my family. But I have to credit mj for easing some of my stress & opening my mind to different ways of seeing things. I have a successful tutoring business that I’m thankful is still thriving, as I made sure to keep those hours of my day drug-free.

    The first days of not using we’re tough – I was weepy and sweating like crazy, especially during the nights. When I couldn’t sleep I would pull up Gloom’s page and read and re-read everyone’s comments, and those gave me solace. I’ve been green juicing since my back injury, so I continued blasting my system with those phytochemicals, and added green smoothies to my regimen as well. I decided to detox from sugar and processed/artificial crap when I gave up the weed – I think this has mitigated some of the withdrawal symptoms – I’m just as thankful, if not more, to get that garbage out of me.

    A saving grace for me has been playing tennis. Even during my many years of using, I kept tennis in my life – lessons & team play. Most of my tennis friends have no idea that they (and the sport) kept me tethered (albeit tenuously, at times) to non-drug life. Today I lost my 4.0 singles match in a 3rd set tie-break, but felt proud of my effort, knowing that I could not have achieved this result two weeks ago.

    Here, at middle age, I make no judgments on others and am trying to be kind (no pun intended :) to myself. I saw firsthand how pot delivered enormous relief to one of my BFF tennis sisters (also 46, like me) & helped her survive chemo, radiation, & a double mastectomy. She’s back from the brink of stage 3b breast cancer, and mj continues to offer her relief. I will never regret or forget all of our afternoon smoke sessions during her shitty low times and literal bad hair days.

    Thank you, everyone out there. Your comments are pulling me through this challenge. I’m checking every day for new posts; when there aren’t any, I re-read, which is just as helpful.

    I’ve never posted a comment like this before. I’m sorry it’s long. Peace, Gloom. Peace all.

  • DT615 April 4, 2014, 1:02 pm

    I’ll turn 60 this year and have been a fairly consistent abuser of the mighty green since the age of 13. Stopped once for 2-3 years, but for the most part don’t remember not smoking everyday, seemingly forever. So, I stopped cold turkey little over a week ago and generally feel like shit. But I’ve made a promise to myself…enough is enough…just want to give the straight and narrow a shot…so at least see what happens and hopefully remember the good times going forward….. Suggestion: Read “The Secret Addiction”

    • Paul April 12, 2014, 3:18 pm

      Hey DT615,

      I`m writing to you because our age is just about the same ( I`m 58 ). My first high was @ 14 yrs in 1970. The only time since not having pot or hash or oil was when I could not find or afford it. I was busted ( ratted out ) for importing oil from Jamaica in 79 and got a 2.5 yr stint in a Fed P in Ont, Canada. Even in the Pen guards ( not all- just some ) were bringing it in and selling to the Pop. I should add that the sentence was lucky cause 1yr prior or so Min sentences were 7 yrs for importing. Enough said. Over the yrs addiction has helped kill a few of my friends and at least 3 family members + maybe my father as well. I think of those people a lot. Like you- want to try straight and narrow even though THC tends to take away a lot of the pain of life both physical and mental for me. Been Tobacco free 80 days, alcohol free 35 days ( not 1 ounce ) and now pot 5 days. I was a 20+ cigs, 2 drinks and 2 joint a day person for years and years. Light weight compared to others- for sure. However, that was a lot for my physiology. If I had more I`d be passing out or even barfing ( always had a sensitive stomach and system ). All has been cold turkey and this week been having some nightmares ( didn`t seem to dream for yrs ) and now getting some left side abdominal stabbing sensations and waking up a lot at nite. Kind of proud of myself cause always got very anxious when the erb was running low started making plans to get to the dealership if you know what I mean. Thanks for listening and write back if you wish with stories or if you need support.

      later and take care


      • tom April 21, 2014, 9:39 pm

        Hey man, appreciate the comment that you left… your history is nostalgic as well as heartbreaking for me… to imagine how the world was in 1970s… you have a fascinating story.

        Thank you for sharing, I truly wish you a sober future with ZERO weed,alcohol,tabocco

  • lou reed's ghost April 3, 2014, 10:53 pm

    Honestly, this is such bullsh#t. I will admit that this article is more realistic than a lot of other ones, but “marijuana withdrawal” is almost entirely a mental construct. I’ve been getting stoned out of my mind every day (and often all day) for years and whenever I stop for a couple days, the only “side effect” I notice is that I am not high. Would I rather be high? Am I perhaps slightly agitated that I am not? Usually, the answer to both questions is yes, but I’m really no more agitated than I would be if a friend canceled dinner plans or if they didn’t have the film I wanted at the video store. This even with the caveat that I use marijuana to (quite effectively) self-medicate my bipolar disorder. If there is indeed a withdrawal, I’d rank it, in terms of overall effect, below even the withdrawal from caffeinated soft drinks. It is entirely insignificant if even extant.

    And in my honest opinion, people who say otherwise are lying, misinformed, or, well, pansies and God help them should they ever start using alcohol or opiates or something that’s, you know, actually physically addictive.

    • paul April 12, 2014, 4:31 pm

      Hey Lou Reeds Ghost,

      Try using your real name when you want to pick on the weak or is this your other self that enjoys being a dick wad. Seriously- you came here to berate people? If you want to prove “yourselves”- Go do it in public and berate a person or person`s who are maybe just as tough or tougher than you or you two are. People are writing here because they have a weakness.

      My apologies to the moderator of this site, I can`t stand bullies.

      Paul Clark

    • Jillian July 9, 2014, 8:10 pm

      I Have Pushed Two Babies From my Body Splitting My Flesh From End To End With No Meds.
      I Have Repelled From Helicopters Into Wildland Fire, With 250 Foot Flame Links On My Crew And I’s Ass, Dug Line For 52 Hours Straight Up A Mountain WiTh 4 Quarts Of Water. I Have Cleaned Over 30 Dead Bodies (As A C.N.A) And Built A SuccesseFul Business..
      A PANSIE….
      I AM NOT, Little Ghost!!!
      You Probably Also Think Being Gay Is A Choice And Global Warming Isnt Real Too? Lol!
      How DARE You Minimize ANYONE!!! Im Sorry If You Have Been Doubted In Your Life And Perhaps Lie And Bully To Feel Vindicated. But, Dont Come Onto A koom~by~Ya Sight Where People Are Just Looking For Validation And Support And Jerk Your Ignorant Mouth off. Rush Limba Is Always Looking For More Supporters.

      I Have Smoked The Best Weed And Concentrates Daily Since I Was 19 (Quitting Only When Preggo) , Now I Am 32. I Am On Day 4 Pot free again…Let Me Tell You Brothers And Sisters Of The World, Marijuanna Withdrawal Is Real For Some Including Myself.
      Chills Then Sweats. Anxiety, Mental And Physical. Feel Like I Miss My Best Friend And Feel Overall Like Sh#T.
      I Find Working Out And Tea To Help.
      This Too Shall Pass My Friends, I Will Be Beaming My Love And Support Your Way. The Moment You Feel Like Giving Up, Remeber Why You Held On So Long…;)
      The Mightiest Oak Tree In The Meadow Was Once A Little Accorn, Who STOOD His Ground!
      Signing Out From The Emerald Triangle
      P.s.Thank You So Much For Making This Forum!

    • skeelo August 22, 2014, 3:54 am

      If what you say you truly believe, then why are you even on this website…let alone taking the time to comment…

    • Wet Horse Lips October 6, 2015, 11:57 am

      Using my old GrassCity forum name. Anyone?

      9 years. Nine f*cking years. Up in smoke. I barely remember a thing. Time for repentance. Been a week now. Hard.

      The hardest thing about this is the blatant skepticism offered up by my peers and environment. Liberals are gonna try to legalize. I support that motion, but I am scared for obvious reasons.

      Will post back. You all have made my resolve and conviction stronger, tenfold. Thank you, you sufferers.

  • Chedman April 2, 2014, 8:30 pm

    Smoked daily 1 gram up to 3.5 grams a day for 15 years have recently quit cold turkey I’m 2 months in and have had very intense crippling mental and phyiscal withdrawl. With strength prayer and focus on my family I am moving forward but the reality is this is a real topic. It’s a slow roll moving forward for a heavy long term user but it’s getting better slowly.